Maruti Suzuki YMC Electric MPV to Launch in March 2027

Start with the one landing first. The Maruti YMC is a seven-seat electric MPV, and will be launched by March 2027. Think of it as an electric Ertiga for families who want the space without the fuel bills. It rides on the e-Vitara's platform, so expect the 49 kWh and 61 kWh battery packs and a claimed range near 543 km. In real city traffic with the AC on, plan for closer to 400 km. At about 4.5 metres long, it should seat three rows and bring Level 2 ADAS and a panoramic sunroof. Pricing isn't out, but ₹20 to ₹25 lakh ex-showroom looks likely, so add a lakh or more on-road. Its rival? The Kia Carens Clavis EV.

Maruti YTV: A Sub-4m Electric SUV Aimed at the Tata Nexon EV

Next comes the volume play. Codenamed YTV, this is a sub-four-metre electric SUV, and it could land as an electric Brezza or Fronx in all but name. That matters, because both already sell in huge numbers, so the badge alone carries trust. Maruti wants this one priced for first-time EV buyers, which puts it straight against the Tata Nexon EV, the electric SUV most families already shortlist. Range and price stay under wraps. The intent is clear though: high volume, city-friendly, affordable.

Maruti eWX: The Cheapest Upcoming Maruti EV

This is the one budget buyers actually want. The eWX is a small electric hatchback on a heavily localised platform, and Maruti is bringing it at an affordable price, maybe around ₹9 lakh. The trade-off is range. The eWX concept claims just 230 km on a full charge, so figure on 160 to 180 km once traffic and air-con eat into it. Fine for a daily city runabout. Tight for weekend trips. It takes on the Tata Tiago EV and Citroen eC3. The problem? A 2028 timeline, which is a long wait for a car this central to Maruti's EV plans.

Maruti's 4th EV: A Premium Electric Car Still Under Wraps

The fourth electric car Maruti is going to launch is still a mystery. Maruti has confirmed a premium, lifestyle EV but shared almost nothing else. No name, no price, no firm launch date. Since the e-Vitara already covers the mid-size space, this one likely sits above it, chasing buyers who'd otherwise eye a pricier Tata or Hyundai. Treat it as a placeholder. Real details are a year or more away.

End Note

If you need a Maruti EV in the next year, the e-Vitara is the only real choice, with the YMC MPV close behind for families. The cheaper eWX and the premium EV are 2027 and 2028 stories, so don't hold your breath if your budget sits near ₹9 lakh. Before you wait it out, ask any Maruti dealer one blunt question: the confirmed on-road price and the real range, not the brochure figure. Maruti has finally committed to going electric. The only question left is whether you can wait long enough to buy one.

Tata Sierra EV: Most Awaited Upcoming Tata Electric Car

Tata's CEO Shailesh Chandra has confirmed the Sierra EV will arrive between July and September 2026, slotting above the Curvv EV and just under the Harrier EV. The petrol and diesel Sierra lands first, with the EV close behind. Expect ex-showroom pricing near ₹20 to ₹25 lakh, so add a lakh or more for on-road cost. 

Sierra EV rides on Tata's Acti.ev+ platform, with battery packs close to those of the Harrier EV and a claimed range beyond 500 km. A dual-motor all-wheel-drive version is likely on the top trim. The boxy 90s shape is back, now with a full-width light bar and a glass roof. If you loved the original, this one's built for you.

Kia Syros EV: The Upcoming EV Under ₹20 Lakh 

Kia confirmed the Syros EV for a July 2026 debut in its own investor presentation, and it becomes the brand's cheapest electric car in India. Pricing should start near ₹14 lakh ex-showroom and stretch to around ₹20 lakh. It shares its K1 platform with the Hyundai Inster sold abroad, and you get two battery options, roughly 42 kWh and 49 kWh, with a claimed 473 km on the bigger pack. A 10 to 80 percent fast charge takes close to an hour, and it supports V2L, so you can run a kettle or a laptop off the car. Built at Kia's Anantapur plant, it is the rival of Tata Nexon EV and MG Windsor EV.

BYD Atto 2: The Affordable BYD Electric SUV Coming to India

The BYD Atto 2 launches in 2026 near ₹18 to ₹25 lakh, using BYD's Blade battery and a 45 kWh pack good for a claimed 312 to 420 km. It also gets a panoramic sunroof and a 400-litre boot, decent for a car this size. In real Delhi traffic, with the AC fighting a 43-degree afternoon, knock 20 to 30 percent off every claimed figure. That 473 km Kia? Closer to 330 km once you're on the road. So judge these cars on real-world range, never the showroom sticker. BYD builds the Atto 2 in Tamil Nadu and competes with the Hyundai Creta Electric, and local assembly is the only thing keeping its price sane against steep import duties.

Also Read : What is BYD's Plug-in Hybrid Tech Offering 1,200km Driving Range?

What BYD's DM-i Hybrid Tech Actually Does

DM-i stands for Dual Mode Intelligent. Most hybrids lean on the petrol engine and let a small battery help out. BYD flips that. The car runs as an EV for everyday driving, and a 1.5-litre petrol engine steps in mainly to charge the battery or push you along on the highway. Pair that with BYD's Blade Battery, and you get something that drives like an electric most days but never leaves you hunting for a charger on a long trip. On a full charge, the bigger-battery version can cover a good chunk of city driving on battery alone before the petrol engine wakes up at all.

That's the real pitch. No daily charging anxiety, and no range tension. You plug in at home when you can, and fall back on petrol when you can't. For buyers who liked the idea of going electric but feared the charging hassle, this is BYD answering that exact worry.

The BYD 1,200 km DM-i Range Number Has a Catch

The 1,200 km comes from the NEDC test cycle, the most generous lab test of the lot. Real-world driving will sit well below it. And the car India actually gets first, the Sealion 6 (sold globally as the Seal U), claims 1,092 km, not 1,200. The 1.5-litre Xiaoyun engine BYD quotes runs at 43.04% thermal efficiency, which is genuinely strong for a petrol motor. But treat the big round number as a best case, not a promise. Charging is slow by EV standards too. The DC fast-charge support tops out around 18 kW, so think overnight home top-ups, not 20-minute highway stops.

When Can You Buy a BYD DM-i Car in India?

Not today. BYD showed the technology, not a price or a firm launch date. The Sealion 6 is expected by the end of 2026 at roughly ₹45 to ₹50 lakh, ex-showroom. So this isn't a Maruti or Toyota strong hybrid for the family budget. It's a premium plug-in hybrid for people who want EV running costs without the charging headache, and who can stretch to that price. A rival is coming too, the Jetour T2 PHEV under JSW, likely around the festive season.

BYD already sells four electric models in India and has crossed 14,000 unit sales. DM-i is its bet that the bridge between petrol and pure-electric is what the country wants right now. Whether the Sealion 6 backs up that 1,200 km promise on real roads, and at what price, is the thing to watch when it finally goes on sale.

Why the Vision S Might Be Mahindra's Most Important Launch

The Vision S is the production face of the concept Mahindra showed on Independence Day 2025. It sits on the brand's new NU_IQ platform, a flexible base that stretches from 3.99m to 4.32m and takes petrol, diesel, hybrid and electric power. One platform, many shapes. The mini Scorpio is just the first of four Vision models headed your way.

For buyers, the engine choice matters most. Expect the 1.2-litre turbo petrol and 1.5-litre diesel borrowed from the XUV 3XO, with a hybrid and a full EV arriving later. So you pick the fuel that suits your drive, not the one Mahindra picks for you. The Vision S slots between the XUV 3XO and the Scorpio N. Rugged, not dainty.

Mahindra Vision S Ground Clearance

Remember that number? Mahindra says the NU_IQ platform allows up to 227mm of ground clearance. For a sub-4m SUV, that's massive. The XUV 3XO gives you around 201mm. The Tata Punch sits near 187mm. So the mini Scorpio could wade through broken roads and flooded lanes that strand a regular crossover. That's the whole point of the boxy stance and the spare wheel bolted to the tailgate.

Inside, spy shots point to a dual-screen layout, a panoramic sunroof, ventilated front seats and Level 2 ADAS, the tech that brakes and steers for you in slow traffic. A 360-degree camera looks likely too. One caution: some show-stopping concept bits, like the camera-based mirrors and the roof lamps, probably won't survive the jump to production. That's normal. Concepts dream big, showrooms keep it real. The core look stays, boxy and upright with a twin-peak grille.

Mahindra Vision S Price and Launch Date

Now the part you scrolled for. Nothing is official yet, so treat these as estimates. Most reports put the on-road price between ₹9 lakh and ₹16 lakh, which lines it up against the Hyundai Venue, Kia Sonet, Tata Nexon and Maruti Brezza. Spy mules have even shown up with a diesel automatic, so an easy-shifting oil-burner looks on the cards. On timing, the consensus has shifted to 2027, with a production reveal likely at the Bharat Mobility Expo. A few reports stretch it to early 2028. Either way, you wait a while.

So should you hold out? If you want a rugged, boxy SUV and you're in no rush, the Vision S looks worth it. Need a car this year? The XUV 3XO already does most of this for less. And by 2027 the mini Scorpio walks into a crowd, with Tata's reborn Sierra and a fresh wave of compact SUVs landing around then. The yellow concept turned heads back in August. The real test starts the day it gets a price tag.

Why the BYD Sealion 6 Is a First for India

Here's why you should care. A plug-in hybrid gives you the quiet, smooth drive of an EV in the city, but keeps a petrol engine for the long haul. No searching for a working charger near Jaipur at midnight. For anyone who loves the EV idea but dreads running flat on a long drive, this is the middle path BYD was missing.

BYD Sealion 6 DM-i: What That 1,200 km Range Hides

BYD claims a combined range above 1,200 km. The number is real. The pure-electric part is only around 70 km on a full charge. After that, the 1.5-litre petrol engine takes over and you're in a normal hybrid.

In the city, that engine mostly acts as a generator, topping up the battery. On the highway, it drives the wheels directly. Clever stuff. So the big range figure only shows up with a full tank and a full battery, not one without the other.

The hardware is no gimmick. An 18.3 kWh Blade battery, two electric motors, and a sprint to 100 kmph that shames a few petrol SUVs. You plug it in at home like an EV. Skip the plug, though, and you haul that battery around as dead weight while the mileage turns ordinary.

Should You Wait for the BYD Sealion 6 Price in India?

Don't reach for your wallet yet. BYD hasn't locked the India price, but early estimates put the Sealion 6 around ₹45 to ₹50 lakh ex-showroom, with a launch expected later in 2026. Add insurance and registration for the on-road cost.

At that money, it isn't fighting cheap hybrids. It's going after the Toyota Innova Hycross crowd and premium SUV buyers who want lower running costs without the full EV leap. One honest rule before you book: this car saves you money only if you charge it every day.

The tech has arrived. The price tag is the last piece, and it decides whether the Sealion 6 stays a showroom curiosity or becomes the first plug-in hybrid that regular buyers shortlist.

The hike covers every BMW car. Locally built cars like the 3 Series LWB, 5 Series LWB and X1. Imported models like the M4, M5 and i7, plus the i7 and XM. MINI's Cooper and Countryman range too. Model-wise prices come closer to the date, so the figure for some other variant could come below 2%.

What BMW's July 2026 Price Hike Actually Costs You

Here's where 2% stops feeling small. On the cheapest BMW, the ₹45.80 lakh 2 Series Gran Coupe, that's roughly ₹92,000 more. On the ₹50.90 lakh X1, about ₹1 lakh. On the 3 Series LWB, close to ₹1.2 lakh. And on a fully loaded BWM i7 near ₹2.58 crore, the hike alone crosses ₹5 lakh.

That's ex-showroom. Add road tax and insurance, and the on-road gap grows wider still.

Second BMW India Price Hike in One Year

This year in March, BMW announced a price hike of up to 2%, effective April 1. July brings up to 2% more. This is BMW's second price increase in 2026. 

BMW sold a record 18,001 cars in India in 2025, so demand isn't the problem here. Costs are. 

So if you've been circling a BMW since spring, you haven't been waiting at a flat price. You've been watching it climb twice. On that ₹50 lakh X1, the two rounds together add up to around ₹2 lakh. On the i7, north of ₹10 lakh. Waiting has a cost, and it keeps rising.

And BMW isn't alone. Mercedes-Benz has said it plans to raise prices every quarter in 2026. So this likely won't be the last hike you read about this year.

Should You Book Your BMW Before 1 July 2026?

If your decision is already made, booking in June gets you the current price. Ask your dealer one thing directly: will an existing booking be billed at today's price or the revised one? Get that in writing before you pay the booking amount.

Eyeing a MINI? The 2026 Countryman C lands on June 17, just before the hike. Time it right and you save twice.

The model-wise list drops closer to 1 July. Watch for your variant's real number, because "up to 2%" is a ceiling, not a promise. On a BMW, even the rounding error costs more than a family hatchback.

"Best mileage" splits two ways in India. Petrol cars get measured in km per litre, CNG cars in km per kg. No diesel sits under ₹7 lakh anymore, so the real fight is petrol versus CNG. And this one car wins both.

Why the Maruti Celerio Is India's Most Fuel-Efficient Car Under ₹7 Lakh

It's the Maruti Celerio. The petrol version returns up to 26.68 km/l in its automatic AGS trim, the highest ARAI figure of any petrol car sold here. Pick the S-CNG version and the claim jumps to 34.43 km/kg, ahead of the WagonR and Alto CNG. At roughly 800 kg the Celerio is feather-light, and that low weight is half the mileage story. Maruti's "most fuel-efficient" tag leans on SIAM and JATO data from October 2024, so it holds up.

Price keeps the whole range in budget. The Celerio starts near ₹4.70 lakh ex-showroom, and the CNG VXi sits around ₹5.98 lakh ex-showroom, roughly ₹6.5 lakh on-road in Delhi. Every variant of the Maruti Celerio comes under ₹7 lakh.

Maruti Celerio Mileage vs What You Pay to Run It

Here's where the number earns its keep. Run the CNG Celerio at a realistic 28 km/kg, with CNG near ₹76 a kg, and you spend under ₹3 a kilometre. Drive a normal petrol hatchback doing 18km in city traffic, and you're closer to ₹5. Picture filling up twice a week and watching the meter stop well short of where petrol used to leave it.

In rupees, a 1,500 km month works out to about ₹4,100 on CNG against ₹7,900 on petrol. That gap is roughly ₹3,800. Across five years, you save somewhere near ₹2 lakh — a second car's down payment sitting in fuel bills you never paid.

But Here's the Part About Celerio Nobody Would Tell YOU

ARAI numbers are lab numbers. Nobody hits 34.43 crawling through Monday-morning traffic. Real Celerio CNG owners report around 28 km/kg, which is still brilliant for a car this cheap. On petrol it's blunter: that 26.68 figure slides into the high teens in stop-go city use, and climbs past 20 only on a relaxed highway run.

So the honest pitch isn't the headline figure. It's that even after the real-world cut, nothing under ₹7 lakh costs less to run. The 1.0-litre three-cylinder engine is light and simple, and Maruti's service network keeps the bills small. You're not buying thrift over safety either, with dual airbags and ABS standard and six airbags offered higher up.

Which Celerio Is the Best Mileage Buy for You

If you clock high kilometres, the Celerio CNG VXi is the one. The maths only improves the more you drive. If your runs are short or highway-heavy and refilling CNG sounds like a chore, the petrol AGS gives you that 26.68 figure with an easy automatic. One thing to raise with the dealer: the CNG cylinder eats into the 314-litre boot, so check your weekend luggage still fits before you sign.

End Note

A fun note to close on. The Celerio was India's first car with an AMT, back in 2014. Ten years on, it's quietly doing the one job budget buyers care about most, turning every rupee of fuel into more kilometres than anything else at this price. Chase the real number, not the lab one, and the Maruti Celerio still tops the best mileage car under ₹7 lakh category.

This is the second hybrid Lamborghini to reach Indian buyers after the Revuelto, and the official Huracan successor. The car debuted here back in April 2025. Deliveries are only starting now.

What the Lamborghini Temerario Costs in India

The sticker reads ₹6 crore. That's ex-showroom. Get it on the road in Delhi and the number climbs past ₹6.89 crore once you add registration and insurance, so the taxes alone cost more than a fully loaded luxury sedan.

You also can't just walk in and drive one out. Lamborghini's India order book reportedly stretches into 2027, which means a deposit today buys you a long wait. If you financed it, the EMI would sit north of ₹13 lakh a month, though most buyers at this level simply pay cash.

The Huracan it replaces sold 252 units here across ten years, and the last one, a Tecnica, was handed over earlier in 2026. That quietly closed the naturally aspirated chapter for the brand in India. So why the switch? Power, mostly.

The Lamborghini Temerario Engine, and the Sound No One Agrees On

Under the skin sits a 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 paired with three electric motors. Together they make 920 PS. The Lamborghini Temerario hits 100 km/h in 2.7 seconds, and its top speed runs past 340 km/h, numbers that put it among the quickest cars you can buy in the country. There are 13 drive modes too, including a drift mode, a first for the brand.

The V8 alone revs to 10,000 rpm, the highest of any production V8 ever built. Impressive on paper. But here's the part the brochure won't tell you: reviewers who've driven it say the engine sounds oddly flat below 6,000 rpm, nothing like the Huracan's wail at the same revs. It only catches fire near the top.

Even Lamborghini's own boss, Stephan Winkelmann, admitted he loved the old Huracan because of its engine. That's the quiet tension sitting inside this launch.

So the Lamborghini Temerario arrives as the fastest, most advanced baby Lambo yet, and also the most divisive one. India gets a single variant, with packages to spec it up, and the Ferrari 296 GTB sitting right beside it as the obvious rival. The real test starts now. Whether India's supercar crowd warms to a turbocharged Lambo the way it did to ten years of V10s is the question worth watching.

What E85 Fuel Actually Is

Union minister Hardeep Singh Puri opened India's first E85 pump on June 5, World Environment Day, at an Indian Oil outlet on Pusa Road. The blend is 85% ethanol and just 15% petrol. Compare that to the E20 you fill today, which runs 20% ethanol and 80% petrol.

Can Your Car Use E85 Fuel in India?

An E20-ready car is not an E85 car. Not even close. Ethanol this strong eats through ordinary seals, hoses and fuel injectors, because it pulls moisture from the air and corrodes what it touches. Fill E85 into a normal petrol engine and you haven't saved Rs 20. You've booked a repair bill.

To run E85, a car needs flex-fuel hardware. A tougher fuel pump, bigger injectors, ethanol-proof lines, and a sensor that reads the blend and retunes the engine on the move.

The Flex Fuel Cars in India You Can Actually Buy

So which models qualify? Barely any. The Maruti Suzuki Wagon R flex-fuel exists, but only for commercial fleets, not for you and me. Hero's flex-fuel Splendor Plus and HF Deluxe reach private buyers in July, and those are two-wheelers. Tata has promised its first flex-fuel car by year-end. Toyota keeps showing a flex Innova Hycross. For now the pump is open and the cars to use it mostly aren't here.

E85 Fuel Mileage: The Saving That Disappears

Say you do own a flex-fuel car. That price gap should mean fat savings. Not quite. Ethanol carries less energy than petrol, so an E85 vehicle burns 25% to 35% more fuel to cover the same stretch of road.

Run the numbers. A small car doing 20 km to a litre on petrol costs about Rs 5.11 a kilometre at Rs 102.12. Knock efficiency down 30% and you're at 14 km a litre. At Rs 82.12, that works out to Rs 5.87 a kilometre. 

The cheaper fuel costs you more per km, roughly Rs 750 extra across 1,000 km. The Rs 20 discount dazzles on the board and quietly vanishes before you reach home.

So Should You Wait for E85 Fuel?

None of this makes E85 a bad bet for India. Less crude shipped in, more ethanol from Indian farms, cleaner air at the tailpipe. That case holds. The snag is timing and money. Even in a flex-fuel car, today's price gap doesn't pay you back at the pump.

E85 flows from 48 outlets today, with 500 promised by December and 5,000 by the end of 2027. So don't chase that Rs 82.12 board yet. Watch for two things instead. The first flex-fuel cars priced for private buyers, and a wider gap between E85 and petrol. When both arrive, the math finally tips. Until then, your E20 nozzle is still the smart one to reach for.

The 2026 Toyota Innova Crysta starts at Rs 19.72 lakh and tops out at Rs 26.63 lakh, both ex-showroom. For that you get a bolder grille, tan leather seats, copper-finish trim, and two features buyers kept asking for: a wireless charger and a tyre pressure monitor. That's the full update.

What the 2026 Innova Crysta Costs You to Run

Under the bonnet, nothing moved. The same 2.4-litre diesel makes 148 bhp and 343 Nm, mated to a five-speed manual. Only a manual. The automatic is gone.

Crawl through city traffic every day and your left leg will feel that clutch. But point it at a 500 km highway run with seven people and a full boot, and third gear does the job. Toyota claims up to 15 kmpl. Owners report closer to 9 to 11 in real mixed driving, still cheaper than petrol if you rack up the miles.

Why the 2026 Innova Crysta Could Be the Last Diesel One

Here's the number that rewrites the math. 2027. That's when stricter CAFE3 fuel-economy rules are expected to make this diesel hard to keep on sale, and most reports point to the Crysta retiring around then. So this isn't a mid-life refresh. It's a farewell.

Innova Crysta vs : Which One Fits You?

Stand in any airport pickup line and count the white Crystas. It's quietly become India's default taxi, while private families drift toward the petrol-hybrid Hycross. Toyota Innova Hycross hands you an automatic, a smoother ride, and over 20 kmpl.

The Crysta hands you that torquey diesel, rear-wheel-drive toughness, and resale value that barely blinks. Want an automatic and newer tech? Hycross. Want a workhorse that'll clear 2 lakh km without fuss? Crysta.

Which 2026 Innova Crysta Variant Should You Buy?

For a private buyer, the VX trim is the sweet spot. You get the leather, the wireless charger, the TPMS, and seven airbags without paying the ZX tax. Skip the base GX unless you run a fleet. And before you sign, ask your dealer for the exact on-road figure, because metro taxes add 10 to 15 percent over ex-showroom.

Toyota's warranty still covers three years or one lakh km, stretchable to five. That matters more than usual, because if this really is the final Crysta, you'll want every kilometre protected. The real question isn't the new grille. It's whether the Innova badge returns after 2027 as the electric MPV Toyota has teased abroad, or disappears as a diesel for good. The clock's running.

About The Skoda Peaq Electric Car

The Skoda Peaq is the brand's new electric flagship, the production version of the Vision 7S concept shown at the 2025 Auto Expo. It stretches 4,874mm long on a 2,965mm wheelbase. That gives it a longer wheelbase than the Kodiaq, the seven-seater Skoda families already know.

So where does it sit in the lineup? Right at the top, above the Enyaq and the Elroq, and it's set to be the most expensive Skoda you can buy in India.

Skoda Peaq Range and Variants

The range numbers look healthy. The entry 60 variant pairs a 63kWh battery with a claimed 460km-plus. Move up to the 90 or 90x, both on a 91kWh pack, and Skoda claims over 600km. The 90x adds all-wheel drive and a 0 to 100kph time of 6.7 seconds.

Just remember these are claimed figures. Real-world range usually lands lower, the way it always does with EVs, so plan for a buffer.

Skoda Peaq Boot Space: The Seven-Seat Trade-Off Nobody Mentions

Here's the number that should make you pause. In five-seat form, the Peaq holds up to 1,010 litres of luggage, the most of any production Skoda ever. Choose the seven-seat version and that crashes to 299 litres. So the third row hands you two extra seats and quietly takes back most of your boot.

Both get a 37-litre frunk up front, handy for stashing charging cables. Inside, you get a 13.6-inch portrait touchscreen and a 10-inch driver's display. There's a head-up display that beams directions onto the windscreen, plus a glass roof that dims at the press of a button.

Tick the Relax Package and the rear seats massage, recline with footrests, and even add a foldable table and pillows. Classic Skoda, basically, with the usual clever touches, like washer jets built into the wiper arms.

When Does the Skoda Peaq Launch in India?

Not for a while. Skoda India has pointed to 2027, and pricing will follow much later. The June 23 event should reveal the production cabin and the first real cost clues. If you want a Skoda EV sooner, keep your eyes on the smaller Enyaq and Elroq instead.

For now, the Peaq is a promise: Skoda's largest, plushest, costliest car yet, built for families who want seven seats and no fuel bills. June 23 is when that promise gets real.

How the Maruti Wagon R Flex Fuel Works

So what is flex fuel, in plain terms? It's one engine that can run on petrol, ethanol, or any mix of the two, and work out the difference on its own. Under the bonnet sits the familiar 1.2-litre K12N petrol engine, but reworked. Maruti Suzuki added an ethanol sensor, beefier fuel injectors and pumps, fresh fuel lines, and a retuned ECU. Toyota and Tata both showed flex-fuel cars before this. Maruti is the first to put one down a production line.

Maruti's pitch leans on big national numbers. If half of India's new vehicles turn flex-fuel over the next ten years, the company says farmers could earn an extra ₹12,403 crore and the country could burn far less imported crude.

Why You Can't Buy the Wagon R Flex Fuel Yet

Here's the catch. The Wagon R Flex Fuel is going to commercial fleets only, with no price tag and no power or mileage figures announced. And even if Maruti sold it to you tomorrow, where would you fill it? E85 pumps number somewhere between 50 and 100 right now, packed around Delhi-NCR and the Mumbai-Nagpur highway. The plan is 500 by December 2026, then up to 5,000 by the end of 2027. Until then, a flex-fuel car outside those pockets is just a petrol car carrying extra hardware.

Wagon R Flex Fuel Mileage and Running Cost

This is where ethanol gets interesting, and a little sneaky. It holds less energy than petrol, so a tank of E85 burns roughly 25 to 30% faster. Puri has promised E85 will sell well below petrol. But cheaper per litre is not the same as cheaper per kilometre. Picture this. You fill up at a lower price, feel good about it, then find yourself back at the pump sooner than your petrol-driving neighbour. Brazil has run flex-fuel for decades, and the rule there is blunt: ethanol has to stay about 25% under petrol just to break even on cost per km. Let it drift higher and drivers quietly switch back to petrol. So every rupee you'd save rides on a pump price nobody has fixed yet.

So Should You Wait for the Wagon R Flex Fuel?

For now, treat the Wagon R Flex Fuel as a signal, not a showroom option. The regular Wagon R still starts at ₹4.99 lakh and tops out near ₹6.84 lakh (ex-showroom), and that's the one you can drive home today. If flex-fuel tempts you, the questions that matter aren't about the car at all. They're about the pump. How cheap will E85 really be, and will there ever be one near you? Get those two answers, and the math finally gets a shot at working.

What the New Honda City 2026 Brings Against Its Competitors

Honda launched the City facelift on 22 May at Rs 11.99 lakh, ex-showroom, rising to Rs 20.99 lakh for the top hybrid. On-road in Delhi, the entry car costs close to Rs 14 lakh. So this is no minor refresh.

The updates are real. You get a connected LED light bar, fresh 16-inch alloys, a 10.1-inch touchscreen, ventilated front seats, a 360-degree camera and Level 2 ADAS. The petrol still makes 121 bhp, and the strong hybrid claims 27.26 kmpl, a figure no rival in this class can match.

The Honda City's Biggest Rival Is the Volkswagen Virtus

Here's the rival Honda is chasing: the Volkswagen Virtus. And the number that should sting is this one. The Virtus crossed 37,500 units in 2025 and now leads India's mid-size sedan class, the very class the City ruled for most of this century. Think about that. A sedan that landed in India only in 2022 now outsells the badge that defined the class.

It isn't only sales. The Virtus holds a 5-star Global NCAP crash rating, scoring 29.71 out of 34 for adult protection on a body shell rated stable. The latest City still carries a 4-star score. For a family weighing one against the other, that single star is hard to ignore.

Also Read : 2026 Volkswagen Virtus Facelift Spied Testing

Honda City vs Virtus: How These Competitors Compare

So why hasn't the City been written off? Because it fights back where it counts. No Virtus can match that hybrid's 27.26 kmpl, and the City's 360-degree camera and ADAS suite feel a step ahead inside the cabin. It's also the longest sedan here, at 4,594 mm.

The Virtus answers with its heart. The 1.5-litre TSI turbo and the GT badge give it a punch and a following the City has never inspired. Its boot is bigger too, at 521 litres against 506. And it undercuts the City at the start, opening near Rs 10.50 lakh against the City's Rs 11.99 lakh.

Picture yourself in the showroom with about Rs 16 lakh to spend. The Honda salesman points to the mileage and the fresh cabin. The Volkswagen salesman points to the 5-star badge and the turbo. Both of them are telling the truth. That's why this fight is so close.

What the Spy Images Show on the Volkswagen Virtus Facelift

Start with the face. The grille swaps its plain slats for a new mesh pattern, the LED headlamps and DRLs get fresh detailing, and the bumpers look reworked. Expect an illuminated Volkswagen badge up front, the same trick the new Taigun pulled.

At the back, a protrusion between the tail-lamps hints at a connecting LED light bar, with sequential indicators. New alloys feature too, and on the GT, what look like rear disc brakes sit behind those red calipers. The side profile? Untouched.

Volkswagen Virtus Facelift Features: Bigger Screens, No Sunroof

Inside, the cabin stayed hidden under wraps, which usually means a redesign. Look for a larger 10.25-inch driver's display and a 10.1-inch touchscreen with sharper graphics and an AI assistant, plus front parking sensors at last.

One thing the test mule did not have: a panoramic sunroof. So the Virtus likely keeps its single-pane unit while rivals chase the big glass roof. If you've been holding out for that sunroof, this isn't the update that delivers it.

The One Volkswagen Virtus Facelift Upgrade Worth Waiting For

Here's the part worth waiting for, if you're buying the 1.0-litre. That engine's old 6-speed automatic is set to make way for a new 8-speed unit, the same gearbox now on the Kushaq and Taigun. More gears mean lower engine speed while cruising, so you get quieter highways and a little extra mileage.

The 1.5-litre keeps its 7-speed DCT, and both engines carry over untouched: 115 PS for the 1.0, 150 PS for the 1.5. Volkswagen already dropped the 1.5 manual back in January, so that engine now comes only with the DSG.

Should You Wait for the Volkswagen Virtus Facelift?

Depends on what you're after. Want the 1.0 automatic or the newer screens? Wait, because the launch is expected in the second half of 2026, likely from around ₹12 lakh ex-showroom. For context, today's Virtus runs from ₹10.50 lakh to ₹19 lakh, ex-showroom.

Everyone else can buy today with a clear conscience. The current car already holds a 5-star Global NCAP rating, swallows a 521-litre boot, and drives like few cars at its price. The facelift sharpens the package. It doesn't reinvent it.

One more thing to track: there's still no sign of ADAS, and the Hyundai Verna has already moved ahead there. If Volkswagen skips it again, the Virtus will win on safety and driving feel, and quietly cede the spec-sheet war. Watch for the next set of spy shots to tell us which way it went.

Tata Tiago CNG Full Launch Details and What’s New In It

Tata launched the 2026 Tata Tiago in May as a full generation update, not a light touch-up. The Tata Tiago petrol starts at ₹4.69 lakh and the CNG at ₹5.79 lakh, both ex-showroom, so your on-road price will sit a fair bit higher. The CNG line climbs to about ₹8 lakh for the top trim.

You get a sharper face, a 10.25-inch floating touchscreen, a 360-degree camera, six airbags, and a fully redesigned cabin. So far, it reads like any other facelift. The CNG variant hides the real story.

What Stands Out in 2026 Tata Tiago CNG

Tata Tiago CNG offer two crucial segment first features: 

1. The Tiago CNG now gets an AMT automatic with paddle shifters, which no rival CNG hatch offers. 

2. It also starts directly on CNG, so you don't burn petrol just to fire up the engine. Run dry on petrol completely, and you can still start the car and reach a pump.

Tata kept its twin-cylinder layout too, so you get a usable boot of around 240 litres. Older single-cylinder CNG cars swallow most of that space with one fat tank.

The Twist of Tata Tiago CNG Mileage and Running Cost

The ARAI range of Tata Tiago CNG comes around 26.49 km/kg. In real driving, testers saw closer to 21 km/kg combined, around 17 km in the city and a strong 33 km on the highway.

Do the math at today's CNG rates and you're paying roughly ₹3.5 to ₹4 a kilometre. The petrol? Closer to ₹7. So every kilometre in the CNG saves you about half.

But the CNG costs roughly ₹1 lakh more than the petrol upfront. Divide that gap by your per-km saving and you land near 50,000 km. That's your break-even.

Drive less than that over the years you own the car, and the petrol was the smarter buy. Drive more, the way cab operators and long-distance commuters do, and the CNG quietly pays you back.

Should You Buy the Tata Tiago CNG 2026?

You have to answer this one question honestly: how many kilometres will you cover each month? Around 1,200 km or more and the Tiago CNG adds up, and that new automatic finally makes it easy to live with in stop-go traffic. Barely cross the city on weekends? Save the premium and take the petrol.

Tata even ran a live dual crash test on the CNG car at the Delhi launch, a frontal hit followed by a side impact, to put the old CNG-safety fear to bed. Bold move.

Now watch the waiting period. The last Tiago CNG ran months-long queues, and a cheaper, better one tends to bring them right back.

Tesla Model Y L ANCAP Scores Breakdown

The numbers are strong. Adult Occupant Protection came in at 91 percent, or 36.52 out of 40. Child Occupant Protection scored well too. Vulnerable Road User protection hit 86 percent. But the standout was Safety Assist at 92 percent, the best in its test group, thanks to autonomous emergency braking, blind-spot monitoring and lane-departure warning. 

In the crash itself, the structure held firm, with the A-pillar staying intact through frontal and full-width impacts. For context, the Tesla Model Y L earned its stars in the same round as the BYD Seal 6 and the MG4 EV Urban, and it topped both on safety tech.

Why the Tesla Model Y L's ANCAP Rating Applies to India

This matters more than usual. The Tesla Model Y L you buy in India is a CBU, imported from the same Shanghai plant as the car ANCAP tested. Both India and Australia are right-hand-drive markets, so it's the same unit. ANCAP based the score on the five-seat Tesla Model Y, then ran extra checks to confirm it carries over to the longer six-seat version. The India-spec Model Y L, priced from ₹61.99 lakh with a claimed 681 km range, is that car. Tesla India has gone further, noting that both it and the cheaper Model Y Premium RWD, from ₹50.89 lakh, hold top ratings from NHTSA, IIHS, Euro NCAP and ANCAP.

The Model Y L's One Catch for Families

Here's the part nobody's flagging. ANCAP found child seats tricky to fit. In the second row, many restraints wouldn't install correctly because of top-tether routing. In the third row, rearward and forward-facing convertible seats wouldn't go in easily on the ISOFIX mounts. ANCAP's own advice was blunt: take care choosing and fitting child seats on those anchorages. For a six-seat car bought to haul kids, that's worth knowing before you sign.

Tata Tiago EV Price: What You're Booking

The Tata Tiago EV now starts at ₹6.99 lakh and tops out at ₹9.99 lakh ex-showroom. It sits a notch below the pricier Tata Punch EV. You get three variants: 1. Smart, 2. Pure Plus and 3. Creative Plus. You get two battery packs, 19.2 kWh and 24 kWh, claiming 226 km and 285 km. The cabin adds dual screens, a 360-degree camera and six airbags. The 240-litre boot still handles a weekend's bags for two. And the bigger battery charges 10 to 80 percent in 35 minutes, with a lifetime battery warranty for the first owner.

How to Book the Tata Tiago EV Online

Head to Tata's EV website and hit "Book Now." As shown in the image at the left bottom. 

A configurator opens. Pick your variant, then your battery pack, then your colour. Enter the required personal details. Choose the dealership nearest you. Pay the booking token of ₹11,000 and place the order. Your confirmation lands on SMS and email within minutes.

Want to drive it first? Book a free test drive on the same site before you pay. And once your booking is confirmed, use CarzOnWheel's EMI calculator to plan your financials while sitting on your couch.

Prefer a Showroom? Book the Tiago EV at a Dealership

Not a fan of online checkouts? Walk into your nearest Tata dealership. A sales rep takes you around the car, notes your details, and locks your variant, battery and colour. Same token, same order. Keep an ID proof handy either way.

Tiago EV BaaS or Full Price: The Checkout Choice

Here's the decision most buyers fumble. Pay the full ₹6.99 lakh and the battery is yours. Or pick Battery-as-a-Service, and the price drops to ₹4.69 lakh, but you pay ₹2.6 per kilometre for the battery on top. That ₹2.6 per km is pegged to about 44 km of daily driving. Drive little, BaaS saves you money upfront. Drive a lot, buying outright costs less over time. Tata also offers a 40 to 60 percent buyback if you go the BaaS route.

Tata Tiago EV: Which Battery Should You Pick?

City-only runs of 40-odd km a day? The 19.2 kWh Smart at ₹6.99 lakh is plenty. Want highway trips and that lifetime battery warranty? The 24 kWh Pure+ or Creative+ is the smarter long-term buy.

Tata Tiago EV Delivery: When Will You Get It?

Deliveries start in the second half of June 2026. After that, expect to wait one to two months, based on your variant and colour. Popular shades and the 24 kWh trims usually take longer. Booked already? Track your order on the Tata.ev site or through your dealer.

Final Word: Which Tiago EV to Book

So here's the move. If you're a city commuter on a budget, book the 19.2 kWh Smart with BaaS and drive home for under ₹5 lakh. If this is your only car and you do longer runs, lock the 24 kWh variant outright for the range and the lifetime battery cover. Either way, book early. The first June slots will go fast.

That's the puzzle behind the debate over the Tata Sierra EV vs Hyundai Creta Electric. The answer comes down to one feature and one risk that YOU CAN’T MISS.

Tata Sierra EV vs Hyundai Creta Electric: A Fierce Competition

The Hyundai Creta Electric has been on sale since January 2025. Its price ranges from ₹18.02 lakh to ₹24.70 lakh ex-showroom, so expect on-road prices of ₹19 lakh to ₹25 lakh, depending on your city. You get two battery packs, 42 kWh and 51.4 kWh, with front-wheel drive on every variant.

The Tata Sierra EV is still a promise. Tata's CEO has confirmed a launch between July and September 2026, built on the brand's Acti.ev platform, with prices tipped to start around ₹17.5 lakh. That would undercut the Creta nicely. But "expected" is doing a lot of work in that sentence.

Hyundai Creata Electric Tested Range Vs Sierra EV’s Range

The Hyundai Creta Electric offers up to 473 km range with its big battery. And in real-world test, it managed 407 km. About 86 percent of the claim. That's a strong number, and a tested one. The Sierra EV's rumoured 500-plus km range is still a brochure line nobody has driven.

One Thing Tata Sierra EV Has That Creta Electric Doesn’t

All-wheel drive. Tata has confirmed the Sierra EV will offer AWD, with the top variant tipped to run a dual-motor setup. Creta Electric doesn’t offer it at any price. If you tackle hill roads, monsoon ghats, or the odd broken track, that single fact reshapes the whole comparison.

Tata Sierra reportedly backs it up elsewhere too, with a 622-litre boot against the Creta's 433 and more ground clearance for rough roads. On equipment, both come loaded. The Creta gives you twin 10.25-inch screens, ventilated front seats, a 360-degree camera and Level 2 ADAS. The Sierra EV is expected to one-up it with a triple-screen dashboard.

But paper doesn't fix your touchscreen. Tata's EVs carry a real track record of software glitches and patchier after-sales service. Hyundai, by contrast, is known for slick infotainment, a wide service network and resale that holds firm. The Creta has its own compromise — a slight floor bulge from a battery fitted to a petrol car's platform. Still, you're weighing a bolder, better-kitted SUV against a proven one you can get fixed in any town.

Which EV Car Should You Buy in 2026?

Choose Hyundai Creata Electric If

So who should do what? Need a car this quarter, or want zero drama at the service centre? The Creta Electric is the sorted, no-surprises pick, and its 50 kW DC charging tops up 10 to 80 percent in under an hour. 

Buy Tata Sierra Electric If

If you can wait six months or around the time of Diwali 2026. Tata Sierra EV gets you an AWD, a bigger boot and a design people actually turn to look at. And all this wait for the Sierra EV is worth holding out for.

Final Verdict

Here's the honest call. For most city buyers, the Creta Electric is still the smarter buy right now. Proven range, proven service, nothing to wait for. But if Tata lands the Sierra EV under ₹18 lakh with all-wheel drive, Hyundai has a genuine fight on its hands. Book that Creta test drive today. Just don't sign anything until you've seen the Tata Sierra EV’s price.

Tata Tiago EV Facelift Vs MG Comet Price Difference

For two years the MG Comet EV sold on one idea. It was the cheapest way into a four-wheeled EV, at roughly ₹7.4 lakh ex-showroom, or ₹4.99 lakh if you rented the battery. The Tiago answers both. It slips under that sticker at ₹6.99 lakh, and its own rental plan drops the entry price to ₹4.69 lakh plus ₹2.6 a kilometre.

This is no token refresh either. You get sleeker LED headlamps, a closed body-colour grille, fresh 14-inch wheels, and connected LED tail-lamps. Inside there's a 10.25-inch touchscreen, a digital driver's display, auto climate control, and wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay.

Tiago EV Facelift vs MG Comet: Almost a Metre More Car

Here's where the two part ways. The Comet is 2.97 metres long, with two doors and four seats. Tata Tiago EV stretches to 3.82 metres, with five doors, five seats, and a 240-litre boot. You pay near-identical money for a lot more metal.

Power tells the same story. The Comet makes 42 PS. The Tiago's smaller 19.2 kWh battery makes 62 PS, and the 24 kWh version pushes out 75 PS and clears 0 to 60 kph in 5.7 seconds. Range, though, is closer than you'd think. The Comet claims 230 km and returns about 180 km in real use. The Tiago's big battery claims 285 km and manages 180 to 200 km, while its small pack drops to 140 to 160 km in daily driving.

Where the Tata Tiago EV Facelift Pulls Ahead: Charging and Safety

Plan a long day out and that close range gap turns into a gulf. The Comet has no DC fast charging at all. Its quickest top-up is 3.5 hours on a 7.4 kW home charger. The facelifted Tiago takes a 30 kW DC charger and goes from 10 to 80 percent in 35 minutes. One car can leave the city. The other stays close to home.

Safety splits them wider still. The Tiago gets six airbags as standard, ESC, a tyre-pressure monitor, and a segment-first 360-degree camera, and its body holds a 4-star Global NCAP rating. The Comet gives you two airbags and no Indian crash-test score at all.

One more thing the brochure buries. Buy the 24 kWh Tiago and Tata throws in a lifetime, unlimited-kilometre battery warranty for the first owner. The Comet asks you to live with the usual cap.

Verdict : Which One Should You Buy?

Pick the Comet for one reason only. You want the tiniest possible car for choked lanes and impossible parking, and a second pair of doors means nothing to you. As a four-wheeled city scooter, it's charming.

For everyone else, the maths leans one way. The Tata Tiago EV facelift starts cheaper, seats more people, drives further between fast charges, and keeps you safer in a crash. Tata didn't just freshen up its baby EV. It took away the last good reason to choose the Comet over it. Check the on-road price in your city before you book, because ₹6.99 lakh is ex-showroom.

There are three trims of Tata Tiago EV now: 1. Smart, 2. Pure Plus and 3. Creative Plus. 
Here is what each variant gets you at its respective price.

Tata Tiago EV Smart: The Honest Base at ₹6.99 Lakh

The Tiago EV Smart variant runs only the 19.2 kWh battery. You get the new steering wheel, automatic climate control, six airbags, ABS with EBD, rear sensors, ISOFIX mounts and a tyre-pressure monitor. Outside, chrome door handles, LED tail lamps and a roof spoiler keep it from looking stripped.

But the cost-cutting shows. Halogen headlights, plain steel wheels, manual mirrors, and no infotainment screen at all. If you live on your phone and a dashboard mount — fine. But I guess you would want more so let’s move to the higher variants.

Tata Tiago EV Pure Plus: Where It Becomes Liveable

Tiago EV Pure Plus turns this EV into a normal modern car. It adds an 8-inch touchscreen, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, four speakers and steering controls. You also get electrically adjustable mirrors with turn indicators, a day-night mirror, follow-me-home lamps, a USB charger, wheel covers, a rear defogger and a reverse camera.

The variant comes in both batteries: ₹8.49 lakh for the 19.2 kWh and ₹9.49 lakh for the 285 km 24 kWh. The catch? Headlights stay halogen, and there's still no cruise control.

Tata Tiago EV Creative Plus: Here the Whole Car Changes

Here's the part most buyers miss. Tiago EV Creative Plus costs just ₹50,000 more than the Pure Plus 24 kWh, and that gap unlocks nearly everything worth having.

LED headlights with DRLs. A bigger 10.25-inch screen. Cruise control. A 360-degree camera, a first at this price, where Pure Plus gets only a plain reverse view. Then add ESC with traction control, hill-hold assist, a blind-view monitor, rear AC vents, a cooled glovebox, a 6-way driver seat, auto headlamps and a rear wiper. For ₹50,000, that's the best-value jump in the range, and it's why most reviewers point here.

Which Tata Tiago EV Variant Should You Buy?

Buying for a fleet or a pure city runabout? The Smart does the job, and the battery rental plan drops the entry price to ₹4.69 lakh plus ₹2.6 per km. Want range and a screen without overpaying? The Pure Plus 24 kWh is the sweet spot. Want the lights, the cameras and the full safety net? Stretch to Creative Plus.

One more nudge toward the 24 kWh cars: that pack carries a 15-year, unlimited-kilometre battery warranty for the first owner. The 19.2 kWh gets eight years or 1.6 lakh km.

So the real question isn't whether the new Tiago EV is good value. At these prices, it is. It's how much screen, light and safety kit you're willing to skip to save money. The table below lays it out, variant by variant.

Tata Tiago EV Variant-Wise Features (Full Table)

Note: 24 kWh battery carries a 15-year/unlimited-km warranty for the first owner; 19.2 kWh gets 8 years/1.6 lakh km. Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) drops the Smart's entry price to ₹4.69 lakh plus ₹2.6 per km. All prices ex-showroom.

1. MG Windsor EV Pro: The Best-Seller That Costs Less

MG Windsor EV is the electric car Indians buy in the biggest numbers, month after month. It starts at ₹17.49 lakh, and its battery-rental plan drops the upfront cost lower still. You get the segment's biggest 15.6-inch screen, rear seats that recline like a sofa, and a lifetime battery warranty. It can even power your home appliances through its plug, a party trick the Ebella skips. The Ebella offers none of that and asks for more.

2. Tata Curvv EV: Cheaper, Quicker, EV-Ready

Tata sells more EVs than anyone in India, and the Curvv EV undercuts the Ebella by a wide margin. Its top trim sits near ₹19.49 lakh, well below Toyota's ₹23.60 lakh. It sprints to 100kmph in 8.6 seconds, packs a bigger boot under its coupe roofline, and plugs into Tata's mature charging and service setup. Toyota's EV network is only getting started.

3. Hyundai Creta Electric: The Trusted Name for Less Money

The Creta Electric badge sells itself here. The electric version opens at ₹17.99 lakh, nearly ₹6 lakh under the Ebella E3, and even its top trim slips just below Toyota's price. You also get Hyundai's wide, settled service network and a shape buyers already trust. The Ebella wants more cash for a name that's brand new to EVs in this country.

4. Mahindra BE 6: More Power, More Range, 5-Star Safety

This is where the Ebella looks ordinary. The Mahindra BE 6's bigger battery claims 682km against the Ebella's 543km, and its motor makes 286hp next to Toyota's 174hp. It also holds a 5-star Bharat NCAP rating and starts at ₹18.90 lakh. Both range figures are claimed; in real driving the big-battery BE 6 still manages around 450 to 500km. Quicker, longer-legged, safer on paper, cheaper to get into. The badge is about all Toyota wins here.

5. Maruti e-Vitara: The Twin That Beats It at Its Own Game

Here's the twist. The car that beats the Ebella hardest is the one it's built from. The Maruti Suzuki e-Vitara is the same SUV, same 61kWh battery, same 543km range, same Gujarat factory. Its top trim runs around ₹20 lakh, over ₹3.5 lakh less than the Ebella E3. Maruti's service reach is the widest in India, and its battery-rental rate is cheaper per km too.

So why pay the Toyota premium? If the badge, the buyback plan and that reliability reputation matter to you, the Urban Cruiser Ebella earns its price. For everyone else, the math is brutal. More range, more power, a bigger service net, or the exact same car for less all sit one showroom away. Toyota built a solid EV. It just walked into a fight where four rivals undercut it, and a fifth is literally the same car wearing a cheaper badge.

What Makes the Skoda Kylaq the Safest Car Under ₹10 Lakh

Bharat NCAP, India's own crash-test body, scores cars out of 32 for adult protection and 49 for child protection. The Kylaq earned 30.88 out of 32 for adults, a clean 97 percent, and 45 out of 49 for children. Five stars on both counts.

That makes it the highest-scoring sub-four-metre car Bharat NCAP has ever tested. The cabin held its shape in the frontal and side impacts, which is the whole point. If the shell collapses, no airbag saves you. The Kylaq's didn't.

The Skoda Kylaq's Best Safety Feature Is Standard on Every Variant

Here's what most budget cars don't tell you. The six airbags and stability control that earn a 5-star rating are usually locked to the top trim. So the ₹8 lakh version you can afford isn't the ₹12 lakh version that got crash-tested.

The Kylaq breaks that rule. Six airbags, electronic stability control, traction control, ABS with EBD, three-point seatbelts for every seat, multi-collision braking, and ISOFIX child mounts all come standard, right from the ₹7.59 lakh Classic. The variant you can afford is the exact one that scored 30.88. That's rare at this price, and it's the real reason the Kylaq wins.

Why the Skoda Kylaq Beats the Tata Nexon and Maruti Dzire

The Maruti Dzire got plenty of headlines as the first Maruti to score five Bharat NCAP stars. Good car. But its adult score was 29.46 out of 32, its child score 41.57 out of 49, and the driver's chest protection came back only "marginal." The Kylaq beats it on both numbers.

The Tata Nexon and Mahindra XUV 3XO are 5-star cars too, and both sit below the Kylaq's score. So this isn't just a safe small SUV. By Bharat NCAP's own math, it's the safest car you can buy under ₹10 lakh.

One honest caveat. The absolute safest cars in India are heavy EVs like the Tata Harrier EV and Mahindra XEV 9e, and even the Tata Punch EV edges the Kylaq on paper. But all of them cost well past ₹10 lakh. On a petrol budget, nothing tested beats the Kylaq. If your money is tighter, the Tata Punch still holds a 5-star Global NCAP rating from around ₹6 lakh, the cheapest crash-tested car going.

The Skoda Kylaq Isn't Perfect: What to Know Before You Buy

It runs a 1.0-litre turbo petrol with 115 hp, which is peppy enough. Skoda claims around 19 kmpl, but owners report closer to 16 to 17 in real driving. The climate controls are touch-based and fiddly on the move, and the rear seat gets tight with three adults across.

None of that changes the safety case. It just means you're buying a very safe car, not a flawless one.

So what should you do? If safety sits at the top of your list under ₹10 lakh, look at the Kylaq Classic or Classic Plus. Both get the full 5-star hardware. Just confirm you're buying the petrol that was tested, and remember ₹7.59 lakh is ex-showroom. On-road climbs past ₹9 lakh once insurance and registration land, so ask the dealer for the exact on-road price of the Classic Plus before you sign.

The Kylaq proves something new. You no longer have to choose between the car you can afford and the car that keeps you safe. At this price, the base model is the safe model.

Hyundai Inster: An Affordable EV Launching in June 2026

This is the one that matters if you're buying under ₹15 lakh. The Inster is Hyundai's smallest EV, a micro SUV expected around ₹12 lakh ex-showroom, and it lands squarely on the Tata Punch EV.

The numbers worth knowing: a 42 kWh battery with a claimed 300-plus km, and a longer 49 kWh pack rated near 370 km. Real city range with the AC running? Closer to 250 to 320 km. Still enough for a week of commuting between charges.

It's a four-seater, not five, so think city runabout over family hauler. But for a second car or a solo commuter, an EV this small and this cheap to run is hard to argue with.

Renault and Nissan Crowd the Sub-₹15 Lakh June 2026 List

Renault brings two cars in June. The Kardian, a sub-four-metre SUV near ₹11 lakh, and the larger Bigster, a family-sized SUV that'll cost a few lakh more and chase buyers who find the Hyundai Creta too pricey.

Nissan wants back in too. The returning Terrano sits near ₹10 lakh, and a new seven-seat B-SUV lands close to ₹12 lakh. Four affordable SUVs in one month is a lot to weigh in a single showroom visit. Renault has been quiet in India for a while, so two launches at once is the comeback nobody saw coming.

Audi, Skoda and the Premium Cars Launching in June 2026

If your budget runs higher, June gets busy at the top. The Audi Q3 facelift arrives near ₹48 lakh and the Q5 facelift around ₹70 lakh. Skoda's new Superb, the only sedan on the entire list, is pegged near ₹50 lakh, a number that reflects its costly import route. Hyundai's Tucson facelift slots in around ₹30 lakh.

One catch worth saying out loud: every premium car here is an update, not an all-new model. You're paying for fresh styling and tech, not a clean-sheet design.

Tata Sierra EV and Avinya: The June 2026 Launches That Slip

Now the patience test. Two Tatas top the wish lists, and both look shaky for June.

The Tata Sierra EV, that boxy nineties nameplate reborn as an electric SUV, is a July-to-September car by Tata's own admission. The Tata Avinya, a roughly ₹40 lakh luxury EV, has slipped more than once already. Pin your hopes on either landing in June and you'll be checking the calendar again by monsoon.

So what should you do? If you want a car in your driveway by July, the Inster is the safest bet here. For everything else, ask the dealer to confirm the date in writing before you part with a booking amount. And remember, these are ex-showroom prices. On-road adds at least ten percent once insurance and registration land.

Eleven cars, one month, plenty of asterisks. Watch for official booking links over the coming weeks. The real story isn't how many launches get promised for June. It's how many actually show up.

What Toyota Urban Cruiser Ebella Has to Offer Buyers

Two battery choices. The base E1 variant gets a 49 kWh LFP pack good for 440 km (ARAI-claimed). The E2 and E3 move up to a 61 kWh pack with a claimed range of 543 km. Real-world numbers from early highway testing land at around 370 km for the 61 kWh variant. So if you commute 40 km a day in the city, you're charging once a week.

Motor output is 144 hp with the smaller battery and 174 hp with the larger one. Torque stays at 189 Nm across the range. The 0-100 kmph run takes 9.25 seconds, which is not class-leading, but it handles city traffic with ease. Drive modes are Eco, Normal, and Sport.

The cabin gets a dual 10-inch screen setup, ventilated front seats, a 360-degree camera on the top trim, and reclining rear seats. Safety kit includes 7 airbags, Level 2 ADAS with lane-keep assist and adaptive cruise control, plus all-round disc brakes. That ADAS suite was rare at this price point even a year ago.

This Number Could Change Your Buying Decision

Toyota is offering a 60 percent buyback assurance after three years. On a car priced at Rs 20 lakh ex-showroom, that's Rs 12 lakh back, guaranteed. No other mass-market EV in India comes with that promise today.

Add an 8-year battery warranty and a Battery as a Service (BaaS) rental option that lets you skip paying for the battery upfront, and the ownership story starts looking very different from what buyers feared about EVs two years ago.

Toyota also has 500+ EV-ready service touchpoints already live across India. That's not a promise for the future. It's available on day one.

Who Should Buy the Toyota Urban Cruiser Ebella?

If you were looking at the Hyundai Creta Electric or the Tata Curvv EV, the Ebella belongs in that conversation. The Creta Electric starts at Rs 18.02 lakh and has established its credibility over a year in the market. The Curvv EV offers sharper styling. But neither one gives you a 60 percent buyback or 8 years on the battery from a brand with Toyota's service network.

The Maruti eVitara is the closest rival, technically sharing the same platform and specs. But Toyota's after-sales network and ownership assurances tilt the balance for buyers who are still nervous about long-term EV ownership costs.

One honest note: the Ebella weighs 1,815 kg, which is 238 kg more than the top-spec Creta Electric. At highway speeds, the ride can get fidgety over rough patches, and the turning radius is on the wider side. These are real-world considerations worth a test drive before you book.

So before you fall for Dehradun Dew or Sobo Surge, here's exactly which colour comes with which variant and what you get for the money.

Pure Grey and Pristine White: Available Across All Variants

These two are the safe picks and intentionally so. Both Pure Grey and Pristine White are available on every variant of the 2026 Tata Tiago EV, starting with the base Smart 19 at Rs 6.99 lakh (ex-showroom).

If these two colours appeal to you, the Smart 19 gives you the most affordable entry at Rs 6.99 lakh. And as you go to higher variants you widen your options.

Pangong Pulse and Daytona Grey: Smart 19 and Above

Pangong Pulse — a bold, deep blue — and Daytona Grey are the two colours that broaden the palette on the base Smart 19. So the Smart variant actually gives you four choices: Pure Grey, Pristine White, Pangong Pulse, and Daytona Grey. That's a reasonable spread for the entry-level trim.

These colours also carry over to the Pure Plus 19 (Rs 8.49 lakh) and the Creative Plus 24 (Rs 9.99 lakh).

Sobo Surge and Dehradun Dew: Pure Plus 19 and Above Only

This is where things get interesting. Sobo Surge — a vibrant urban orange-red — and Dehradun Dew, an aqua-green shade exclusive to the EV (it doesn't appear on any petrol or CNG Tiago), become available only from the Pure Plus 19 variant at Rs 8.49 lakh onwards.

The Pure Plus 19 adds passive entry, push-button start, auto-fold ORVMs, a 360-degree surround-view camera (first in this segment), blind spot monitoring, ESP, traction control, and two wireless charging pads. That's a meaningful feature jump for Rs 1.5 lakh over the base.

If Dehradun Dew is why you're reading this, the minimum you'll spend is Rs 8.49 lakh.

Creative Plus 24: All Six Colours, Including Dual-Tone Roof

The top-spec Creative Plus 24 at Rs 9.99 lakh gets the full six-colour palette and crucially, it's the only variant where the dual-tone black roof option is available. So if you want that blacked-out roof with any of the six shades, this is your only path.

The Creative Plus 24 uses the larger 24 kWh long-range battery, delivering 74 bhp, 114 Nm, and a claimed 285 km range. Tata is also offering a lifetime high-voltage battery warranty on this pack. Fast charging on the 24 kWh variant can add 100 km in roughly 18 minutes on a 25 kW DC charger — 40 per cent quicker than before.

The feature list is the most complete here: connected LED headlamps, Lux Beam LEDs, 15-inch Hyperstyle alloys, the full 26.03 cm HD infotainment screen, soft-touch fabric inserts, and a cooled glovebox.

Which Colour Should You Pick?

If budget is the priority, the Smart 19 in Pangong Pulse at Rs 6.99 lakh is the pick — you get a bold colour without paying for a higher variant. If the range anxiety of 226 km bothers you, the Creative Plus 24 with its 285 km claimed range (real-world typically lands around 200-210 km with AC) makes more sense, and you get every colour on offer.

The Tiago EV's real competition is the Citroen eC3 and MG Comet EV. Neither matches it on feature count at this price. The colour story only makes that gap sharper.

Here's something that almost never happens. A car gets a brand-new version, and the price goes down instead of up. Not a festive-season discount. A lower sticker, for good.

And this isn't some forgotten model nobody buys. It's already the cheapest electric car you can buy in India. This week it got a full lakh cheaper to start, threw in six airbags as standard, and did one more thing almost no EV does honestly. 

The car? The 2026 Tata Tiago EV

Think about that for a second. A brand-new electric car that costs less than a top-spec Maruti Swift petrol, and a fraction of one to run.

Tata Tiago EV Price: Cheaper Than the Car It Replaces

Tata launched the new Tiago EV at Rs 6.99 lakh, ex-showroom. The old one started at Rs 7.99 lakh. So that's a full lakh off the entry price. The top variant now reads Rs 9.99 lakh, down from Rs 11.14 lakh before.

Want in for even less? Tata's Battery-as-a-Service plan drops the starting price to Rs 4.69 lakh. You own the car and rent the battery at Rs 2.6 per kilometre. At that number, rivals like the MG Comet EV and Citroen eC3 simply can't follow.

Tata Tiago EV Range: It Finally Tells You the Truth

Now for the part nobody else does. Most carmakers shout the lab range and go quiet on the real one. Tata flipped it.

The 24 kWh battery claims 285 km on the MIDC cycle. Tata's own real-world estimate? 205 to 215 km. The smaller 19.2 kWh pack claims 226 km and gives you a real 160 to 170 km. No guessing, no nasty shock three weeks into ownership.

Charging is quicker too. Tata says you add 100 km in 18 minutes, and a 30 kW DC fast charger takes either battery from 10 to 80 percent in about 35 minutes. Home charging runs on a 3.3 kW or 7.2 kW AC setup.

Tata Tiago EV Features: Six Airbags Now Standard

The safety jump is the bit buyers will remember. Six airbags are standard now, up from two. You also get a 360-degree camera, a blind-view monitor, ESP, hill-hold and TPMS, plus a stiffer body shell for better crash protection.

Inside, the cabin is built around a floating 10.25-inch touchscreen, a digital driver's display, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, rear AC vents and two wireless charging pads. For a car that starts under Rs 7 lakh, that reads strange in a good way.

One Smart Reason to Spend a Bit More

There's a catch worth knowing. Pick the 24 kWh battery and Tata covers it with a lifetime, unlimited-kilometre warranty for the first owner. The battery is the single costliest part of any EV. A lifetime cover on it quietly kills the biggest fear people have about going electric. The smaller pack still gets a solid 8 years or 1.6 lakh km.

The bigger battery also makes 75 hp and does 0 to 60 kph in 5.7 seconds, against 62 hp for the smaller one. In the city, either feels brisk enough.

So if you've waited for an electric car that costs less than a mid-spec petrol hatch and won't haunt you with battery bills later, the wait is over. India's cheapest EV didn't just get a refresh. It got a whole lot harder to say no to.

There's a cheaper way in, too. Tata's Battery-as-a-Service plan starts the Tiago EV at Rs 4.69 lakh, where you buy the car but rent the battery at Rs 2.6 per kilometre. That undercuts even the MG Comet EV.

2026 Tata Tiago EV Price: What You Actually Get for Less

This isn't a sticker swap. The cabin has been redone with a free-standing 10.25-inch touchscreen, a digital driver's display, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, rear AC vents, a cooled glovebox and two wireless charging pads. Cruise control and a rotary drive selector are in now too.

Safety is where the jump is biggest. Six airbags are standard, replacing the old two-airbag setup. You also get a 360-degree camera, a blind-view monitor, ESP, hill-hold and TPMS. Tata says the body shell is stiffer for better crash protection.

Tata Tiago EV Range: The Number Tata Usually Hides

Here's the part most launches skip. Tata is now quoting real-world range, not just the lab figure.

The 24 kWh battery claims 285 km on the MIDC cycle. But Tata's own real-world estimate? 205 to 215 km. The smaller 19.2 kWh pack claims 226 km and delivers a real 160 to 170 km. That honesty is rare, and it saves you the nasty surprise three weeks into ownership.

Charging is quicker now too. Tata says it adds 100 km in 18 minutes, and a 30 kW DC fast charger takes either battery from 10 to 80 percent in 35 minutes. Home charging runs on a 3.3 kW or 7.2 kW AC setup.

Tata Tiago EV Battery Warranty: One Reason to Stretch for the 24 kWh

The 24 kWh version gets a lifetime, unlimited-kilometre warranty on the battery for the first owner. The battery is the single most expensive part of any EV. A lifetime cover on it changes the long-term maths completely. The 19.2 kWh pack settles for 8 years or 1.6 lakh km, which is still generous.

The bigger battery also does 0 to 60 kph in 5.7 seconds and makes 75 hp, against 62 hp for the smaller one. For city use, either is plenty. For peace of mind, the 24 kWh is the one to reach for.

So who is this for? If you've waited for an electric car that costs less than a mid-spec petrol hatch and won't scare you with battery bills later, this is it. The Tiago EV stays India's cheapest electric car, and it just got harder to argue against.

Tata isn't done. The Tata Sierra EV is next in line. But for anyone shopping under Rs 10 lakh today, the Tiago EV just reset the bar.

So if you have ₹40 lakh and seven people to move, which one deserves your money? The honest answer surprises most buyers.

MG Majestor 2026: What ₹40.99 Lakh Buys You

The MG Majestor is huge. 5,046 mm long, 2,016 mm wide, 1,876 mm tall. The wheelbase stretches to 2,950 mm, ground clearance hits 219 mm, and the SUV wades through 810 mm of standing water without flinching. MG calls it India's first D+ SUV. The numbers back the claim.

A 2.0-litre twin-turbo diesel pushes out 215.5 PS and 478.5 Nm through an 8-speed automatic. The top ₹44.99 lakh trim adds proper 4WD, ten terrain modes, and a triple differential lock. This is not pretend off-road. This is the real thing.

Inside, you get dual 12.3-inch screens, ventilated and massaging front seats, a panoramic sunroof, JBL audio, and Level 2 ADAS as standard. Choose six or seven seats. Boot space starts at 343 litres and opens up to 1,350 litres with the third row folded. Six airbags. Body-on-frame chassis. The Toyota Fortuner is the obvious rival here, not the Hycross.

Toyota Innova Hycross 2026: The Hybrid Everyone Tried to Copy

Innova Hycross runs on Toyota's TNGA-C monocoque platform. Front-wheel drive only. No 4WD. No ladder frame. That is the whole point of this car.

The version that matters is the 2.0-litre strong hybrid with an eCVT gearbox. Combined output is 184 bhp. ARAI claims 23.24 kmpl. Real-world numbers settle around 13 kmpl in city traffic and 18 kmpl on highways, so a mixed cycle returns 15 to 16 kmpl. Even at city numbers, this is class-leading for a 1,710 kg MPV.

It measures 4,755 mm long and sits 185 mm off the ground. Seven seats, with Ottoman-style second-row recliners on the top ZX trims. Bharat NCAP gave it a full five stars. Toyota has sold over two lakh Hycross units in India since 2022.

Hycross vs Majestor: The One Cost Number That Changes Everything

Here is the part most comparison videos miss. Drive 15,000 km a year, and the Hycross hybrid will save you roughly ₹80,000 in fuel over the Majestor diesel. Over five years, that's almost ₹4 lakh back in your pocket, before counting service costs.

But the Majestor never tried to win on running cost. It plays a different game. Presence. Capability. The kind of road manners that make people in your lane move over. Two cars, two very different ideas of what a ₹40 lakh family vehicle should be.

MG Majestor vs Innova Hycross: Who Should Buy What

Buy the Innova Hycross hybrid if your week looks like school runs, office commutes, mall trips, and an occasional Lonavala weekend. Fuel savings stack up fast. Resale stays bulletproof, like every Innova before it. Toyota service quality is unmatched at this price. Most Indian families fit this profile cleanly.

Buy the MG Majestor if your idea of family life includes Ladakh runs, a farmhouse off a kuccha road, or just the satisfaction of owning every road you drive on. The 4x4 Savvy at ₹44.99 lakh is the real product here. The 4x2 trim at ₹40.99 lakh sits in an awkward spot, since you pay full SUV price without the off-road hardware.

Do not buy the Majestor expecting Hycross efficiency. And do not buy the Hycross expecting Fortuner road presence. Different lives. Different cars.

A Sharper New Face for the 2026 Honda City Facelift

The front fascia is fully redone. Slim bi-LED headlamps blend into a full-width honeycomb grille, joined by a light bar that runs across the nose. The old chrome strip is gone. The Honda badge sits higher, just below the bonnet shut line. New two-tone 16-inch AeroBlade alloy wheels and a redesigned rear bumper round off the exterior. There's also a fresh Crystal Black Pearl colour, with Honda finally answering buyer demand for a proper black option.

Honda City Facelift Cabin Gets a Real Tech Upgrade

Step inside and the dashboard layout looks familiar. But the floating 10.1-inch touchscreen on the ZX and ZX+ dominates the view. It's 65 percent larger than before and supports wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay. Ambient lighting runs through the dashboard's 3D-patterned trim and into the footwell. The faux wood panel is out, replaced by a satin silver finish. And after years of buyer complaints, ventilated front seats are finally in.

Safety and ADAS in the New Honda City

Six airbags stay standard across all variants. The ZX Plus now gets a 360-degree camera, but here's the segment quirk: Honda has kept the LaneWatch camera on the left ORVM as well. So the Honda City now carries two camera setups on one mirror, something no rival in this segment offers. Level 2 ADAS kicks in from the V variant upwards. Rain-sensing wipers, hill-start assist, and an 8-speaker sound system complete the kit on higher trims.

But Here's What Most Buyers Will Miss

Mechanically, nothing changes. The 1.5-litre petrol still makes 121 hp and 145 Nm, paired with a 6-speed manual or 7-step CVT. The strong-hybrid e:HEV setup carries on at 126 hp and 253 Nm, with Honda's claimed 27.26 kmpl. The one fresh addition: a 5-year warranty on all hybrid components. That's a genuine peace-of-mind upgrade for hybrid buyers, and it quietly cuts long-term running cost worries.

The 2026 Honda City Price Hike Nobody's Talking About

Here is where the math gets uncomfortable. The base Honda City SV variant holds steady at Rs 11.99 lakh. But the top ZX+ petrol CVT now costs Rs 1.08 lakh more than the outgoing model. The hybrid is up Rs 1 lakh, now sitting at Rs 20.99 lakh. For that premium, you get the bigger screen, ventilated seats, and the 360-camera. Useful, sure. But Rs 1 lakh useful? That's the question every City shopper has to answer at the dealership. On-road, factor in another 12 to 14 percent for taxes and insurance.

The City still does what it has always done well. A quiet cabin. Loads of rear-seat space. A petrol engine that just works. Honda has now plugged the comfort and tech gaps buyers were calling out. But the value equation has shifted, especially at the top of the range. If you're eyeing the SV or V, this facelift is a clear win. If you're stretching for the ZX+, look hard at what those extra rupees actually buy you before you sign.

May is usually a quiet sales month in India. The financial-year-end push is done, the festive season is far away. But the size of these particular numbers suggests something more interesting is happening inside dealer yards.

What Maruti Is Discounting in May 2026

The biggest Maruti benefit this month sits on the Grand Vitara Strong Hybrid, which can save buyers up to ₹2.80 lakh, including a ₹1.85 lakh road tax exemption in select states. Right behind it is the Invicto MPV at ₹2.15 lakh in total benefits. Both are premium products priced over ₹20 lakh. Neither is exactly flying off showroom floors.

Look at the rest of the Maruti list and a pattern emerges. The Baleno is on offer at ₹40,000. The Swift AMT at ₹45,000. The Fronx Turbo at just ₹25,000.

The bestsellers do not need much push because they are still moving. The discount intensity rises only at the top of the price ladder.

Kia's May Discounts Reveal a Stock Cleanup

Kia's headline number is the ₹2.70 lakh on the Carnival, the premium MPV that sells in the few hundreds a month. The Carens Clavis comes next at ₹1.55 lakh, the Carens Clavis EV at ₹90,000, and the Seltos at up to ₹85,000.

Now here is the interesting part. Kia is splitting its discounts by model year. MY25 stock on the Seltos and Syros gets up to ₹85,000 off. The same cars in MY26 spec get only ₹50,000. That gap is the tell. Dealers want last year's inventory off the books before June, because they cannot keep selling MY25 alongside MY26 without bleeding margin somewhere.

Why Skoda's Discounts Are the Smallest

Skoda is offering just ₹40,000 on the Kushaq 2026 facelift and up to ₹65,000 on the Kylaq. The Slavia and Kodiaq have only minor benefits. This is the smallest discount sheet of the three.

Skoda's restraint is not a coincidence. The Kushaq facelift launched in January 2026 and the Kylaq is a fresh nameplate. There is no aging inventory and no urgent need to push. When the product is new, the discounts stay small.

What These Discounts Are Quietly Telling You

Three signals jump out of this month's numbers. The first is that the premium MPV segment has cooled. Both the Invicto and the Carnival are taking the biggest cuts in their respective lineups. Buyers north of ₹25 lakh are sitting on their wallets.

The second is the strong-hybrid push. Maruti throwing a ₹1.85 lakh road tax exemption on top of the Grand Vitara Strong Hybrid is a state policy play. With the Hyundai Inster and a fresh wave of compact EVs coming, Maruti wants hybrid customers locked in before the EV conversation gets louder this festive season.

The third is timing. When discounts on a model cross the ₹2 lakh mark and dealers start splitting offers by model year, a refresh, a generation change or a serious inventory event is usually six months away.

Should You Buy in May 2026 or Wait?

If you have been eyeing a premium MPV, this is your month. A ₹2 lakh-plus saving on the Invicto or the Carnival is rare. If your shortlist is a Baleno, Swift, Fronx or any compact SUV that is already selling well, the discounts are modest and reflect that reality. And if your name is on a Kushaq booking, do not be surprised when the same showroom calls in June offering the same car for a little less.

Discounts are not noise. Read them right, and they are the loudest free guidance you will ever get from the Indian car market.

What Is New in the Tata Tiago Facelift 2026

The new Tata Tiago gets sleeker LED headlamps, eyebrow-shaped DRLs, vertical LED tail lamps, a blacked-out grille on the petrol version and a body-coloured grille on the EV. New dual-tone alloys, black ORVMs, a black roof, and a shark-fin antenna give it a stance the outgoing Tiago never quite had.

The bigger story sits inside. The dashboard has been redone with a 10.25-inch floating touchscreen, a separate floating digital instrument cluster, dual phone trays, rear AC vents, USB Type-C ports, push-button start, and that 360-degree camera. Tata has kept the physical AC controls. Buyers will quietly love that.

The 1.2-litre Revotron petrol and the iCNG twin-cylinder setup carry over without changes. The outgoing Tiago sells between ₹4.60 lakh and ₹7.68 lakh. So the facelift's expected ₹5.20 lakh start represents a modest hike for a meaningful jump in kit. Six airbags are expected as standard, and a Bharat NCAP 5-star rating is on the way.

Tata Tiago EV Facelift: Same Cabin, Cleaner Future

The Tata Tiago EV facelift launches the same day. Same 10.25-inch touchscreen, same digital cluster, same 360-degree camera, plus a fabric-wrapped upper dashboard and an illuminated Tata.ev logo on the steering. The 19.2 kWh and 24 kWh battery packs carry over with claimed ranges of 223 km and 293 km.

Expect a starting price near ₹8 lakh. The MG Comet EV could be the rival it has to beat.

Key Takeaways

If you were about to book a Maruti Swift, an i20, or even the outgoing Tiago this week, just wait. The new Tiago at ₹5 lakh and change, with a 360 camera, six airbags, wireless Android Auto, and a Bharat NCAP 5-star history, will reset the value math for first-time buyers.

If the Maruti Suzuki WagonR was your shortlist, the answer needs more thought. The flex-fuel launch on June 5 will not change your fuel bill in 2026 or 2027. It might change a lot from 2028 onward.

For most buyers in the ₹5 to 7 lakh bracket today, the Tata Tiago facelift 2026 is the more honest upgrade this month. Maruti's big moment is real, but it is a launch for tomorrow's India, not this evening's drive home.

Union Minister Nitin Gadkari has confirmed the World Environment Day launch in Delhi. The WagonR's engine can handle anything from your regular E20 petrol all the way to E100, which is near-pure ethanol.

How the Maruti Flex Fuel Car Actually Works

A flex fuel car looks like any other hatchback from the outside. The intelligence sits inside the fuel system. A sensor reads the ethanol content in your tank every time you refuel. The Engine Control Unit then adjusts ignition timing, air-fuel mix and injection rate based on what it finds.

Because ethanol carries roughly 30% less energy per litre than petrol, the engine simply injects more of it when you fill higher blends. The fuel pump, hoses, seals and ignition system are built from corrosion-resistant materials too, because ethanol absorbs moisture and is harsher on rubber than petrol.

The Pros of India's First 100% Ethanol Car

Ethanol burns cleaner than petrol. Tailpipe carbon emissions drop sharply, and because the ethanol comes from crops that absorb CO2 while they grow, the lifecycle carbon footprint is meaningfully lower. For a country that imports 87% of its crude oil, every litre of ethanol burned is one less litre that has to come from abroad.

Ethanol blending has already saved India ₹1.44 lakh crore in foreign exchange since 2014-15. The flex-fuel WagonR extends that maths.

Ethanol also has a higher octane rating than petrol, which means better-tuned flex fuel engines can squeeze out more performance. And the supply chain feeds Indian farmers. Sugarcane, maize and broken rice are the raw material. That money stays in India.

The Cons You Need to Know About

Lower energy density is the headline catch. Independent estimates suggest a 27% to 30% mileage drop when running pure E100 versus pure petrol. A WagonR that does 25 kmpl on petrol might do 17 kmpl on E100. That hurts.

The bigger problem is price. E100, where it is available, currently retails at almost the same price as petrol. So the per-kilometre running cost on E100 is actually higher than petrol today. The flex-fuel hardware also adds an estimated ₹19,000 to ₹27,000 over a regular petrol WagonR.

Cold-start performance can suffer at low temperatures, since pure ethanol is harder to ignite. In Brazil, flex-fuel cars carry a small auxiliary petrol tank just for cranking the engine on winter mornings.

The Real Problem: The Fuel Does Not Yet Exist

Here is the part the press releases are quiet about. There are barely a handful of E100 pumps in India today. The government has promised 5,000 stations within two years. Until that arrives, buyers of the new Maruti will fill the same E20 petrol everyone else does.

Maruti is essentially launching a car for a future. That is bold marketing, but it is also why the flex bit matters. The WagonR will still run perfectly fine on regular petrol from any pump. You lose nothing on day one.

The 2026 Honda City facelift went on sale on 22 May, the second mid-cycle refresh for the fifth-generation sedan that arrived in 2020. Four trims continue: SV, V, ZX and ZX+, with the strong hybrid only on the top ZX+ e:HEV. All prices below are ex-showroom.

What Honda Actually Changed in the City Facelift 2026

The front is fully redone. You get connected LED headlamps with a slim DRL bar, a honeycomb grille, a body-coloured panel where the chrome used to sit, and a wider central air intake. The new 16-inch dual-tone alloys are fresh too.

Inside, there is an 8-speaker sound system, ambient lighting, lounge-style rear seats, and a 10.1-inch touchscreen with wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay. The headline additions, though, are ventilated front seats and a 360-degree camera. Honda was overdue to add both.

Mechanicals stay exactly as they were. The 1.5-litre i-VTEC petrol still makes 121hp and 145Nm, the 6-speed manual and 7-step CVT continue, and the strong hybrid claims 27.26 kmpl. Honda has added a new 5-year warranty on hybrid components.

Honda City SV: The ₹12 Lakh Variant Riding on Steel Wheels

The Honda City SV starts at ₹11,99,900. You get Bi-LED projector headlamps, split LED DRLs, Z-edge LED tail lamps, six airbags, automatic climate control, rear AC vents, and a rear parking camera. Infotainment is an 8-inch touchscreen with wired smartphone connectivity and a 4-speaker setup.

Now the awkward part. At ₹12 lakh in 2026, the SV still rolls on R15 steel wheels with plastic covers. No alloys. No sunroof. No ADAS.

Only four of the six colours are even available on the SV. For everyone except the dealership wall-poster buyer, the actual value math on the City facelift starts at the V.

Honda City V Facelift Comes Up with 2 ADAS

The Honda City V trim starts at ₹13.29 lakh manual. Where Level 2 ADAS arrives. You get Adaptive Cruise Control, Collision Mitigation Braking, Lane Keeping Assist, Road Departure Mitigation, and Auto High-Beam. All on a ₹13 lakh sedan, which is honestly impressive.

CVT buyers also get remote engine start, walk-away auto lock, and paddle shifters. Wheels stay steel, though, and the touchscreen sticks at 8 inches.

Honda City ZX Facelift: A Real Value for Money Variant

The Honda City ZX is priced at ₹15.25 lakh. Here you get R16 diamond-cut alloys, the one-touch electric sunroof, leather upholstery, the new 10.1-inch floating touchscreen, wireless charging, the 8-speaker premium audio, LaneWatch camera, rain-sensing wipers, and auto-dimming IRVM.

But here is a quiet downgrade buyers should clock. Honda has pulled the 7-inch TFT instrument cluster out of the ZX. That now sits only on the ZX+. So you pay ₹26,000 more than the old ZX, while losing one display element. Strange call.

Honda City ZX Plus and ZX Plus e:HEV

The Honda City ZX Plus at ₹16.15 lakh manual adds ventilated front seats, the 360-degree camera, the 7-inch TFT cluster, an exclusive sporty seat design, blacked-out Berlina alloys, and auto-folding ORVMs. The CVT version of the ZX+ is the one that has gone up by ₹1.08 lakh. The feature additions do not really cover that gap.

The Honda City ZX Plus e:HEV sits at ₹20.99 lakh, ₹1 lakh dearer than before, gaining only the bigger touchscreen, ventilated seats, and the 360 camera. The price gap between the petrol ZX+ and the Hybrid ZX+ has now widened to roughly ₹5 lakh. That is a lot of petrol.

For most buyers, the ZX manual or CVT is still the variant to write the cheque for. It is where the Honda City facelift 2026 finally costs what it is worth.F

Honda ZR-V : A Hybrid Car That Makes Rivals Sweat

The Honda ZR-V e:HEV runs a 2.0-litre Atkinson-cycle petrol engine paired with Honda's dual-motor hybrid system. Power sits at 184 PS. Torque is rated at 315 Nm. The claimed mileage is 22.79 km/l, which is nearly double what most rivals manage on a generous day.

Bookings have opened. Deliveries start in July 2026. Honda has also said India is now one of its top three global markets, so the ZR-V is not a token launch. It's a brand-builder. Now let's talk about who has to actually fight it.

1. The Skoda Kodiaq: Honda ZR-V's Direct Price Competitor

The Skoda Kodiaq is the cleanest fight on paper. Priced between ₹39.99 lakh and ₹46.99 lakh ex-showroom, it sits right on the ZR-V's expected sticker. Skoda gives you a 2.0 TSI petrol, a third row of seats, and that European build feel buyers love.

But the mileage? You're looking at single-digit real-world numbers in city traffic. The ZR-V's hybrid math is going to hurt the Kodiaq every time a buyer pulls up a fuel cost calculator.

2. The Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line: Performance vs ZR-V Efficiency

The VW Tiguan R-Line starts at ₹47.11 lakh ex-showroom and brings real German driving credentials. Its 2.0 TSI is ARAI-rated at 12.58 km/l, and real-world figures slip below that.

So this fight is honest. You either want a fast, planted German SUV that drinks like one. Or you want a refined Japanese hybrid that sips 22 km/l plus. Both can't be true in the same car.

3. The Jeep Meridian: A Cheaper Honda ZR-V Alternative

Jeep's Meridian sits between ₹23.33 lakh and ₹37.82 lakh ex-showroom. It's a diesel 7-seater, so the buyer profile is different. Big family, long highway runs, occasional rough road.

The ZR-V is not playing that game. But if your budget is ₹40 lakh and you're flexible on what shape your SUV should take, the Meridian is still on plenty of shortlists. Especially with that price gap.

4. The Hyundai Tucson: The Value Threat to the Honda ZR-V

The Hyundai Tucson sells in the ₹29-36 lakh ex-showroom band. It's the value play. Five seats, mature petrol and diesel options, full feature load, and Hyundai's service network reaches almost every district.

It's getting on in years and a refresh is overdue. But for a buyer who'd rather not pay the CBU import tax for a Honda badge, the Tucson is the cold-blooded financial answer.

The One Number That Could Settle This Fight

If you drive 1,500 km a month, the Honda ZR-V's 22.79 km/l claim works out to roughly 65 litres of petrol. At ₹103 a litre in Delhi, that's around ₹6,700 a month.

Now do the same calculation for a Tiguan running about 9 km/l in real-world city use. You're spending close to ₹17,000 a month on the same drive. That's a ₹1 lakh-plus fuel cost gap every single year.

So what should you actually do? Wait for the on-road price first. CBU import duties and state RTO can push the ZR-V well past ₹55 lakh, and that changes everything. If you want seven seats, this isn't your SUV. If you want German driving feel, the Tiguan still wins on that one front. For everyone else doing real kilometres, the ZR-V just became the new default to beat.

Honda's saying India is now in its top three global markets. The ZR-V is the proof. Watch for the official on-road numbers, the first owner reviews, and whether the dealer network can handle a flagship product. That's where this story really lands.

It is a deliberate move. Honda has confirmed the Honda ZR-V will be priced closer to deliveries, which begin in the second half of July. It arrives as a limited-run CBU from Japan, brought in under the 2,500-unit homologation rule. So the volume stays tight. Industry estimates put the sticker at ₹40 to ₹50 lakh ex-showroom, which would slot the ZR-V squarely against the Volkswagen Tayron R-Line and the Skoda Kodiaq. Whether Honda actually undercuts them is the most interesting question in the segment right now.

What the Honda ZR-V Brings That Nothing Else in Honda's India Lineup Has

This is the first 2.0-litre strong-hybrid powertrain Honda has sold in India. The setup makes 141bhp and 186Nm from the engine, while the electric motor pushes a combined 181bhp and 315Nm. That gets the SUV from 0 to 100 km/h in 7.9 seconds, and Honda claims 22.8 kmpl. Real-world numbers on full-hybrid SUVs usually land a few kmpl below the lab figure in mixed driving, so plan accordingly.

There is no petrol-only or diesel variant. The Honda ZR-V comes as a hybrid, period. That is a bold call in a segment where the Tayron and Kodiaq still lean on turbo-petrol.

Honda ZR-V Features: Bose, 8 Airbags, Gesture Tailgate

The kit list is where the ZR-V earns its flagship badge. Inside you get a 12-speaker Bose sound system, panoramic sunroof, powered front row with memory for the driver, dual-zone climate control, a 10-inch digital instrument cluster, a 9-inch touchscreen with wireless connectivity, 360-degree camera and a gesture-controlled powered tailgate. The boot opens up to 1,313 litres with the rear seats folded down.

Safety is just as serious. Honda Sensing Level 2 ADAS is standard, paired with eight airbags, ABS with EBD, vehicle stability management, hill-start assist and hill-descent control. That is a generous airbag count even at the ₹50 lakh price band Honda appears to be targeting.

Why the Missing Honda ZR-V Price Actually Tells a Story

Here is what most coverage today will gloss over. A CBU import in limited batches means Honda is not chasing volume on the ZR-V. It will sit at the top of Honda's portfolio and become the brand's new flagship offering, much like how Toyota positions the Vellfire in India. Holding the price reveal until closer to July also gives Honda flexibility on currency and import-cost movement before the sticker gets locked in.

If you have ₹40 lakh budgeted for a premium SUV, bookings are open at Honda dealerships from today, in four colour options. Just be ready for the price to land closer to your delivery date, not your booking date.

The launch happened this afternoon in India, alongside the new Honda ZR-V eHEV SUV. This is the second facelift for the fifth-generation Honda City 2026, and the last big update before the next-generation sedan arrives in 2028. 

What's New on the Honda City Facelift 2026

The front end has changed the most. A new honeycomb-mesh grille sits between slimmer LED headlamps, joined by a connected LED light bar that doubles as the daytime running lamp. The Honda 'H' logo has been lifted up onto the bonnet, an idea borrowed straight from the global Accord and Prologue. New black-finish alloys appear on every variant. At the rear, you get clear-lens LED tail lamps and a redesigned bumper with triangular black inserts.

Inside is where buyers will actually feel the upgrade. A freestanding 10.25-inch touchscreen replaces the older 8-inch unit, and ventilated front seats arrive on the Honda City for the first time, which is going to matter every Indian May. And a 360-degree camera now pairs with the existing Honda Sensing suite, which keeps adaptive cruise control, lane keep assist, collision mitigation braking and auto high beam.

The Honda City Hybrid Is Still the Sleeper Pick

The strong-hybrid Honda City e:HEV continues mechanically unchanged. The 1.5-litre setup gets a 172.8V battery and a front axle-mounted motor for a combined output of 125bhp and 131Nm, with an ARAI claim of 27.1 kmpl. Owners on the road typically report 22 to 24 kmpl in mixed driving. At today's fuel prices, that gap saves you roughly ₹40,000 a year over the petrol manual if you drive 15,000 km annually. Over five years of ownership, the hybrid premium quietly pays itself back.

The petrol setup stays familiar too. The 1.5-litre naturally aspirated engine still makes 121bhp and 145Nm, paired with a 6-speed manual or a CVT.

Honda City Facelift Price vs Verna, Slavia and Virtus

At ₹11,99,900 ex-showroom for the base petrol manual, the new Hyundai City sits above the Hyundai Verna (₹10,98,400) and the Volkswagen Virtus, but only just. By holding the line, Honda has narrowed a gap that was growing month after month. On-road in Delhi, you are looking at around ₹14 lakh once insurance, road tax and the usual dealer extras come in. The Slavia and Virtus facelifts due later this year will almost certainly come with price increases. 

Bookings have opened today across Honda dealerships in six colour options, including the new Obsidian Blue Pearl. Deliveries are expected to begin within two weeks. If you have been sitting on a sedan decision for months, the math has just shifted in your favour.

Where's the catch? Honestly, there isn't one.

The brand has been chewing through Mercedes-Benz sales in the United States for five years straight. It just turned 10 years old and is finally coming to India in 2027, with one massive advantage the Germans don't have here — local assembly.

The name on the bonnet? Genesis.

What Is Genesis and Why Hyundai Is Pushing It Into India

Hyundai launched Genesis as a standalone luxury brand back in November 2015. The strategy was simple. Take Hyundai's engineering muscle, drop the badge, and put together cars that match the Germans on quality while undercutting them on price by a real margin. It worked. Over a million Genesis cars have sold globally since. The brand is currently on a five-year run of unbroken yearly sales growth, which is something none of BMW, Audi or Mercedes can claim today. The current lineup includes three sedans (G70, G80, G90) and three SUVs (GV60, GV70, GV80), most also available as full EVs.

Why the 2027 Genesis India Launch Is Such a Bigger Deal

The official word came at Hyundai Motor India's first Investor Day, held last October. Genesis arrives in 2027 as the third Hyundai Group brand on our roads, joining Hyundai itself and Kia. The headline isn't the date though. It is the assembly route. Genesis cars will be built locally as CKD units instead of imported fully built up. That single fact changes the price math. A car that would land at ₹1.2 crore as a CBU could realistically open at around ₹85 lakh as a CKD. The Germans still don't assemble luxury models in any meaningful way here. They pay the duty. You pay the duty.

Which Genesis Models Come to India First

Best bet for now: the GV80 SUV and its Coupe version. Both sit in Mercedes GLE, BMW X5 and Audi Q7 territory in terms of size and price. Globally, the GV80 ships with three petrol options ranging from a 2.5-litre turbo at 304 hp all the way up to a 415 hp mild-hybrid built on a 3.5-litre engine. The smaller GV70 SUV is likely to follow soon, in both petrol and full-electric forms. The G80 sedan? Probably later, aimed at the Mercedes E-Class and BMW 5 Series. Hyundai will lead with SUVs because SUVs are already over 70 percent of its India volumes. Launching with a sedan in 2027 would just be a strange call.

Can Genesis Actually Beat BMW, Audi and Mercedes in India?

The American sales chart makes the case better than I can. Genesis moved 82,331 cars in the US in 2025, a 9.8 percent jump over the year before. Mercedes-Benz sales in the same country fell almost 10 percent over the same 12 months. Audi got hit even harder. Genesis has also been picking up J.D. Power's top quality and dependability awards for years now, occasionally beating Lexus at its own game. India's luxury market is small, around 51,000 units in FY25, but it grew 3.3 percent against 2 percent for the wider car market.

MD Saurabh Vatsa locked the date last week, after months of vague "second quarter" updates. The Tekton was first slated for April. Then mid-2026. Now there is a number to put on the calendar.

Nissan Tekton July 9 Date Is the Debut, Not the Price Launch

July 9 is when Nissan unveils the production-spec Tekton in India. It is not the day you can walk into a showroom and book one. Prices, variant breakdown, and bookings typically follow weeks later for a launch this big. So treat July 9 as the date to start watching, not the date to start booking.

That distinction matters because the Tekton is replacing nothing. There is no current Nissan mid-size SUV. The Kicks died in 2023 and the X-Trail is a CBU at over ₹48 lakh ex-showroom. So the Tekton has to land right out of the gate. Nissan cannot afford a half-baked launch.

Nissan Tekton Price and Engine Options for India

The Tekton uses the same CMF-B platform as the new Renault Duster. So we already know most of what is coming. You get a 1.0-litre turbo petrol making 100bhp and 166Nm, paired only with a 6-speed manual. The bigger 1.3-litre turbo petrol delivers 160bhp and 280Nm, available with either a 6-speed manual or a 6-speed DCT automatic.

The 1.8-litre strong hybrid Renault is bringing on the Duster is the real wildcard. If Nissan adds it, the Tekton becomes a serious threat to the Grand Vitara and Toyota Hyryder. Skip it, and the fight stays limited to the Creta and Seltos.

Expect ex-showroom pricing between ₹11 lakh and ₹18 lakh. On-road, the top variant will cross ₹21 lakh in most Indian cities.

Why the Nissan Tekton Launch Matters for India

Look at why Nissan needs this car so badly. The Magnite sold 1,908 units in November 2025, down 19 percent year-on-year. The whole brand is leaning on one ageing sub-4-metre SUV that buyers have largely moved past. The Tekton has to lift volumes by a different order of magnitude.

The car has the looks to do it. The Tekton borrows its face from the flagship Patrol, gets a three-tone copper, blue, and black cabin, and rolls off the same Chennai plant that builds the Magnite.

But here is the catch. Renault's new Duster launches in India on January 26, 2026, a full six months before the Tekton even debuts. Same platform. Same engines. Same dealer network. If you cannot hold out till late 2026 for actual Tekton bookings, the Duster will be a real temptation.

Watch July 9 closely. If the Tekton lands near ₹11 lakh, the Hyundai Creta has a problem. If it starts at ₹13 lakh, this turns into another quiet Nissan launch.

Here is what you should know about the Skoda Elroq India launch, price, range, and rivals before you sign for anything else.

Skoda Elroq Launch Date in India and Price

Launch date? Mid-2026 is the working assumption, though some reports stretch to March 2027. Skoda showed the Elroq at the Bharat Mobility Expo 2025 in Delhi, which usually means a launch is 12 to 18 months out.

The Skoda Elroq price in India should sit between ₹25 and ₹35 lakh ex-showroom. On-road, expect ₹28 to ₹40 lakh depending on the city. That is Ioniq 5 money. That is also Atto 3 money. If Skoda undercuts both, the Elroq becomes a proper consideration. If it tries to sit above them, it dies in showrooms. Skoda has done both before.

Skoda Elroq Range, Battery and Charging Speed

Three battery packs are on offer globally. A 52 kWh small one, a 59 kWh middle, and a 77 kWh top. WLTP claims start at 370 km and stretch to 579 km on the top trim.

Before you get excited about 579 km, remember WLTP is the most generous range cycle on the planet. In Indian conditions with the AC blasting at 40 degrees, knock off roughly 25 percent. So 280 km, 320 km, and 430 km depending on the pack you pick. That is the honest version.

The 77 kWh variant, by the way, also throws out 286 PS, 545 Nm, and a 6.6 second 0 to 100. BMW i4 territory, no exaggeration. Fast charging is 175 kW DC. 10 to 80 percent in 28 minutes. That is one coffee.

Skoda Elroq Interior, Features and Design

Step inside and the Skoda Elroq interior is built around a 13-inch floating touchscreen, a fully digital driver display, a head-up display, ambient lighting, ventilated seats, and dual-zone climate. The dashboard is layered, Czech-style, same as the new Superb. Not flashy. Just well put together. Safety is nine airbags, Level 2 ADAS, adaptive cruise, and the usual lane and blind-spot kit.

Outside, the Elroq wears Skoda's Modern Solid design language. Closed butterfly grille, four-piece LED DRLs, LED matrix taillights, 21-inch alloys.

It looks lower and wider than a Kodiaq. Cooler too, honestly. Length is 4,488 mm, wheelbase is 2,765 mm, boot is 470 litres. Family-of-four airport run, easy.

Skoda Elroq Rivals in India: Who It Actually Fights

Who does the Skoda Elroq fight here? Mostly the Hyundai Ioniq 5 and the BYD Atto 3, with the upcoming Kia EV3 in the mix. The Mahindra XEV 9e and the new Tata Sierra EV sit in the same price space, but those are bigger and built for a different buyer.

What sets the Elroq apart is the MEB platform. Same architecture as the Audi Q4 e-tron and the Volkswagen ID.4. You are getting Volkswagen Group tech in a Skoda badge for the price of a Korean EV. If that argument works on you, the Elroq is the one to wait for.

Should You Wait for the Skoda Elroq?

If your budget is ₹25 to ₹35 lakh and you want a European-engineered EV, yes. Bookings should open by mid-2026. Don't lock in an Ioniq 5 deal in October if you can hold till December.

Skoda Kodiaq RS: The Performance Flagship

Skoda Kodiaq RS is first out the door. Skoda has confirmed a June 2026 launch, and it will come in as a CBU import. Which means it will not be cheap. Expect a sticker between ₹55 and ₹60 lakh ex-showroom, with the on-road figure creeping past ₹70 lakh in most cities.

What you get for that money is loud. The retuned 2.0 TSI delivers 265 hp and 400 Nm, mated to a 7-speed DCT and all-wheel drive. Skoda is claiming 6.3 seconds to 100 kph and a 231 kph top speed.

New Skoda Superb 2026: A Premium Sedan Comeback

The new Skoda Superb is the second launch, due around June or July 2026. The old Superb got pulled in 2023 because nobody was buying sedans. Now Skoda is bringing it back. Funny how three years can flip a market.

This one arrives as a CBU import too, which is why the sticker lands between ₹55 and ₹60 lakh ex-showroom. Engine is the familiar 2.0 TSI petrol making 204 hp, paired with a 7-speed DCT. Toyota Camry is the obvious rival on paper. But the Superb is a different conversation. It stretches nearly five metres long, the rear seat is closer to a BMW 5 Series than anything Camry can match, and Skoda is fitting it with a 13-inch touchscreen and ten airbags.

Skoda Slavia Facelift: A Refresh for the Volume Sedan by September

The Slavia facelift is next, probably September 2026. This is the launch that matters most if you are shopping the ₹11 to ₹16 lakh sedan space. Mild design tweaks, a refreshed cabin, and the same 1.0 TSI and 1.5 TSI petrol engines you already know. Pricing should stay close to today's ₹11.99 lakh starting figure. Honda City and Hyundai Verna are the cars to put it against. Skoda Slavia, importantly, still offers a true manual gearbox in 2026. That is increasingly rare at this end of the market.
Image Source*

Skoda Octavia Facelift: A Quieter Executive Sedan Return

Skoda Octavia facelift is expected by December 2026, and this is the quietest launch on the list. The regular Octavia got killed off years ago in favour of the Octavia RS, which now stands alone at ₹49.99 lakh. The facelift brings the standard Skoda Octavia name back, probably in the ₹25 to ₹30 lakh range. Powertrain stays loyal to the 2.0 TSI petrol. If you want something between the Slavia and the Superb without paying RS money, this is the gap-filler.

Skoda Elroq EV: The First Mainstream Skoda Electric Car for India

Now the big one. The Skoda Elroq is the launch most enthusiasts are tracking. It is scheduled for around March 2027 and will be Skoda's first mainstream EV for India, built on the same MEB platform that the Volkswagen ID.4 uses globally.

Three battery options on offer abroad: 52 kWh, 59 kWh, and 77 kWh. Claimed range stretches from 370 km on the smallest pack to 579 km on the largest. Knock about 25 percent off those numbers for real Indian conditions with the air-con on, and you are looking at roughly 280 km from the base and 430 km from the top trim.

Pricing should land between ₹25 and ₹35 lakh ex-showroom, which puts the Elroq face to face with the Hyundai Ioniq 5 and the BYD Atto 3. Skoda has not had a real EV to sell in India until now. That changes in 2027.

But the Sierra EV is only one of three big moments Tata is planning this year. The Safari EV follows by the festive season, and a brand-new luxury sub-brand called Avinya makes its first appearance by December. Three launches, three different price brackets, all packed inside twelve months. That is unusual even for Tata.

Tata Sierra EV Launch Confirmed for Q2 FY27

The Tata Sierra EV will roll out of Tata's Sanand plant between July and September 2026, roughly nine months after the petrol and diesel Sierra hit showrooms. Inside Tata's electric line-up, it slots cleanly between the Curvv EV and the Harrier EV, completing what is now a proper EV ladder from the Tiago to the Harrier.

You get two battery options:
1. 55 kWh pack borrowed from the Curvv EV and 
2. A larger 65 kWh pack closer to the Harrier EV's setup.
The bigger one is expected to deliver a claimed range of 540 to 600 km. In real-world Indian driving with air-conditioning on and highway speeds, that usually translates to around 400 to 450 km.

Tata is also confirming both single-motor RWD and a dual-motor AWD layout on higher trims. The AWD version is what positions this car directly against the Mahindra BE 6, which currently retails between ₹18.90 lakh and ₹26.90 lakh. There is also one mechanical change most buyers will skim past, and they should not.

Tata Sierra EV Multi-Link Rear Suspension

The Sierra EV will get an independent multi-link rear suspension. The petrol and diesel Sierra uses a simpler twist-beam setup. For anyone who drives on Indian roads with the occasional pothole at 80 km/h, this is a genuine ride quality upgrade.

Inside, expect Tata's three-screen layout that debuted on the Harrier EV. There is also confirmation of V2L and V2V charging, which lets the Sierra EV power your appliances on a camping trip or jump-start a stranded EV at the roadside. Useful for a long weekend, less useful in your daily high traffic commute. But still nice to have.

Expected starting price starts around ₹17.5 lakh ex-showroom for the base RWD variant. The loaded AWD top trim should land close to ₹25 lakh. On-road in Delhi or Mumbai, factoring registration and insurance, you should plan for roughly ₹19.5 lakh to ₹27 lakh depending on the variant you pick.

Tata Safari EV: India's First 7-Seater Tata Electric SUV

Next up, the Tata Safari EV. Scheduled for the 2026 festive season, almost certainly aligned to the Diwali buying rush, the Safari EV will be Tata's first three-row electric SUV and the flagship of the company's EV portfolio. It will rival the Mahindra XEV 9S, which today sells between ₹19.95 lakh and ₹29.45 lakh.

The battery packs are carried straight over from the Harrier EV. You get 65 kWh and 75 kWh LFP options, and the bigger pack is expected to deliver around 600 km claimed range, with real-world numbers landing closer to 450 to 480 km. The 75 kWh AWD version is the one that will go head to head with the top XEV 9S trim.

Expected pricing for the Safari EV starts around ₹26 lakh ex-showroom and could touch ₹32 lakh for the top variant. The Safari EV gets a multi-link rear suspension with frequency-dependent dampers, which in plain language means the ride stays calm on broken roads and tightens up when you ask it to. If the Sierra EV is Tata's mid-size statement, the Avinya is the brand stretching itself completely.

Tata Avinya: The Luxury EV Brand Tata Has Been Quietly Building

Here is the part most readers underestimate. The Tata Avinya is not really a Tata. It is a new premium electric brand that sits above the Tata badge and just below Jaguar Land Rover in positioning. The first Avinya model, internally codenamed P1, is expected to debut by December 2026.

The platform is the real headline. Tata is using JLR's Electrified Modular Architecture, the same born-electric base the next-gen Range Rover Evoque EV will sit on. Tata pays a royalty to JLR for licensing it, then localises heavily to keep prices honest. That is why Tata can talk about a ₹30 to ₹60 lakh Avinya range without sounding ridiculous.

The first model is likely to be a low-slung electric Sportback, not an SUV. Expected range lands between 600 and 700 km on a single charge. And you will not be buying it from your regular Tata dealer. The company is setting up an entirely separate Avinya dealership network for tier-1 and tier-2 cities, which tells you how seriously they want to position this brand.

What Makes the Mini Cooper S GP Inspired Edition India's Rarest Hatchback

This is not a paint job dressed up as a special edition. The car is built on the Cooper S JCW Pack and then layers on motorsport-inspired touches you cannot get on the standard car. The exclusive Legend Grey shade is reserved only for this edition. The roof and ORVMs wear a Chilli Red finish for sharp contrast. There are front and side winglets, bonnet stripes, illuminated GP-themed door sills, a rear diffuser, and 17-inch blacked-out alloy wheels. The C-pillar carries a "1 of 30" badge. That is the part collectors will care about most.

Inside the Mini Cooper S GP Inspired Edition

The cabin keeps the familiar Mini layout but adds JCW sport seats with red accents on the headrests, red and black upholstery, and a JCW-specific steering wheel. The detailing is small but deliberate. Your eyes catch the red stitching first, then the illuminated door sills as you step in. Everything else, from the central OLED screen to the toggle switches, carries over from the Cooper S you can already walk into a showroom and buy. The exclusivity lives in the trim, the badging, and the colour.

Engine and Performance

Mechanically, nothing has changed. The 2.0-litre four-cylinder turbo-petrol motor stays at 201 hp and 300 Nm. It is paired to a 7-speed dual-clutch automatic driving the front wheels. Mini claims a 0 to 100 kmph time of 6.6 seconds. That makes this hatchback quicker than most ₹70 lakh luxury sedans you could shop instead. The bigger story is the chassis. The Cooper S has always handled like a go-kart that grew up in London. Sharper steering, tighter low-end pull, none of that is lost here.

How to Book the Mini Cooper S GP Inspired Edition Before All 30 Units Go

Bookings are open across all 12 Mini sales touchpoints in 9 Indian cities, including Delhi NCR, Mumbai, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai, Pune, Kochi, Kolkata, and Chandigarh. After-sales is handled through BMW Group India's 51 touchpoints across 36 cities, so coverage is not a concern even if your nearest dealer is two states away. Mini has not announced the final ex-showroom price yet, but every report points at the ₹57 to ₹58 lakh range. The booking deposit is ₹1.5 lakh. Deliveries start within May. 

Mini India has leaned hard into special editions over the past 12 months. The Convertible S JCW Pack and the Cooper S Victory Edition both came from the same playbook. The GP Inspired Edition is the third in that run and easily the most restricted of the lot.

At ₹57 lakh, this is not the car you buy because the spec sheet wins on paper. It is the car you buy because someone three states away cannot. Thirty units in a country of 1.4 billion works out to one car for every 47 million Indians. That is the kind of math collectors quietly love.

What the 2026 Honda City Facelift Teaser Actually Reveals

The official image confirms one thing: a connected light bar joining segmented DRLs at the front. That is all Honda is admitting to. The leaks fill in the rest. The Honda emblem now sits on the bonnet instead of inside the grille. Headlights are slimmer. The grille is wider with a honeycomb mesh, flanked by triangular fog lamp pods. A new Black exterior shade has been added to the colour palette, taking the count to seven.

Inside the 2026 Honda City Facelift: Features You Were Missing

This is where the catch-up happens. The current Honda City has been losing on features to the Hyundai Verna and Skoda Slavia for two years. The facelift finally adds a 360-degree camera with a front-mounted lens, ventilated front seats with perforated upholstery, a larger touchscreen that sticks out from the dashboard, and ambient lighting inside the cabin. Honda's clever Lane Watch Assist camera on the left mirror has been retained, so the left ORVM still carries two cameras. A new digital instrument cluster also makes the cut on top variants.

Why the 2026 Honda City Facelift Kept the Same Engines

Here is the part nobody is loud about. The powertrains are unchanged. The 1.5-litre petrol still makes 121 PS and 145 Nm, paired with a 6-speed manual or CVT. The strong hybrid stays at 98 PS through an e-CVT. If you wanted a turbo or a fresh gearbox, this round is not for you. Honda is fixing the cabin first, the engine bay later. The next-gen City is expected only in 2028, which means this 1.5-litre stays on duty for another two and a half years.

Should You Wait for the 2026 Honda City Facelift Launch?

The current Honda City sells from ₹11.99 lakh to ₹16.07 lakh ex-showroom. Expect the facelift to ask for a small premium, possibly starting near ₹12.50 lakh. If you're booking a Verna or a Slavia this week, hold your deposit cheque for 72 hours. The full price list drops on Friday, and the answer to whether this facelift gives the City what it really needed will land that same morning.

How Maruti Suzuki Lost Its Grip on the Indian Car Market

India's buyers ran to SUVs over the last five years. Utility vehicles now make up 68% of the passenger car market. Hatchbacks have collapsed from 46% in 2019 to roughly 23% today. Maruti owned the small car space. It just did not own enough SUVs to catch the new wave.

Mahindra is now sitting at 14.21% of the market. Tata is right behind at roughly 13%. Both rode the SUV shift hard with the Scorpio, Thar, XUV3XO and Nexon while Maruti played catch-up. Even with the Brezza, Grand Vitara, Jimny, Victoris and the new e Vitara in the lineup, Maruti's share in the SUV space still sits below 25%.

The ₹3.50 Lakh S-Presso Is Now India's Cheapest Car

Then GST 2.0 changed the math. The government moved small cars under the 18 percent tax slab, and Maruti's quiet workhorse, the S-Presso, dropped to ₹3.50 lakh ex-showroom. That makes it the cheapest car you can buy in India today, taking the title from the long-running Alto K10.

Sounds small on paper. But for a young family stepping out of a two-wheeler, the gap is huge. EMI math at 9 percent over five years works out to roughly ₹7,300 a month. That is a number a household in a tier-2 town can actually plan around without losing sleep.

Maruti Chairman RC Bhargava Just Dropped a Number Worth Watching

Chairman RC Bhargava recently shared a stat most people glossed over. There are 1.9 lakh buyers on car waiting lists across India right now. 30,000 of them are waiting for a small car. That is not a dead segment. That is pent-up demand sitting in line.

Bhargava called the small car revival "inevitable" over the next few years. The reasoning holds up. Entry-level incomes are rising, two-wheeler buyers are still moving up to four wheels, and 18 percent is the lowest GST slab cars are realistically going to see.

Maruti also made six airbags standard across every Arena model from May 2025. That feature used to live in ₹15 lakh sedans. Now it sits in a ₹3.50 lakh hatchback. Combine that with the GST cut and cheaper monthly EMIs, and the small car story suddenly looks healthier than it has in years.

What Maruti's Slump Means for Your Next Car Purchase

If you are shopping below ₹6 lakh right now, the GST 2.0 reset is the single biggest thing in your favour in a long time. The S-Presso, Alto K10 and Wagon R are all cheaper than they were 12 months ago. Ask your dealer for the post-GST 2.0 price breakup before signing anything. Some are still quoting older figures.

If you can wait, the next 18 months may get even better. Maruti is working on a sub-Brezza micro SUV to take on the Tata Punch, and the brand is pushing CNG variants harder than ever across the Arena lineup.

Maruti is bleeding share. That part is real. But a 13-year low can also be the floor before the bounce, and right now Maruti has GST on its side, the cheapest car in the country sitting in its showroom, and a chairman pointing at a 30,000-strong waiting list. The next 18 months will decide whether this becomes the comeback story or the cautionary one.

Maruti Suzuki Victoris vs Hyundai Creta Price Difference

The Maruti Suzuki Victoris LXi price starts at ₹10.50 lakh ex-showroom. The Hyundai Creta E starts at ₹10.79 lakh. That is a ₹29,000 cushion at the base, and Maruti also undercuts the Creta at the top by around ₹21,000. Sounds clean. But look at what you give up. The Creta's base petrol makes 113 bhp. The Victoris LXi mild-hybrid makes 102 bhp. You save the money, but lose 11 horses from the first key turn.

Maruti Victoris vs Hyundai Creta Mileage Comparison

This is where the Victoris truly mauls the Creta. The Victoris strong-hybrid claims 28.65 kmpl on the ARAI cycle. The Creta diesel manages 21.8 kmpl. Even the Creta turbo petrol cannot get close. Add the Victoris CNG variant at over 27 km/kg with an underbody tank, a first for Maruti, and your monthly fuel bill belongs in a different pin code. Here is the catch. The strong-hybrid trim sits at ₹16.38 lakh. That ₹6 lakh premium over the base petrol takes nearly six years of fuel saving to recover. The mileage is real. The math is messier than the brochure suggests.

Safety: The Bharat NCAP Score Hyundai Does Not Have

The Victoris is the first Maruti to pack Level 2 ADAS, a 5-star Bharat NCAP rating, and a 5-star Global NCAP score. The Creta offers six airbags and ADAS, but no published crash results yet. For families who watched safety scandals shape this class for a decade, that single gap can decide the showroom visit. This is one number where the Victoris is not just better. It makes the Creta look complacent.

Maruti Victoris vs Hyundai Creta: Difference in Dimensions 

The Victoris is 30 mm longer, 20 mm taller, and rides 20 mm higher off the road. So far, advantage Maruti. Now flip the page. The Creta has a 10 mm longer wheelbase and 60 litres more boot space, at 433 litres against 373. That gap is the difference between packing the family-of-four boot cleanly and leaving the cabin trolley behind. There is another quiet detail buyers miss. The Victoris is the first Maruti to ship without a spare tyre in any variant. You get a repair kit and a roadside prayer.

Final Verdict: Which One Should You Actually Buy?

So here is where I land. If you do mostly city kilometres, want a 5-star safety badge, and care about long-term fuel bills, the Victoris is the smarter buy in 2026. If you do highway runs, carry luggage every weekend, and need a proven resale story, the Creta still earns the keys. The sales gap will not close overnight. But Maruti has finally built a car that makes Hyundai planners nervous. And that is the real headline.

Tata Sierra vs Creta Dimensions Comparison

On paper the Tata Sierra is bigger, and on the road that gap becomes obvious within a few metres of moving. The Sierra is 4,340mm long, 1,841mm wide, 1,715mm tall, on a 2,730mm wheelbase. The Creta sits at 4,330mm, 1,790mm wide, 1,635mm tall, with a 2,610mm wheelbase.

That extra width and the tall stance is what makes the Sierra feel like a proper grown-up SUV from the inside, especially in the back row where headroom is genuinely impressive. Tata claims a 622 litre boot, though real-world fitment is closer to 450 if you stack things to the parcel shelf. Hyundai Creta gives you around 433 litres. Sierra is the better hauler, not even close.

Tata Sierra vs Hyundai Creta: The Design Argument

This one gets weirdly personal. The Sierra has been styled to look like nothing else around it, and it works. Wraparound glass, floating roof, short overhangs, dual-tone paint, the whole thing turns heads. It even bagged a Red Dot Design Award, which Tata makes sure you know within thirty seconds of walking into the showroom.

The Creta is more grown-up in a quiet way. Parametric grille, quad-beam LEDs, that horizon DRL bar across the front. Especially in Knight and N Line trims, it looks expensive without trying too hard. If you want everyone at the petrol pump asking questions, take the Sierra. If you want a car that fits in anywhere from a wedding to an office basement, the Creta still wins.

Tata Sierra vs Hyundai Creta Features: Triple Screens or Cleaner Polish?

The Sierra goes properly overboard on top variants. A triple-screen layout under one glass panel (10.25-inch driver display, 12.3-inch central, 12.3-inch passenger), a head-up display, panoramic sunroof, 12-speaker JBL audio with Dolby Atmos, ventilated front seats, frequency-dependent damping on higher trims, the works.

The Creta counters with twin 10.25-inch screens, panoramic sunroof, eight-way powered driver seat, same Level 2 ADAS suite. Tata has historically struggled on fit and finish, and the Creta still has the edge there if you run your hand across the dashboard. But for sheer wow factor on first sit, the Sierra is in a different league.

Engines, Mileage, Prices Comparison

Both cars run 1.5-litre engines with three options each, a regular petrol, a turbo-petrol, and a diesel. The Sierra's Kryojet diesel makes 116 bhp and 260 Nm. The Creta diesel is the slightly more efficient one at 21.8 kmpl ARAI, against 21.26 on the Sierra. Neither offers AWD yet, though the Sierra EV launching later in 2026 will.

Pricing? The Creta runs Rs 10.72 lakh to Rs 20.20 lakh ex-showroom. The Sierra is Rs 11.49 lakh to Rs 21.29 lakh. So the Sierra costs more at both ends, but you also get a bigger, more loaded car for that extra rupee.

Final Verdict: Sierra or Creta?

Honestly? Both are good cars. Hyundai Creta is the safer call. It resells easily, service network is everywhere, parts are cheap, and you will not be waiting three months to drive it home. Tata Sierra is the more exciting call. Bigger, fancier, more attention-grabbing. If you want to feel something every time you spot your car in the parking lot, get the Sierra. If you just want a midsize SUV that quietly does its job for the next five years, the Creta still has the answer. The Creta has not been dethroned yet. But this is the closest it has come.

Maruti Kharkhoda Plant 2: The Numbers

The new line adds 2.5 lakh units of yearly capacity. That doubles Kharkhoda's total output to 5 lakh cars a year. Across all Maruti factories combined, the brand can now build up to 26.5 lakh vehicles annually. Roughly 7,200 cars every single day. A serious jump from where things were sitting just twelve months back.

The first plant at Kharkhoda began rolling cars out in February 2025. The site itself was kicked off by Prime Minister Narendra Modi in August 2022. Foundation stone to second-line production in just under four years. Quick by Indian industrial standards.

Why Brezza and Victoris on the New Line

Two reasons. First, demand. The Maruti Suzuki Brezza has been one of the strongest sellers in the sub-four-metre SUV space for years now. The Victoris is newer, but it has already pulled in serious interest in the mid-size segment. Both are SUVs. Both are exactly the kind of car Indians keep buying while sedans and hatchbacks struggle to find takers. Maruti needs the volume here. Hatchbacks are not paying the bills anymore. SUVs are.

Second, waiting periods. Maruti has been quietly fighting delivery delays on both models. By shifting more production to Kharkhoda, the brand can finally start cutting those queues.

The Full Maruti Kharkhoda Roadmap

Kharkhoda is huge. 800 acres in Sonipat district. When all phases are done, the site will spit out 10 lakh vehicles a year. That puts it among Suzuki's biggest car factories anywhere in the world. Not just India. Globally.

Maruti has openly said it wants to add 5 lakh more units of capacity during FY2026-27. The second Kharkhoda plant ticks the first half of that target. The next phases will eventually push the site to a million cars a year. Once that lands, Kharkhoda alone will be bigger than most carmakers' entire India operations.

What This Means for SUV Buyers

If you are eyeing a Brezza or a Victoris, this matters. More output usually means shorter waits. Dealers have flagged delays of 4 to 8 weeks on some Brezza variants over the last year. Once the second line properly ramps up, those numbers should start dropping through the second half of 2026.

There is also an export angle. Maruti has been pushing harder on shipping cars overseas, and Kharkhoda is built to feed that demand without choking domestic supply.

Why Maruti's Stock Did Not Cheer

Funny twist. Maruti's share price actually slipped on the news, falling about 2.8 percent in early trade. Investors are weighing the capacity boost against the bigger story. Maruti's grip on the Indian passenger vehicle market has been slowly weakening. SUVs from Tata, Mahindra, Hyundai and Toyota have been chipping at every segment.

So while new plants help, the bigger question is whether enough buyers still want a Maruti badge over the alternatives. Kharkhoda gives Maruti the muscle. Now it has to find the sales to fill those lines. Either way, the next time you walk into a Maruti showroom asking about a Brezza, the answer to "when can I take delivery?" might be shorter than it used to be.

What the Ferrari HC25 Actually Is

Ferrari HC25 comes out of Ferrari Special Projects, the in-house team that builds one-off cars for the brand's most loyal customers. Each commission runs about two years from first sketch to delivery. The buyer sits in on every step, picking everything from panel curves to stitching colour. The HC25 is built on the bones of an F8 Spider. Same chassis. Same brakes. But pretty much nothing else carries over visually.

Ferrari HC25 Design: Old Meets New

This is where it gets interesting. Look at the HC25 and you spot hints of the F8 it is based on. Then you notice the glossy black band running through the middle of the car. That comes straight off the F80 hypercar and the 12Cilindri. The headlights are entirely new. Slim. Pinched in the middle. Vertical boomerang-shaped daytime running lights at the corners, a first for any Ferrari ever. The body wears a matt Moonlight Grey finish. Door handles disappear into a single milled aluminium blade. Inside, things go quieter. Grey technical fabric on the seats. Splashes of bright yellow on stitching and dashboard.

The Last of the Old Ferrari V8 Spiders

Now to the part that matters most for combustion fans. Under the rear deck sits the famous 3.9-litre F154 twin-turbo V8. 710bhp. 770Nm. No hybrid system. No electric motor. Nothing helping it along. Ferrari has confirmed this is the end of the pure mid-engine V8 spider story before everything else turns hybrid or electric. So in a way, the HC25 is a time capsule on wheels.

Ferrari HC25 Performance: Still Plenty Quick

0 to 100 km/h takes 2.9 seconds. 0 to 200 km/h in 8.2 seconds. Top speed is 340 km/h. Power goes through Ferrari's 7-speed dual-clutch gearbox, the one drivers have raved about for years. The engine still revs all the way to 8,000 rpm. None of these numbers are world-record stuff anymore. But for a car that marks the final breath of an era, the figures still land hard.

How Much Will the Ferrari HC25 Cost?

Ferrari is not telling. They never tell with one-offs. Industry estimates put the price comfortably above one million dollars. Convert that with India's customs and luxury duties, and a car like this would easily be a Rs 30 crore conversation here. Not that you can buy one. The mystery buyer is rumoured to be American, going by the H and C initials in the name.

What the Honda City Facelift 2026 Looks Like Now

Until last week, all we had seen was the nose. Now the rest is on show. Honda has gone aggressive with the front. A wider grille filled with a honeycomb mesh. New triangular air inlets sliced into the bumper. LED headlamps that look sharper, almost squinting. The biggest tell though is that little H badge. It has moved up onto the bonnet, instead of sitting in the middle of the grille like before. Small detail. Big jump in how the car reads.

Honda City Facelift Rear: Spot the Difference

Walk around to the back and you will need to look hard. Honda has barely touched the rear. The taillights get a fresh internal pattern. The bumper has been mildly redrawn. New dual-tone alloys round things off. That is about it. Compared to the front, the rear feels almost lazy.

Inside the New Honda City Facelift Cabin

The biggest change inside? That floating screen poking out of the dash. Looks like the same 10.25-inch unit Honda already uses on the Elevate. Up from 8 inches on the current City. Bigger, freestanding, more in tune with what Hyundai and Skoda are doing now.

What else is coming? Plenty. A 360-degree camera. Ventilated front seats for our brutal summers. Wireless charging. Six airbags. Tyre pressure monitoring. And the Honda Sensing ADAS pack, which adds adaptive cruise and lane keep assist among other things.

The Stuff Honda Has Left Out

Now for the not-so-fun part. The driver still gets the old semi-digital instrument cluster. No fully digital screen here. The sunroof is also unchanged. Still a single pane unit, not the panoramic glass roof that Hyundai is using to sell every other Verna these days. For a 2026 facelift, this feels like Honda has played it too safe.

Engine and Mileage: No Surprises

Pop the bonnet and nothing has moved. The 1.5-litre petrol still cranks out 121PS and 145Nm. 6-speed manual or CVT, take your pick. The strong hybrid e:HEV carries on unchanged too. Honda will keep claiming 26.5 kmpl on the hybrid, though most owners on Indian roads see somewhere around 21 to 22 kmpl in real city traffic. No diesel. No turbo-petrol. Honda has stuck firmly with what it knows.

Honda City Facelift Price: How Much More?

Right now the City starts at Rs 11.99 lakh ex-showroom and stretches to Rs 16.07 lakh for the top petrol trim. The hybrid sits at Rs 19.99 lakh. Honda is likely to push prices up by around Rs 75,000 to Rs 1 lakh across the line-up. That moves on-road Mumbai pricing roughly into the Rs 14 lakh to Rs 24 lakh window. So the question really becomes simple. Is the City worth one extra lakh, when the Verna has gone all-in on screens and the Slavia facelift is just around the corner?

What to Watch on 22 May

22 May will not just be about the City. Honda is also rolling out the all-new ZR-V on the same day, a CBU SUV expected to land above Rs 40 lakh. So there is a lot riding on this Friday for Honda India, probably its biggest single launch day in years. If you were about to book a Verna or a Slavia, give it a few days. The City might pull you back in. Or it might not. We will know on Friday.

Image Source*

Range Rover Sport SV New Variant Prices in India

JLR India has launched the Range Rover Sport SV here at a starting price of ₹2.05 crore ex-showroom. But here is the part worth reading twice: this is not one variant. It is three.

The Sport SV sits at ₹2.05 crore. The Sport SV Black costs ₹2.20 crore. The Sport SV Carbon is priced at ₹2.35 crore. All three run the same 4.4-litre twin-turbo V8 mild-hybrid engine producing 626 bhp and 750 Nm, paired with an automatic gearbox and all-wheel drive. The 0 to 100 km/h time is 3.8 seconds across the board.

What separates the three variants is finish and hardware. The Carbon gets the heavier upgrades. The Black is the mid-rung. The base SV is where most buyers will start. Deliveries across all three begin in August 2026, and bookings are open right now.

How the India-UK FTA Reduced the Sport SV's Price

This launch is also one of the first times India's trade agreement with the UK has done something visible for buyers. JLR reduced prices on the Range Rover SV and Sport SV ahead of this launch in response to the FTA tariff revisions. As a result, the new Sport SV is ₹30 lakh more affordable than the limited-run SV Edition Two that preceded it.

That matters for a second reason. The Edition Two was a limited production run. The Sport SV is not. For the first time, buyers can walk in, book an SV model, and expect production-line continuity. No allocation anxiety, no limited-edition waiting game.

Range Rover Sport SV Design and Cabin Features

Land Rover has built five paint options specifically for India: Green in Satin, Orange in Matte, Blue in Gloss, Violet in Matte, and Teal in Gloss. Every one of these comes with a contrasting black roof, and the 22-inch forged alloy wheels on the India-spec car are unique to this market too.

Exterior touches that mark out the SV across all variants include a blacked-out grille and front splitter, quad exhaust pipes, a rear spoiler, and SV badging throughout. The cabin gets perforated Windsor leather seats in a Light Cloud and Ebony theme, a 29-speaker Meridian Signature sound system, a 13-inch touchscreen, a 13.7-inch digital driver's display, 16-way powered front seats, and heated and ventilated seating front and rear. There is also a 6D Dynamics suspension system, which Land Rover describes as a hydraulically interlinked setup designed to reduce body roll and pitch under hard driving.

Level-2 ADAS, a 360-degree camera, and soft-close doors round out the standard equipment list.

Should You Book the Range Rover Sport SV?

The on-road price for the base Sport SV will land in the ₹2.35 crore range once registration and insurance are added, which puts it in direct competition with the Porsche Cayenne Coupe GTS, Mercedes-AMG GLE 53 Coupe, and Audi RS Q8. Against those, the Range Rover Sport SV makes a strong case on both performance numbers and cabin quality.

If you have been waiting for an SV without the scarcity of a limited edition, the wait is over.

It is called Olive Bronze. And it might just be the most wearable shade the Nissan Magnite has ever been offered in.

Nissan Magnite's Olive Bronze: What It Is and Which Variants Get It

This is a single-tone shade, not a dual-tone. So you will not be getting a contrasting black roof with this one. Nissan has kept it clean. The colour is available from the N-Connecta trim onwards, which means both the naturally aspirated 1.0-litre and the 1.0-litre turbo petrol are in play depending on the variant you choose. The entry N-Connecta manual starts at ₹7.43 lakh ex-showroom, so you are not looking at the base-of-the-range car here.

This is also the first real addition to the Magnite's palette since the facelift arrived in late 2024. That update brought new taillights, a larger grille, revised alloy wheel designs, and a black-and-orange interior theme. The car already had eight colour options in both single-tone and dual-tone form. Olive Bronze now sits alongside that existing lineup as the ninth unique shade and the fifth single-tone option.

Why Olive Bronze Makes Sense for the Magnite Right Now

Earthy tones have been quietly taking over the compact SUV space in India. Tata Punch has pushed warm hues, and buyers have responded. A desaturated, almost military-leaning green-bronze colour does something that a standard silver or white simply cannot: it hides minor scuffs, wears dust better on long drives, and photographs well in India's harsh afternoon light.

For a car that many buyers take into smaller towns and semi-urban roads, that is a practical advantage, not just a style call.

It also fills a gap in the Magnite's palette. The rest of the lineup leans heavily on reds, whites, and blacks. Olive Bronze is the only shade in the range that reads earthy and understated at the same time.

The Part Worth Paying Attention to: Current Magnite Deals

The Magnite currently has two sets of offers running simultaneously: one for MY26 models and a separate, more aggressive set for remaining MY25 stock.

If you pick up an MY25 Magnite, Nissan is offering accessories worth ₹10,000 to ₹20,000, an early booking benefit of ₹45,000, exchange bonuses of up to ₹35,000 for a non-Nissan vehicle, and up to ₹75,000 if you are exchanging a Renault or Nissan. Corporate buyers get a flat ₹5,000 on top of all of that.

On the newer MY26 models, the numbers are smaller: accessories between ₹5,000 and ₹12,000, early booking at ₹20,000, and exchange bonuses of ₹35,000 or ₹55,000 depending on your existing car.

If you are flexible on the model year and the exact colour matters less to you, the MY25 window is genuinely the better financial deal right now. All offers vary across states and dealerships, so confirm with your local Nissan outlet before you set expectations.

Here is exactly what you get and what you give up, depending on which side of that Rs 4.39 lakh gap you land on.

The Battery Gap Changes Everything

Both variants share the same 134 bhp motor and 200 Nm of torque. That part is identical. But the Windser EV Excite variant runs on a 38 kWh battery pack with a certified ARAI range of 331 km. The Essence Pro steps up to a 52.9 kWh battery, pushing claimed range to 449 km.

In real-world conditions, expect around 260 to 290 km from the Excite and close to 380 km from the Essence Pro on a full charge. If your daily commute is under 60 km and you have access to home charging, the Excite handles that without stress. But the moment you plan a highway run from Delhi to Agra or Pune to Mumbai, the Essence Pro gives you genuine peace of mind. The Excite asks you to plan carefully.

What the Windsor EV Top Variant Does Outside of the Car

The Excite does not look like a base variant in the traditional sense. You still get LED projector headlights, connected LED DRLs, and an illuminated MG logo. But look closely at the wheels and you will spot the difference. The Excite rides on 17-inch steel wheels with stylised covers. The Windsor EV Essence Pro variant gets 18-inch diamond-cut dual-tone alloys. That is a visual upgrade that matters at this price point.

The flush door handles on the Excite are manually operated. On the Essence Pro, they deploy electronically, the same way they do on the Mahindra XUV700. The Essence Pro also adds roof rails and the signature Infinity View panoramic glass roof, which is one of the most striking visual elements on the Windsor EV. The Excite does not get it.

Windsor EV’s Cabin Is Where the Difference Feels Most Real

Sit inside the Excite and you get a 10.1-inch touchscreen, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, 6 airbags, and a standard black interior. That is a solid package for Rs 14 lakh.

Step into the Essence Pro and the screen jumps to a 15.6-inch Grandview Touch Display. The audio system goes from a 6-speaker setup to a 9-speaker Infinity-tuned system with a dedicated subwoofer. The ambient lighting expands to 256 colours. You also get ventilated front seats and a PM2.5 cabin air filter, which is a genuinely useful addition in Indian cities. The interior theme shifts to a dual-tone black and ivory, and the 6-way powered driver seat replaces the manually adjustable one in the Excite.

The Feature You Cannot Ignore on MG Windsor EV Top Variant

The Essence Pro is the only variant in the Windsor EV lineup that comes with Level 2 ADAS. This includes lane departure warning, adaptive cruise control, and automatic emergency braking. It also gets a 360-degree surround view camera, a powered tailgate, and V2L charging that lets you power appliances directly from the car's battery.

None of these features are available on the Excite.

So Which MG Windser EV Variant Should You Buy?

If your usage is primarily city-based, you charge at home every night, and Rs 14 lakh is where your budget sits comfortably, the Excite delivers remarkable value. Most buyers will not feel shortchanged.

But if you drive on highways regularly, want ADAS safety tech, or simply want the full Windsor EV experience as MG intended it, the Essence Pro justifies the premium. That Rs 4.39 lakh gap buys you a significantly larger battery, a genuinely better cabin, and safety technology that no rival in this price band offers as standard.

The Windsor EV crossed 50,000 units in just 13 months for a reason. Both variants are strong. The question is which one fits your life, not just your budget.

So what went wrong? And more importantly, can Tesla fix it?

The Price Wall That Even Premium Buyers Are Struggling With

The Tesla Model Y starts at Rs 59.89 lakh ex-showroom, which climbs to Rs 67.89 lakh for the long-range variant. Want the Full Self-Driving package? Add Rs 6 lakh more. A deep-metallic paint shade? Another Rs 95,000 to Rs 1.85 lakh. You are easily looking at Rs 75 lakh or more on-road before you drive out.

The same car costs roughly Rs 37 lakh in the US and barely Rs 28 lakh in China. That gap exists because India still imposes import duties of up to 100 percent on fully built vehicles. Tesla imports every Model Y from its Shanghai Gigafactory, so that duty lands squarely on your bill.

By early 2026, Tesla had already started offering discounts of up to Rs 2 lakh to clear unsold inventory. When a brand this prestigious starts discounting within six months of launch, that tells you pricing is the core problem.

The EV Charging Reality Outside Mumbai and Delhi

Tesla's Supercharger infrastructure in India is not small by any stretch of ambition. But right now, five stations are operational. Mumbai and Delhi have coverage. Bengaluru has one site. That is roughly where it ends for now.

India has about 135 EVs per public charger, compared to the global average of 6 to 20. Tesla's own V4 Supercharger can add 267 km of range in 15 minutes, which is excellent hardware. But hardware sitting in only three cities does not help a buyer in Pune, Hyderabad, or Chennai.

This is a genuine ownership risk, not just a convenience issue. If you need to drive from Delhi to Jaipur or Bengaluru to Mysuru, you are planning around charger availability the way you would plan a road trip 20 years ago.

What Tesla Is Actually Doing to Counter These Problems

Here is where things get more interesting. Tesla is not sitting still.

Tesla India Country Head Sharad Agarwal confirmed plans to expand service and bodyshop facilities to Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai, and Ahmedabad within the current quarter. The company already handles many service issues remotely through over-the-air software diagnostics, which means your car can receive fixes without a visit to the workshop. That is a genuine advantage over brands that ask you to drive in for a firmware update.

On infrastructure, Tesla is actively building charging corridors between Delhi, Chandigarh, Jaipur, Ahmedabad, Pune, and the southern metros. Home charging installations are now available across 28 states.

The brand also pivoted its product strategy faster than expected. The Model Y L, a long-wheelbase six-seater at Rs 61.99 lakh, launched in May 2026. It targets multi-generational Indian families directly, a segment that rivals like the BMW iX1 and Kia EV6 barely address. A six-seater at roughly the same price as the standard Model Y is a smart move.

Tesla’s Competition Has Been Here Longer and Knows India Better

The BMW iX1 starts at Rs 49 lakh ex-showroom. It has ground clearance of 190 mm versus the Model Y's 167 mm, which matters on Indian roads more than any spec sheet suggests. The Kia EV6 at Rs 65.90 lakh offers AWD and 350 kW fast charging compatibility. The Hyundai Ioniq 5 at Rs 46.05 lakh already has an established service network. These are not easy rivals.

Tesla's trump card remains its Supercharger speed (250 kW), over-the-air software updates, and brand recognition. But brand alone does not close a sale at this price point.

Meet the Tata Avinya : Tata's First Real Luxury EV

This is the Tata Avinya. And pricing is expected to start somewhere north of ₹40 lakh ex-showroom, going up to ₹60 lakh depending on the variant.

To understand why it costs that much, you need to understand what it's built on. Tata signed a formal deal with Jaguar Land Rover to license their EMA (Electrified Modular Architecture). This is a "born electric" platform that JLR built from scratch for its own upcoming electric SUVs, including the Range Rover Velar EV. Under the agreement, Tata gets the full package: the electric drive unit, battery design, fast charging technology, and the engineering know-how. In return, they pay JLR a royalty fee.

No Tata car has ever been built this way.

What You Actually Get Inside the Tata Avinya

The concept Tata showed at Auto Expo 2025 had four screens in the cabin, a "Sky Dome" panoramic roof, Level-2 ADAS, multi-zone climate control, and Vehicle-to-Load (V2L) capability, meaning you can plug appliances into the car. The design features a full-width LED bar front and rear, a coupe-style sloping roofline, and Rolls-Royce style doors that open with no pillar in the middle. Claimed range is over 500 km on a single charge. This is not a Nexon EV with better seats.

The Detail Almost Everyone Misses About the Tata Avinya

Here's the part most coverage skips over. Avinya isn't just a new car, it is a completely separate brand. Tata is building a dedicated showroom network for it, distinct from regular Tata dealerships. When you go to book one, you won't walk into the same place where someone else is picking up a Tiago. Tata is treating Avinya the way it treats JLR, as a different business altogether.

That separation is deliberate. It sets a different expectation before you even open the door.

Tata Avinya Launch Timeline 

Launch of the Tata Avinya is expected in late 2026, with Tata planning around 24,000 units per year to start. Competitors it's likely to take on include the Mahindra XEV 9e and the BYD Sealion 7.

If you're in the market for a premium EV right now, there's nothing to act on. But if your purchase timeline stretches into 2027, keep the Avinya on your list before you commit.

For two decades, Tata was the brand you bought because it made financial sense. The Avinya is the car Tata wants you to want. That is a shift worth watching.

Tata Motors has officially launched the Altroz iCNG with an AMT gearbox, priced starting at ₹8.69 lakh (ex-showroom). It's the first time a premium hatchback in India pairs factory-fitted CNG with an automatic transmission. And if you've been putting off a CNG car purely because of the clutch work in stop-go traffic, this launch changes your shortlist.

Tata Altroz CNG AMT Engine, Features, and What's Actually New

The Altroz iCNG AMT runs the same 1.2-litre Revotron iCNG engine that powers the Tiago and Tigor CNG, producing 73.5 PS and 103 Nm in CNG mode. The five-speed AMT is not new tech for Tata. It's been running in the Tiago and Tigor CNG for a while, so the reliability questions have mostly been answered already.

What is new here is a segment-first Direct Start in CNG mode. The car starts directly on CNG without needing to fire up on petrol first. A single ECU manages both fuels, so the switch between petrol and CNG happens without a jerk. These aren't flashy additions, but in daily city driving, they matter far more than a spec sheet makes them sound.

Picture yourself on the Western Express Highway at 6:30 PM on a weekday. You're barely moving, the AC is running, and you just want the car to crawl forward without pressing a clutch every 10 seconds. That's exactly who this car is built for.

Running Cost of Tata Altroz CNG AMT

ARAI claims 26.90 km/kg on the Altroz CNG. But real-world is where the actual math lives. Mileage test returned 19.80 km/kg in the city and 34.58 km/kg on the highway.

At current CNG prices of around ₹90 per kg in most metros, your city running cost comes to roughly ₹4.5 per kilometre. A petrol automatic doing 10-11 km/l with petrol above ₹100 a litre, costs close to ₹9-10 per km. Every day. Every commute.

That gap is real money. Over 1,500 km a month, you're saving around ₹6,000-8,000 compared to a petrol automatic. The Altroz CNG AMT earns its price difference back quickly.

Tata Altroz CNG AMT vs Rivals: Unmatchable Combination

This is the part competitors can't respond to right now. The Maruti Baleno CNG, Toyota Glanza CNG, and Hyundai i20 CNG are all manual-only. Every single one. Tata is the only carmaker in India that sells factory-fitted CNG with an automatic gearbox.

Sailesh Chandra, MD of Tata Motors Passenger Vehicles, has shared that 70% of Tata Altroz buyers are first-time car buyers and 25% of all Altroz sales come from automatic variants. That's a large group of buyers who've had to choose between CNG savings and automatic comfort. Now they don't have to.

Safety holds up well too. The Altroz carries a 5-star Bharat NCAP rating across all three powertrains (petrol, diesel, CNG). The iCNG AMT variant gets six airbags as standard, along with ESP, ISOFIX mounts, and a 360-degree camera.

If you're deciding right now, the Altroz CNG AMT is genuinely the only car in this segment that checks both boxes. CNG penetration in India has grown from 19% in FY25 to 22% in FY26. Tata read that trend early and moved first. Whether Maruti or Hyundai respond with their own CNG-automatic options and how soon is the next thing worth watching.

On May 11, Toyota Kirloskar Motor (TKM) officially announced a brand-new manufacturing facility in the Bidkin Industrial Area in Maharashtra. Production is set to begin in the first half of 2029. The plant will have an annual capacity of 1 lakh vehicles and is expected to employ around 2,800 people. Japanese media puts the investment at roughly ¥300 billion (about ₹15,800 crore). Though TKM hasn't confirmed that figure directly.

This is Toyota's fourth plant in India. Two already run in Bidadi, Karnataka, and a third is scheduled to start in the same area in 2026. 

Toyota's Bidkin Plant Will Build an SUV Nobody Has Seen Yet

Toyota confirmed the Bidkin facility will produce a completely new SUV model. No name. No specs. No price reveal. Just a quiet confirmation buried in the announcement that a model not currently in TKM's India lineup is being planned for this factory.

Think about that for a second. If you've been watching Toyota's India range and wondering why they don't have a car in a particular segment, that answer might be sitting in Bidkin right now, still three years away.

Why Toyota Is Choosing Maharashtra Over Its Existing Karnataka Base

The short answer is geography. Bidkin, near Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar, gives Toyota easier access to western ports, which matters a lot for what comes next. Toyota has confirmed the new plant will also serve as an export hub for the Middle East and Africa.

This is bigger than it sounds. Toyota isn't just adding capacity for India, it's making India a key part of its global production strategy. When a company builds an export hub, the investment tends to be longer and more serious than a purely domestic plant. That's good news for buyers, because it means Toyota is locking in its India bet for decades.

The Number That Tells You How Serious Toyota Is About India

In financial year 2025, TKM sold nearly 3.89 lakh vehicles in India, up 19% from the year before. India is now Toyota's third-largest market in the world. The Innova HyCross and Urban Cruiser Hyryder have been carrying most of that growth.

Once all four plants are running, Toyota's total production capacity in India is expected to reach around 5 lakh units a year. That's a company positioning itself for the long haul, not just chasing a short cycle.

What This Means for Toyota Car Buyers

If you're eyeing a Hyryder or a HyCross today, this plant doesn't change your decision. The Bidkin facility is still three years out. But if you've been holding off on a Toyota because you're waiting for the right model, 2029 might be worth keeping in mind. A new SUV is coming from this plant, built in Maharashtra, possibly aimed at export markets too, and designed for a segment Toyota currently doesn't occupy.

Watch for details to emerge closer to 2027. Toyota rarely announces a new model early, but the factory timeline usually tells you when to start paying attention.

The MG Windsor EV ignores all of that. It starts at ₹14 lakh and gives you a cabin, a screen, and a feature list that has no business being at this price. India's highest-selling electric car in 2025. Over 50,000 units sold in just 13 months. That kind of number doesn't happen by accident.

So what exactly are you getting for ₹14 lakh? Let's get into it.

The Windsor EV Screen Will Stop You in Your Tracks

15.6 inches. That is the size of the MG Windsor EV's touchscreen. For reference, a MacBook Air screen is 13.6 inches. This one is bigger, it floats in the centre console, and it runs wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto without any cable fumbling.

No lag. No sluggish menus. Just a screen that works, at a price that shouldn't have one this large.

The Rear Seats Are Unlike Anything at This Price

This is the detail that gets people. The Windsor EV has 135-degree reclining rear aero-lounge seats. You can lean back almost flat. It is something you normally see in business class flights or cars costing ₹50 lakh and above.

Try it once at the dealership. You will understand why this car has a waitlist.

The cabin itself is big for the segment. Boot space is 604 litres with the rear seats upright. That beats a lot of sedans.

MG Windsor EV Price: What Each Variant Gets You

Base Excite variant: ₹14 lakh ex-showroom. 38kWh battery, 332 km ARAI range, 6 airbags, V2L charging, 64-colour ambient lighting, and that screen.

Mid-spec Exclusive: around ₹15 lakh. Adds ventilated front seats and a 7.4kW AC charger.

If you want the 52.9kWh battery with 449 km ARAI range and Level 2 ADAS, that is the Pro variant at ₹17.5 lakh onwards. That one goes above budget, but the base at ₹14 lakh already delivers enough to make the case.

MG Windsor EV Range: The Real Numbers

ARAI says 332 km for the 38kWh. Real world, in mixed city and highway driving, you will see 250 to 280 km. That is enough for a Gurugram to Agra run or two full weeks of daily city commuting on one charge.

DC fast charging takes the battery from 20 to 80 percent in roughly 55 minutes at a compatible charger. The 3.3kW AC charger on the base variant works fine for overnight home charging.

V2L and Lifetime Battery Warranty

Two features that are hard to find at this price anywhere.

V2L means vehicle-to-load. Plug in a laptop, a fan, a small appliance directly into the car's charging port and run it off the battery. Useful on road trips, on camping weekends, or during a power cut at home.

MG also offers a lifetime battery warranty for the first owner. No other EV under ₹20 lakh in India offers this right now.

Should You Buy the MG Windsor EV?

If your budget is ₹15 lakh and you want an electric car that does not feel like a budget option, this is it. The screen, the reclining seats, the range, and the V2L charging are not compromises. They are genuinely good.

At ₹14 lakh, the MG Windsor EV is the best electric car you can buy in India right now without spending more.

Why No Redesign in Next Gen Seltos Makes Sense

The current Kia Seltos 2026 already got a generational update last year. Sales have held up well since. Kia doesn't need a new shell. What it needs is a powertrain answer to the Hyundai Creta Hybrid, which is already generating serious interest in the market.

So instead of a full next-gen launch, the Seltos Hybrid arrives as an additional powertrain option layered onto the existing model. Cleaner rollout. Faster to market. Lower price premium.

That said, Kia is also separately testing the next-gen Sonet right now. So a full Seltos generation update will come eventually. Just not with this hybrid.

What Engine Option is Coming in Next Gen Kia Seltos?

Globally, the Seltos gets a 1.6-litre petrol with hybrid assistance. India is a different story. Kia is expected to use the existing 1.5-litre petrol engine here, paired with a hybrid motor. The standard 1.5L already puts out 155bhp and 265Nm. Add electric assistance to that and the numbers go up. But how much, Kia hasn't said yet.

The rest of the engine lineup stays. 1.5-litre turbo petrol at 158bhp, 1.5-litre NA petrol at 113bhp, and the 1.5-litre diesel at 114bhp. Four powertrain options total if the hybrid goes into production as expected.

Kia Seltos Features Stay the Same

The feature list won't change. Dual 12.3-inch screens, panoramic sunroof, 10-way power-adjustable driver seat, ventilated seats, 64-colour ambient lighting, 360-degree camera, dual-zone climate control and Level 2 ADAS are all already on the current car. The hybrid variant carries all of that over.

No surprises there. No reason to change something that's working.

Next Gen Kia Seltos Hybrid Launch and Price

Kia Seltos Hybrid is expected to arrive by mid-2027. The Hyundai Creta Hybrid launches first — Kia follows, same as always with these two.

Current Seltos prices run from ₹13 lakh to ₹24.49 lakh (on-road, Mumbai). The hybrid premium is expected to sit at roughly ₹1 to ₹1.25 lakh over comparable variants. That's not a steep ask if the real-world mileage numbers justify it.

Kia has already confirmed the hybrid is coming. These spy shots just confirmed it's closer than most expected.

Image Source*

But spend fifteen minutes with both cars and you realise something. These two aren't competing for the same buyer at all. The question isn't which one is better. It's which one is right for you.

Here's the honest breakdown.

Skoda Kodiaq 2026 vs Toyota Fortuner: The Basics

The 2026 Skoda Kodiaq launched in India this month at ₹36.99 lakh (ex-showroom), going up to ₹46.99 lakh for the top-spec Selection L&K. AWD comes standard on all variants. Single engine: 2.0-litre turbo petrol, 204hp, 320Nm, 7-speed DSG. Monocoque platform, same one that underpins the Volkswagen Tiguan.

The Toyota Fortuner starts at ₹34.76 lakh. At the top, the GR-S 4x4 Diesel touches ₹50.46 lakh. You get a 2.7-litre petrol or a proper 2.8-litre diesel, the latter producing 500Nm of torque. It rides on a body-on-frame ladder chassis. Same bones as the Hilux pickup truck.

That word “chassis” explains almost everything about why these two cars feel nothing alike.

Skoda Kodiaq 2026 vs Toyota Fortuner: On the Road

The Skoda Kodiaq on a highway is genuinely good. Quiet, planted, and with the 7-speed DSG doing most of the work seamlessly. The ride absorbs bumps without fuss. Ground clearance is 192mm, which is fine for Indian roads if you're not deliberately hunting potholes.

The Fortuner is different. It's taller, heavier, and you feel that in corners. Body roll is noticeable. The steering is light but not particularly communicative. What you do get is an 80-litre fuel tank, a diesel engine that pulls hard from low revs, and a ground clearance of 225mm on 4x4 variants. On broken roads or the kind of surfaces you find outside tier-2 towns, the Fortuner simply doesn't care.

The Kodiaq cares. It's a better car on good tarmac. It's the wrong car on bad terrain.

Features and Safety Comparison

This round goes to the Kodiaq and it's not particularly close.

The 2026 Kodiaq Sportline and L&K now carry Level 2 ADAS — seven functions including adaptive cruise control, lane keep assist, blind spot detection, and emergency braking. Nine airbags. A 12.9-inch touchscreen with a proper infotainment interface. The platform's longer wheelbase of 2791mm means rear passenger space is genuinely comfortable.

The Fortuner runs an 8-inch touchscreen. Seven airbags. No ADAS anywhere in the range. The interface feels its age compared to newer rivals. Feature-for-feature, if cabin technology matters to you, the Kodiaq is a generation ahead.

The Resale Value Question of Kodiaq 2026 and Fortuner

This is where Fortuner buyers stop the conversation. And fair enough.

A five-year-old Fortuner diesel in good condition holds value unlike almost any other SUV in this price segment. Toyota's service network runs deep in India, including towns where a Skoda dealership simply doesn't exist. Maintenance costs are lower, and parts are easier to source anywhere.

If you plan to keep the car in the family for ten years, the Fortuner's story makes sense on paper. The Kodiaq depreciates faster and leans on a dealer network that's still concentrated in metros.

Final Verdict: Which One Should You Buy?

Buy the Kodiaq if you live in a city, drive mostly on highways, want ADAS and a genuinely premium cabin, and don't plan to go off-road ever. It's the better driving machine on sealed roads.

Buy the Fortuner if you need diesel, travel to places with uneven terrain, care about resale value, or want the kind of reliability that doesn't require a Skoda service centre nearby.

They share a price range. That's about all they share.

That's not a combination you see often.

The 2026 Skoda Kodiaq went on sale in India at ₹36.99 lakh (ex-showroom). The top-spec Selection L&K sits at ₹46.99 lakh. Three variants, one engine, all-wheel drive across the board. Nothing on the powertrain side has changed. But what's changed above the bonnet matters a lot more than you'd expect from a mid-cycle update.

2026 Kodiaq Finally Gets ADAS: Seven Functions, Not a Token Feature

For the record, this is the first Skoda sold in India with ADAS. The Skoda Kodiaq is now also the only Skoda in the current lineup to have it. That's not a small thing.

The suite runs seven functions: adaptive cruise control, lane keep assist, adaptive headlights, frontal assist with warning and emergency braking, blind spot detection with lane change assist, rear cross traffic alert, and an exit warning system. That last one alerts passengers before they open a door into a passing cyclist or vehicle. Genuinely useful.

All seven are available on the Sportline and Selection L&K variants. The base Lounge 5-seater gets none of it, which is fine. It was never meant to be the driver's pick.

2026 Kodiaq Sportline Gets 360-Degree Camera and Grille LEDs Too

There's a second, less-discussed update in this launch. The Sportline variant now carries the 360-degree camera and the grille-mounted LED strip. Both of these were locked to the L&K before. Moving them down a variant without a big price jump is meaningful.

The Sportline now asks ₹43.76 lakh and delivers most of what made people stretch to the L&K. That's a smarter ask.

The Engine Stays the Same — and That's Not a Problem

204 horsepower. 320 Nm of torque. 2.0-litre four-cylinder TSI petrol. Seven-speed dual-clutch. AWD on every variant.

It's been the same since the second-gen Kodiaq launched in India, and nothing about it needs fixing. The DSG shifts fast, the AWD system is quiet and competent, and the throttle response on a highway feels properly sorted. ARAI claims about 14.86 kmpl. Real-world, expect 10-12 in city driving.

What Skoda Dropped and Why That Matters

Two colours are gone. Steel Grey exits the Sportline lineup. Red Velvet is out from the L&K. If you liked those, the timing stings. The reason, almost certainly, is the Skoda Kodiaq RS.

The RS is coming to India later this year at around ₹55-60 lakh as a CBU import. It sports a distinctive red look and 265 horsepower. Red Velvet on the standard L&K would have made things awkward. Skoda cleared the decks early.

Should You Buy the 2026 Kodiaq?

If a Toyota Fortuner or Jeep Meridian is on your list, the Kodiaq asks a different question. Less ground clearance, more refinement. Not an off-roader's car. But for a family that lives on highways and wants ADAS, a proper AWD system, nine airbags, and a cabin that doesn't feel domestic. It's now a stronger case than before.

The ₹3 lakh price cut on the Lounge variant is the headline number. The ADAS is the reason to actually go see it.

The Kodiaq RS arrives later this year. That will be the one for enthusiasts. This one is for families who've been waiting for Skoda to finally plug the safety gap.

It's plugged.

So is it worth the wait? Here are five reasons we think the answer is yes.

1. The Tata Sierra EV Design Is Unlike Anything Else at This Price

Let's be honest. Most cars in the ₹20-25 lakh EV segment look like they were designed by committee. Safe, rounded, inoffensive.

The Tata Sierra EV is none of those things.

That boxy stance, the high-set bonnet, the full-width LED light bar up front. It all reads as a genuinely bold choice. But the detail that will stop people on the street is the wraparound rear glass. It's carried over from the original 1991 Sierra, updated for 2026, and there's nothing else on sale that has it. The SUV looks airy and big inside because of that glass area, even in a compact footprint.

For a car priced around ₹20 lakh, the design has no obvious rivals.

2. Real-World Range That Actually Works for India

Tata is quoting an ARAI-certified range of around 500 km for the larger battery. Be realistic about what that means. Run the AC, add city traffic, drive with five people and you'll land somewhere between 320 and 380 km. That's the honest number.

For most Indian buyers, that number is fine. A Delhi-Jaipur-Delhi trip in a single charge. Kolkata to Digha without stopping. If your daily run is under 80 km, you're charging twice a week at most.

Two battery options are expected: 55kWh for the base and mid variants, 65kWh for higher trims. Tata also confirmed 100kW DC fast charging support, which means a meaningful top-up takes around 30-40 minutes at a fast charger.

3. AWD Is on the Table From Day One

This is a big one. The ICE Sierra is only front-wheel drive. The EV launches with AWD available from the start, using a dual-motor setup similar to the Quad Wheel Drive system on the Harrier EV.

That matters for two reasons.

Buyers who want genuine traction on wet roads or broken terrain have an option. And on the highway, AWD distributes torque more evenly, which helps straight-line stability at high speeds. At ₹20-25 lakh, the Creta EV and Mahindra BE 6 offer AWD too, but the Sierra's stance and ground clearance make it feel more suited to actually using it.

4. The Tech Inside Sierra EV Is Genuinely Premium

The Sierra EV is expected to carry a triple-screen setup — a 10.25-inch digital cluster, a 12.3-inch central touchscreen, and a 12.3-inch screen on the passenger side. That's the same layout Tata uses on the Harrier EV, and it's one of the better-executed cabin setups at this price.

But the feature that stands out is V2L. Vehicle-to-Load charging means you can power a laptop, a fan, or a small appliance directly from the car's battery. For weekend camping or a power cut at home, it's genuinely useful. Not a gimmick.

Level 2+ ADAS is also confirmed, which means the car handles steering assistance, lane keeping, and adaptive cruise control on highways.

5. Tata's EV Track Record Is Unmatched in India

This one doesn't get said enough. Tata has more EVs on Indian roads than every other manufacturer combined. That means service technicians who have actually worked on Tata EVs, dealerships that stock the right parts, and a warranty story that's backed by real volume.

Buying a first-generation EV from a brand with limited India service history is a different kind of risk. With Tata, that particular risk doesn't exist.

The Sierra EV launches May 19. At ₹20-25 lakh ex-showroom, it's going into a crowded segment. But nothing else in that range looks like it, drives AWD from the base of the lineup, or carries a name that Indian car buyers have genuinely missed for thirty years.

That's worth paying attention to.

But it's real. A brand new, properly equipped 7-seater. Less than a Maruti Baleno.

Before We Get to the Name, Here's Why Most Cheap 7-Seaters Don't Count

This matters. Because "7-seater" is a term that gets abused badly in India.

You know those rear jump seats bolted into the boot of certain rugged SUVs? The ones that face sideways, have no seatbelts, and only a child below eight would fit comfortably? Those are technically 7-seater cars. But nobody serious counts them. If you're putting a family member in a seat with no belt on a national highway, that's not a practical car — it's a gamble.

So the question isn't just which car costs the least. It's which affordable 7-seater gives you real, forward-facing seats with proper safety, and still makes financial sense to own. That filter cuts the list down sharply.

But One car survives it.

The Nissan Gravite: India's Most Affordable 7-Seater

Nissan launched the Gravite in early 2026. It's a compact MPV, just under 4 metres long, built on the same bones as the Renault Triber, which has been selling steadily in India since 2019. So the platform isn't experimental. It's been road-tested by Indian families for years.

The Nissan Gravite price starts at ₹5.65 lakh (ex-showroom) in India.

Nissan Gravite: What That Money Actually Buys You

Six airbags. Not only on some higher variant, but on every single Gravite sold in India. ABS, electronic stability control, and rear parking camera come with it too. That's not the safety spec of a budget car. That's better than what plenty of ₹10 lakh options offer.

The third row is forward-facing with proper seats. And when you pull those seats out completely, the boot opens up to 625 litres. Most sedans don't touch that number. The second row slides and reclines, so passengers in the middle aren't stuck in a fixed position for long drives.

Tech-wise, you get an 8-inch touchscreen with wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, a 7-inch digital driver's display, and a wireless charger. At this price, that's not expected.

The 1.0-litre 3-cylinder engine makes 71 bhp. It won't feel brisk on a full load at 100 kmph. But ARAI rates it at 19.6 kmpl, and in real mixed driving you'd realistically see 14 to 16 kmpl.

Nissan Gravite Pricing: The Fine Print You Need to Read

Nissan launched the Gravite at introductory pricing valid for the first 5,000 bookings only. If that window has passed by the time you're reading this, the on-road cost will be different. Call the dealership before you build a budget around the sticker number.

One gap worth flagging: the Triber already has a CNG option. The Gravite doesn't yet, though Nissan has confirmed it's coming. If running cost is your biggest concern and CNG infrastructure is strong near you, the Triber is worth comparing first.

Should You Buy the Nissan Gravite?

If your family regularly needs more than five seats, your budget is under ₹8 lakh, and you don't want to compromise on airbags or touchscreen tech. There's genuinely nothing else at this price that makes the same argument.

India now has a real 7-seater under ₹6 lakh. That's new. And it's worth paying attention to.

Not the Swift. Not the Dzire. So Which Maruti Has the Best Mileage?

Most buyers automatically land on the Swift or the Dzire when mileage and Maruti come up in the same sentence. Both are genuinely efficient. The Swift returns 25.75 kmpl (ARAI) and the Dzire sits at 25.71 kmpl. Solid numbers by any standard. But neither of them holds the top spot.

The car carrying India's highest mileage title among petrol hatchbacks is the Maruti Suzuki Celerio. Its AMT variant is ARAI-certified at 26.68 kmpl, making it the most fuel-efficient petrol car you can buy in the country right now. And it starts at just ₹4.70 lakh ex-showroom, following the GST revision in September 2025.

The Celerio's Mileage Secret: Engine and Platform Working Together

The reason the Celerio hits those numbers comes down to two things working in sync.

First, the engine. The Celerio runs on Maruti's K10C DualJet petrol unit: a 1.0-litre, three-cylinder motor with dual injectors per cylinder, dual variable valve timing, and an idle start-stop system. That start-stop function cuts the engine the moment you brake to a halt in traffic, then restarts it the instant you lift your foot. In Indian city conditions, where you're often idling at signals longer than you're actually moving, this makes a genuine difference to fuel consumption.

Second, the platform. The Celerio sits on Maruti's Heartect architecture, designed specifically to be lightweight without compromising structural strength. Less weight to carry means fewer litres burned per kilometre. Not a dramatic story but certainly the right one.

What Celerio Owners Are Actually Getting on the Road

Here's where it gets genuinely interesting. ARAI figures are tested under lab conditions: no AC, no passengers, no potholes. Real-world numbers always come in lower. In city traffic, most Celerio owners report 18 to 22 kmpl, still impressive for a petrol car in stop-and-go conditions.

On the highway, the story improves sharply. Most owners report 22 to 25 kmpl at a steady 80 to 100 kmph. And then there's the outlier: Owners documented 31 kmpl on highways after switching to Shell V-Power premium fuel, specifically crediting the Celerio's 11.5:1 compression ratio as the key to unlocking better efficiency with high-octane petrol. That's a figure many diesel cars would be happy to match.

Should the Maruti Celerio Be on Your Shortlist in 2026?

The Celerio is not without trade-offs. Its 3-star Global NCAP crash rating, tested in December 2025, is a legitimate concern for safety-first buyers. The cabin is functional rather than plush, and the AMT gearbox can feel hesitant at crawling speeds. This is not a car built to impress anyone. It is built quietly and without fuss. To save you money over a long ownership period.

The 32-litre fuel tank helps here too. On a good highway run, that translates to over 800 km on a single fill. A number that makes long drives genuinely stress-free on the wallet. Monthly fuel costs for a typical Celerio owner work out to roughly ₹2,000, which has no business being that low for a petrol car in 2025.

If fuel savings are your top priority and you want the best mileage car in Maruti Suzuki's current lineup, the answer is already here. The title isn't marketing. It's an ARAI number. And right now, it belongs to this small, underrated hatchback.

That difference is the whole comparison.

Price Difference Between Ioniq 5 & Model Y

The 2026 Hyundai Ioniq 5 launched at ₹55.70 lakh (ex-showroom) — one variant, fully loaded. Tesla Model Y starts at ₹59.89 lakh for the base RWD and climbs to ₹67.89 lakh for the Long Range version.

Both are fully imported CBUs. Both pay that import duty price.

The Ioniq 5 is cheaper. By a noticeable margin at the base level.

Range and Battery Comparison

Ioniq 5 gets an 84kWh pack. ARAI claims 690km. Real-world owners consistently report 430 to 510km in mixed driving.

Tesla Model Y base has a 64kWh battery, rated at 500km WLTP. The Long Range at ₹67.89 lakh moves to 84.2kWh and 661km WLTP. Real-world expectations: 380 to 550km depending on driving style and speed.

At the base price point, Ioniq 5 wins on range. At the Long Range price point, Tesla closes the gap.

Charging Support and Time

The Ioniq 5 supports 350kW DC fast charging. It goes from 10 to 80 per cent in around 18 minutes. That is a restroom and coffee stop on any highway, and you leave full.

Tesla's Supercharger network in India right now has five stations. Delhi, Mumbai, Gurugram, Pune. Excellent if you live there. Essentially useless if your regular routes go anywhere else.

The Ioniq 5 also has Vehicle-to-Load (V2L). You can run appliances directly from the battery. Tesla does not offer this at all.

Infotainment: The CarPlay Problem

Tesla runs a 15.4-inch touchscreen for everything — climate, mirrors, indicators, navigation. No Apple CarPlay. No Android Auto. Not on any Tesla. That is their philosophy.

Ioniq 5 gets dual 12.3-inch screens with wireless CarPlay, Android Auto, and even in-car payment for charging. More conventional. Far more compatible with how Indian buyers actually use a car.

One more thing. Tesla's Full Self-Driving feature costs ₹6 lakh extra here. It cannot be activated in India. Government clearance is still pending. Do not spend that ₹6 lakh.

Ground Clearance: The Most Underestimated Problem

Ioniq 5 sits at 160mm. Tesla Model Y at 167mm.

Both are low. Badly low for Indian roads. Speed breakers will scrape. Broken service road access will be stressful. This is a real concern with either car and most reviews gloss over it entirely.

Service Reality of Hyundai Vs Tesla

Hyundai has service centres in hundreds of Indian cities. Ownership anxiety is low because help is never far.

Tesla currently operates out of four cities. Outside that network, you are largely on your own when something goes wrong. Warranty is shorter too: 4-year standard coverage against Hyundai's 5-year plan, and 8-year EV powertrain warranty against Hyundai's 10-year coverage.

Verdict: Tesla Model Y vs Hyundai Ioniq 5, Which One is Better?

Buy the Tesla if: You live in Delhi, Mumbai, Gurugram, or Pune. You want the best software experience in any EV. You do not need CarPlay and will not miss it.

Buy the Ioniq 5 if: You travel beyond those four cities. You want 350kW charging, CarPlay, V2L, a longer warranty, and a ₹4 lakh lower entry price. For most Indian buyers in most Indian cities, this is the more sensible car.

Both are genuinely world-class EVs. But world-class is only useful when the infrastructure and service network around the car matches the car itself.

Right now, in India, one of these is closer to that point than the other.

They did. Mostly.

Priced from ₹10.69 lakh to ₹18.99 lakh (ex-showroom), the 2026 Skoda Kushaq facelift went on sale with bookings open at ₹15,000 and a waiting period of roughly 4 to 8 weeks depending on your city and variant. Five trims: Classic+, Signature, Sportline, Prestige, Monte Carlo. Two engines. Both petrol.

The Gearbox Is Perhaps the Most Important Update

Forget the new LED strip across the front for a moment. The real change here is under the bonnet or more accurately, behind it. Skoda has pulled the old 6-speed torque converter automatic off the 1.0L TSI and replaced it with a new 8-speed unit. The old one was genuinely mediocre. This one is smoother, especially at highway speeds where it holds gears better and does not hunt between ratios the way the previous unit did during overtakes.

There is a catch. In stop-start traffic, the 8-speed lunges forward from standstill more aggressively than you expect. It takes a few days to calibrate your foot to it. And since Skoda has held on to a manual handbrake on this car, there is no auto-hold. You will feel that absence on every slope, every signal, every parking ramp.

The 1.0 TSI makes 114 bhp and 178 Nm. Unchanged. The 1.5 TSI stays at 150 bhp and 250 Nm, DSG only, from ₹18.79 lakh. That one remains the driver's pick. ARAI mileage across the range: 18.72 to 19.66 kmpl. Expect 14 to 16 in the city.

Kushaq Facelift 2026 Features: Rear Seat Massager at This Price Is Not Normal

Inside is where buyers will spend most of their time noticing what changed. A 10.25-inch digital cockpit has replaced the old 8-inch display. The 10.1-inch infotainment now runs a built-in Google AI companion and supports wireless CarPlay and Android Auto. Front seats are ventilated and 6-way electrically adjustable. And the rear seat gets a massager.

Read that again. A rear seat massager. In a car priced under ₹13 lakh for most buyers.

Panoramic sunroof is now standard, not something you have to step up variants to access. Boot space is 385 litres to the parcel shelf, expanding to 491 litres to the roofline. The wheelbase is 2651 mm, which is longer than the Hyundai Creta's, and it shows in the back seat legroom in a way the spec sheet alone does not capture. Three new colour options: Shimla Green, Cherry Red, Steel Grey.

Skoda Kushaq Facelift Safety: 5-Star NCAP and a Warranty

The 5-star Global NCAP rating carries over. Six airbags come standard on every variant, not just mid or top trims. More than 25 active and passive safety features on base variants, over 40 on higher trims. Skoda has also bundled their Super Care package as standard, which includes a 4-year or 1 lakh km warranty, four years of roadside assistance, and four labour-free services. That last bit is a direct response to the ownership cost concerns that have followed Skoda in India for years.

Is it enough to buy? If a car that rides firm, steers with precision, feels planted past 100 kmph, and scores clean on a crash test is what you are looking for — yes. The Kushaq facelift does not try to be the most comfortable car in the segment. It never has been. But it remains one of the most confident to drive, and the 2026 update makes it harder to say no to at the right variant.

Three compact SUVs have done something the ₹10 lakh SUV segment was not supposed to pull off: they have made it genuinely hard to justify spending more.

Tata Punch: India's Most Affordable 5-Star Rated SUV

The Tata Punch earned its name on safety, and it has not let that go. The outgoing version holds a 5-star Global NCAP rating. The 2026 facelift, launched in January, scored 5 stars in Bharat NCAP testing with an adult occupant protection score of 30.58 out of 32. That kind of number does not belong in the sub-₹10 lakh bracket. But there it is.

The bigger news for 2026 is the turbo petrol engine most buyers had been patiently waiting for. 120 PS. 170 Nm. Available in variants priced under ₹9.04 lakh ex-showroom. The earlier naturally aspirated 1.2-litre unit was fine for cities but ran visibly short of breath past 80 kmph on highways. The turbo resolves that entirely. 

Real-world owners of the NA engine currently report 14 to 16 kmpl in city traffic and 17 to 18 kmpl on open roads. CNG buyers get a claimed 26.99 km/kg. Prices begin at ₹5.59 lakh and top out at ₹9.04 lakh ex-showroom, which gives you one of the widest entry ranges under a ₹10 lakh budget.

Mahindra XUV 3XO: Most Powerful Sub-₹10 Lakh SUV

Starting at ₹7.28 lakh ex-showroom, the Mahindra XUV 3XO comes with a feature list that looks like it belongs in a car priced at least ₹18 lakh. 

A panoramic sunroof. Six airbags standard across all variants. Level 2 ADAS with adaptive cruise control and lane-keep assist. Four-wheel disc brakes. A 360-degree camera. And the 1.2-litre TGDi engine producing 130 PS and 230 Nm of torque, the highest power output in the sub-4m SUV class.

Bharat NCAP tested this XUV 3XO in November 2024. Five stars. Ground clearance is a capable 201 mm. Diesel variants return up to 21.2 kmpl on ARAI testing, and real-world owners consistently report 17 to 19 kmpl on highway runs. 

On-road price of Mahindra XUV 3XO starts at around ₹8.47 lakh for the base variant, keeping most of the range well within budget. The XUV 3XO is the answer if you want to tick every box before you hand over the cheque.

Hyundai Venue: A Full New Generation Under ₹10 Lakh

The Hyundai Venue 2025 is not a facelift. Hyundai rebuilt the car from the ground up and it shows. Wider body. Dual 12.3-inch curved panoramic displays powered by NVIDIA. A 375-litre boot. Level 2 ADAS with 16 active safety functions including auto emergency braking and adaptive cruise control. The chassis uses more ultra-high strength steel, and the car earned a 5-star Bharat NCAP rating shortly after launch. Prices start at ₹7.90 lakh ex-showroom for the 1.2-litre naturally aspirated petrol.

The 1.0-litre turbo petrol (118 PS, 172 Nm) is where most buyers land, and it makes sense. ARAI mileage is 18.74 kmpl for the manual and a very strong 20 kmpl for the 7-speed DCT automatic. 

First-time SUV buyers who value refinement, a genuinely premium cabin feel, and Hyundai's wide service coverage will find the Venue to be the most polished overall package at this price. The 1 lakh booking milestone since launch is not an accident.

So Which One Should You Actually Buy in 2026?

Safety on the tightest budget? The Tata Punch. 
Maximum features per rupee? The Mahindra XUV 3XO. 
Best all-round package with strong resale and a refined drive? The Hyundai Venue. 

But before you sign anything, add ₹1 to ₹1.5 lakh to the ex-showroom price for registration, insurance, and road tax. That figure never shows up in the advertisement. Your ₹10 lakh budget will still comfortably cover at least one strong variant of each of these three. And that’s genuinely good news.

One of these cars has been on Indian roads for over 25 years. It has survived market shifts, new rivals, and more facelifts than most buyers can count. The other is a car that Honda sells globally but has never brought to India, until now. 

Honda City Facelift 2026: India's Most Trusted Sedan Got Refreshed

The Honda City facelift 2026 is the second update the current-generation City has received since it launched in 2020. The last refresh was in 2023. This one is not a ground-up redesign. The next-generation City is not coming until 2028. So think of this as Honda keeping the City sharp until then.

On the outside, expect a revised grille, updated LED headlights, tweaked tail lamps, and new alloy wheels. The side profile stays the same. Inside is where the bigger changes are. A 360-degree camera is expected to finally make it in, along with ventilated front seats and refreshed upholstery. These are features the City has been missing while rivals like the Hyundai Verna have been offering them for a while now.

The engine stays as it is. The 1.5-litre petrol makes 119bhp and pairs with a 6-speed manual or CVT. The hybrid option continues too. Pricing is expected to be close to the current range of ₹12 lakh to ₹20.5 lakh (ex-showroom), with a small hike possible on the top variants.

If you are a City loyalist waiting for a reason to upgrade, the feature additions are real. If you are cross-shopping with the Slavia or Virtus, this facelift closes some of the gap that had opened up.

Honda ZR-V Hybrid Price and Launch in India

Now here is the car most people are not talking about enough.

The Honda ZR-V is a 2.0-litre hybrid SUV that Honda sells across global markets but has never officially brought to India. That changes on May 22. It comes in as a CBU, meaning it is built abroad and imported as a complete unit. That is why the price is where it is: expected between ₹40 lakh and ₹50 lakh ex-showroom.

The ZR-V measures 4,568mm in length and packs 180bhp with 240Nm of torque through an e-CVT. It sits comfortably against the Skoda Kodiaq and the Volkswagen Tiguan in terms of positioning. This is not a mass-market car. It is a statement. Honda is saying: we have a proper premium hybrid SUV, and India deserves to have it.

The catch is the price. At ₹40 lakh plus ex-showroom, the on-road cost will cross ₹46 lakh in most cities. For that money, you are comparing it against some strong options. But a Honda hybrid with this kind of output, at this size, is genuinely new in this space.

Key Note

If you are looking at a sedan under ₹20 lakh, wait for the official Honda City facelift 2026 pricing before making any decision. The feature updates are real and the City still has one of the best hybrid drivetrains in this segment.

If you are a premium SUV buyer currently eyeing the Kodiaq or the VW Tayron, add the ZR-V to your list. Official specs and confirmed pricing land on May 22. That is the moment to judge it properly.

Two cars. One day. Honda has not had a launch event this significant in India in a long time.

The Tata Avinya is expected to launch in November 2026, priced between ₹40 lakh and ₹60 lakh. That is nearly double what Tata's most expensive current EV costs. And if you think this is just Tata putting a fancier badge on a more expensive Harrier EV, you are about to be surprised.

What Makes Tata Avinya Different From Every Other Tata Car

Avinya is not a car. It is a brand. Tata is launching it the same way Toyota launched Lexus. Separate identity. Separate showrooms. A completely different buyer in mind.

You will not walk into a regular Tata dealership to buy one. The Avinya will be sold through dedicated showrooms, mainly in tier-1 and tier-2 cities. Tata is also looking at a phygital retail model, meaning you could research, configure, and book your car online, and only visit a smaller, experience-focused showroom for the test drive and delivery. That kind of buying experience does not exist anywhere in the Indian car market right now.

Tata Avinya Price in India: Is ₹40–60 Lakh the Right Number?

No official price has been announced yet. The ₹40–60 lakh range is based on where Tata is placing the brand, sitting above the Harrier EV and directly competing with the Hyundai Ioniq 5, the BYD Sealion 7, and the Mahindra XEV 9e.

Here is the thing about that price. At ₹40 lakh ex-showroom, your on-road cost in most cities will be somewhere around ₹46–48 lakh after taxes, insurance, and registration. That is serious money. Tata knows this. Which is why the Avinya is not being built to compete on price. It is being built to justify it.

Tata Avinya EV Platform: What the Gen 3 Architecture Actually Means for You

The Avinya is built on Tata's Gen 3 EV platform. This is a completely new architecture, built only for electric vehicles, developed using learnings from JLR's Electrified Modular Architecture. Tata is putting Rs 18,000 crore into new EV products and platforms, and the Gen 3 is the most important piece of that investment.

What does this mean for a buyer? A flat floor layout, which gives you more space inside. Fast charging. Software features that update over the air, the way your phone does. And a structure designed from scratch around the battery, not adapted from a petrol car. That last point matters more than it sounds. Most affordable EVs in India today use modified petrol platforms. The Avinya does not. That is a real difference in how the car feels and performs over time.

Tata Avinya Interior: Four Screens and No Clutter

The Avinya X concept, shown at the 2025 Bharat Mobility Show, gave the clearest look yet at the cabin. Three screens sit across the dashboard. A fourth, free-standing screen is placed lower on the console. There is a two-spoke steering wheel with touch-based controls, a panoramic sunroof, multi-zone climate control, Level 2 ADAS, wireless charging, and V2L support, which lets you use the car's battery to power appliances or even charge another EV.

The overall feel is clean and open. No switches everywhere. Rotating front seats were shown on the concept, though whether that makes it into the production version is not confirmed yet.

Tata Avinya Launch Date and What You Should Actually Track

The expected launch of Tata Avinya is November 2026. Tata has officially confirmed the Avinya arrives in Q1 of FY2027. Some reports suggest the market launch could slip into early 2027 even if the debut happens on schedule. Keep that in mind if you are planning around this car.

The more important date to watch is the official reveal, which should happen before December 2026. That is when confirmed pricing, specs, and variant details become public. Until then, every number you read about the Avinya is still an estimate.

India has never had something quite like this from a homegrown brand. A standalone premium EV brand, built on a new platform, sold through a separate retail network, going head-to-head with the best imports in the market. Whether Tata can pull it off is the real question. The answer comes in a few months.

The expected launch window is mid to late 2026. Once it lands, the Nexon will have a problem it hasn't had before: a rival that brings a European badge, turbocharged power, and proper build quality at an overlapping price.

What the VW Tera Brings That the Nexon Doesn't

Start with the engine. The Volkswagen Tera is expected to carry VW's 1.0-litre three-cylinder TSI turbo-petrol, the same unit found in the Polo GT internationally, tuned for around 114 to 120 bhp and 178 Nm. Two gearbox options:
1. 6-speed manual and
2. 6-speed torque converter automatic.
For comparison, the Nexon's base petrol makes 120 bhp through a 1.2-litre turbo, so power parity is roughly even. The difference is how that power is delivered. VW's TSI engines have always felt crisper than the competition in back-to-back drives, and that reputation doesn't change with a new car.

The cabin spec is where the Tera starts to look genuinely threatening. Dual digital screens, a 10.1-inch infotainment and an 8-inch Virtual Cockpit digital cluster are expected on mid and higher variants. Ventilated front seats, automatic climate control, a wireless charger, and a 360-degree camera are also in the mix. The Nexon does offer most of this in its upper trims, but the Tera is expected to bundle these features lower down the variant ladder, which is exactly how Skoda priced the Kylaq to surprise buyers.

Six airbags are expected as standard across all variants. The Nexon also offers six as standard, but it took Tata years of consumer pressure to get there. Volkswagen is starting from that point.

So Why Would Someone Still Buy the Nexon?

Honestly, several good reasons.

The Nexon has a 5-star Bharat NCAP rating, one of the highest safety scores in its segment. It's also available in petrol, diesel, CNG, and electric variants. A flexibility the Tera almost certainly won't match at launch, which is expected to be petrol only. If you're a diesel buyer specifically, the Nexon's 1.5-litre motor delivers around 23 kmpl in highway conditions. No equivalent is confirmed for the Tera.

VW's service network in India is still thinner than Tata's. That's a fair concern, especially for buyers outside the top 15 cities. Tata has over 1,000 service centres nationally. VW is catching up but hasn't closed that gap yet. Resale value is a conversation too. Nexons hold their price well in the used car market. The Tera's resale story starts at zero.

The Bigger Picture for this SUV Segment

What the Tera's arrival actually does is force a question that Indian compact SUV buyers haven't had to seriously ask before. Is the German badge worth paying for, now that the price difference is basically gone?

At ₹8 lakh entry and an expected top-end around ₹14 to 15 lakh, the Tera maps almost exactly onto the Nexon's price band of ₹7.37 lakh to ₹14.32 lakh. There's no longer a comfortable gap where Volkswagen was "too expensive" and Tata was "more practical." They're in the same room now, at the same table, asking for the same buyer's money.

The Nexon is a proven, comfortable, feature-rich car with a decade of trust behind it. The Tera is newer, sharper on paper, and carries a badge that commands attention. Buyers will pick one over the other for very personal reasons. But the fact that the choice even exists at this price point is genuinely new for India. And that alone should worry Tata.

The Range Rover Sport SV got the same treatment. It was ₹2.75 crore. It's ₹2.35 crore now. A ₹40 lakh drop on what is already one of the fastest SUVs you can legally drive on an Indian road.

Both cuts are effective immediately. No waiting period, no booking window. If you walk into a JLR showroom today, these are the prices.

Why Are Range Rover Car Prices Cut Down?

The India-UK Free Trade Agreement, announced in July 2025, dramatically lowers import duties on goods manufactured in Britain. It hasn't officially kicked in yet but JLR India isn't waiting around. They've decided to pass on the duty savings right now, ahead of the formal implementation date.

Rajan Amba, the Managing Director of JLR India, put it plainly: the revised prices reflect the new duty structure the FTA enables, and the company is confident the deal will go through. That's a fairly bold bet to make publicly, but JLR's read on the situation clearly gave them enough confidence to move today.

Not Every Range Rover in India Gets Cheaper

The price cuts only apply to UK-built CBU models, meaning cars shipped to India fully assembled from Britain. The Range Rover SV and Range Rover Sport SV both come out of JLR's Solihull plant, built by its Special Vehicle Operations team. They arrive here as complete imports. They carry the heaviest customs duty. When that duty drops, the price drops.

The rest of the lineup doesn't qualify. The standard Range Rover, Range Rover Sport, Velar, and Discovery Sport are all put together in Pune from CKD kits. Local assembly means they're already on a lighter duty structure, so the FTA doesn't change their pricing. The Defender? Also fully imported, but it's made in Slovakia, not the UK. FTA doesn't apply. Defender prices stay exactly where they are.

So the reduction is specific and targeted. But for the buyers it applies to, ₹75 lakh is a genuinely meaningful number.

Why Range Rover SV Is So Special And How This Price Drop Matters?

It's not just a fancier version of the regular Range Rover cars. That's the shortcut answer, and it misses the point. The SV is built by a separate division at a separate facility. Special Vehicle Operations at Solihull hand-finishes every single car. You get bespoke interior configurations, material grades that aren't available on any other variant, exclusive exterior packages, and suspension tuning that tips further toward comfort than the standard car does.

It's 5,258mm long. It weighs north of 2.5 tonnes. And until today, it cost ₹4.25 crore.

At that price, the buyer pool was very small by design. At ₹3.50 crore, it's still not a car most people will ever buy. But in the world where this car competes, a ₹75 lakh gap matters quite a bit. JLR holds around a quarter of India's luxury car market already. This move won't hurt that number.

Tata Sierra EV is Launching on May 19

May 19, 2026. That is the date. Tata Sierra EV will be Tata's seventh electric car and the one carrying the heaviest emotional weight. The original Sierra from the 1990s was India's first proper lifestyle SUV. The ICE Sierra revival earlier in 2026 drew 70,000 bookings on just day one. Now the electric version comes to market.

Built on the Gen 2 Acti.ev platform, the Sierra EV is expected to carry two battery options: 55 kWh and 65 kWh. The smaller pack is shared with the Curvv EV, while the 65 kWh unit comes from the Harrier EV, which delivers a claimed 538 km on that battery. Real-world range on the 65 kWh Sierra EV is likely to sit comfortably above 420 km. Expect Vehicle-to-Load (V2L) and Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) charging, a triple-screen dashboard, a panoramic sunroof, and an AWD option on higher variants. Pricing is widely expected to start between ₹20 and ₹25 lakh, which would position it below the Mahindra BE 6 and directly challenge the Hyundai Creta Electric.

If there is one car to watch this May, this is it.

Tata Tiago EV Facelift Launch

The Tiago EV is India's most affordable electric hatchback and consistently one of the country's best-selling EVs. A facelift is coming mid-2026, and the biggest change is under the floor. Tata is expected to bring in larger battery packs, likely borrowing from the Punch EV, to improve on the current 293 km MIDC range that most buyers consider just adequate for city use.

Outside, expect a sharper front bumper, redesigned headlamp clusters with new DRL signatures, and revised alloy wheels to bring the Tiago EV visually in line with Tata's newer design language. Inside, a fully digital instrument cluster and a larger touchscreen are expected, with 6 airbags likely to be standardised across all variants. Pricing should stay close to the current ₹7.99 to ₹11.14 lakh range, with only a marginal increase for the updates.

For first-time EV buyers in India, this update matters more than most people realise.

Image Source*

Tata Safari EV: India's First Three-Row Electric SUV

Here is the number that tells you everything: once the Safari EV launches, Tata will be the only Indian carmaker offering every single SUV in its lineup in both ICE and electric form. That is the goal, and it is nearly achieved.

Production at Tata's Pune facility is expected to begin by August 2026, with a festive season launch in October or November targeted. The Safari EV shares its platform and powertrain with the Harrier EV, meaning the same 65 kWh and 75 kWh battery options apply. An AWD dual-motor variant is expected on the 75 kWh battery, and some reports suggest Tata is targeting a price band of ₹22.5 to ₹30 lakh, putting the Safari EV directly against the Mahindra XEV 9S. It will also be India's first three-row electric SUV. No other brand has that product right now. For large families already waiting for a practical, long-range EV with a third row, the wait is nearly over.

The Most Exciting Launch of the Year: Tata Avinya

The Avinya is not just another new model. It is a new brand. Tata Motors is positioning Avinya as a separate luxury EV sub-brand, sold through dedicated showrooms, built on the Gen 3 ground-up EV architecture co-developed using learnings from Jaguar Land Rover's 800V Electrified Modular Architecture. Think 80 kWh and 100 kWh batteries, ultrafast 30-minute charging, over 600 km of range, and a cabin that targets buyers who currently look at Volvo or BMW for their next car.

A debut is expected by late 2026, though the market launch may slip into early 2027. Expected pricing starts around ₹40 lakh going up to ₹60 lakh, depending on variant.

The Avinya is Tata's statement that it is not just building EVs for the Indian mass market. It is building EVs for everyone.

Four launches. One year. If 2026 belongs to any single carmaker in India, Tata Motors is making a very strong case.

The 45 kWh Option Is Gone. Here Is What You Get Instead

Both SeriesX variants run only on the 55 kWh battery pack. The smaller 45 kWh option has been discontinued. So entry-level pricing on the old battery is no longer on the table. But here is the thing: you are not really losing much. The 55 kWh pack is the one worth having anyway.

ARAI puts the range at 502 km. Tata's own real-world C75 estimate is 400 km. Plan around 400. That gets you Delhi to Jaipur on a single charge, or a full week of city commuting without touching a charger. For most buyers in metro India, that is genuinely enough.

Nitro Crimson Is the Colour No One Expected

The SeriesX adds Nitro Crimson to the palette alongside Empowered Oxide, Pristine White, Virtual Sunrise, and Pure Grey. Five options in total now. Nitro Crimson is the one that will turn heads in a segment that has been drowning in white and grey since forever. On the Curvv's coupe roofline and that swept-back silhouette, it should look properly sharp.

What You Actually Get at ₹16.99 Lakh

A lot, frankly. The Accomplished X 55 comes with a panoramic sunroof, dual 10.25-inch screens, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, a 360-degree camera with blind-spot monitoring, ventilated seats, and rear sunshades. Read that list again at ₹16.99 lakh ex-showroom. It is not a trim you would associate with that price.

Spend more and the Empowered X 55 brings a 12.3-inch infotainment screen, a JBL nine-speaker system, Level 2 ADAS, V2V and V2L capability, 18-inch alloys, and a gesture-controlled powered tailgate. V2L lets you run appliances off the car's battery. A power cut at home, a campsite, a roadside stop and suddenly the car is a generator. That is still a rare trick at this price point.

Tata is also throwing in a lifetime high-voltage battery warranty for the first owner, good for up to 15 years from the registration date. For anyone nervous about battery degradation killing resale value down the line, that is a meaningful reassurance.

Is the Curvv EV SeriesX Worth Booking Right Now?

The Hyundai Creta Electric and Maruti e Vitara are strong rivals. Tata knows that. The ₹2.25 lakh price cut on the base trim is a direct answer to the pressure this segment is putting on every carmaker.

But numbers aside, 400 km real-world range, ventilated seats in the base variant, a lifetime battery warranty, and now a colour that actually stands out. The SeriesX is a stronger package than what came before it. If you have been waiting for the right moment to buy into the Tata Curvv EV story, this update might just be it.

That challenger is the MG Majestor. Prices announced on April 27. Deliveries start this month. If you are currently weighing these two, this is the article you need to read.

The Majestor Is Bigger in Every Direction Than the Toyota Fortuner

This is not a positioning statement. The Majestor measures 5,046mm in length, 2,016mm in width, and 1,876mm tall. The Fortuner stands at 4,795mm long, 1,855mm wide, and 1,835mm in height. That makes the MG 251mm longer, 161mm wider, and 41mm taller. You feel it most in the third row, where the Majestor's upright body gives genuine headroom to adults even on longer drives. The Fortuner's third row has always been its honest weakness: workable for short stints and children, uncomfortable for adults on highways. That problem goes away in the Majestor.

Majestor vs Fortuner Feature Gap Is Hard to Ignore

The Majestor is priced in the ₹40 to ₹43 lakh range (ex-showroom), placing it squarely against the Fortuner's mid-to-upper variants which run from ₹38 lakh to ₹49.59 lakh. For the same money or less, the Majestor brings dual 12.3-inch screens, Level 2 ADAS, ventilated front seats with multi-mode massage, a panoramic Galaxy View roof, a 12-speaker JBL audio system, a 360-degree camera, and 10 terrain modes backed by triple differential locking. The Fortuner's cabin is robust and well put together, but none of this list exists in it at any variant. You simply cannot buy these features in a Fortuner regardless of what you spend.

But the Fortuner Still Has One Advantage Over Majestor

Numbers on a spec sheet only take you so far. The Toyota Fortuner carries something a brochure cannot print: 15 years of proven reliability on Indian roads. Toyota's service network reaches cities and towns that most MG dealers have not yet set foot in. If you live outside a metro and need your car serviced 200 kilometres from the nearest MG outlet three years from now, that gap is real and worth thinking about.

Resale value is the other honest advantage. A five-year-old Fortuner Diesel 4x4 retains value in a way that consistently surprises buyers. The Majestor's long-term resale story is yet to be written. That is not a flaw, but it is an unknown.

The Fortuner also offers a petrol engine and a 48V mild-hybrid diesel. The Majestor is diesel-only for now. City buyers who prefer a quieter petrol setup have no option in the MG.

Off-Road Hardware: The Majestor Actually Edges Ahead

The Fortuner 4x4 is proven off-road and respected for it. But the Majestor's hardware is objectively more advanced. It gets a 4WD setup with triple differential locking, a low-range transfer case, and 10 drive modes covering rock, mud, sand, snow, and normal surfaces. The Fortuner's terrain management system is older and simpler by comparison. For buyers who actually take their vehicles off sealed roads, the Majestor offers finer control and more capability out of the box.

Which One to Buy: Majestor or Fortuner

If you drive in a major city, want a feature-loaded cabin, value interior space for all three rows, and plan to do serious off-road driving, the Majestor is the stronger buy right now. MG's offer for the first 3,000 customers, which includes a 5-year unlimited-kilometre warranty, 5-year labour-free servicing, and 5-year roadside assistance, also does a lot to close the reliability gap on paper.

If you live in a smaller city, clock heavy highway kilometres, or are buying partly with resale value in mind, the Fortuner's ecosystem is still genuinely difficult to match.

Toyota's biggest problem in 2026 is not that the Majestor outscores it on every count. It is that the Majestor makes it very hard to justify the Fortuner on features, size, and hardware alone. No rival has done that quite this convincingly before. Watch this segment closely.

The Nissan Gravite CNG kit is priced at an introductory ₹82,999 and will be available across 16 states. That is the cost of turning one of India's most affordable family MPVs into an even smarter daily commuter without giving up a single seat.

What Makes the Nissan Gravite CNG Kit Different

Most CNG conversions in this space force a painful trade-off. A single large cylinder eats into boot capacity, and in a sub-4-metre MPV, that typically means losing either cargo room or the third row. Nissan's twin-cylinder approach uses two cylinders in a stacked layout specifically engineered to preserve the Gravite's full 7-seater flexibility and modularity, with no compromise on third-row access.

The kit is fully developed, manufactured, and quality-assured by Motozen, and features a BS6.2 compliant sequential CNG system with ICAT certification, 8.1 mm heavy-duty cylinders, and Dynamic Advancer Technology optimised specifically for the Gravite's 1.0-litre engine. The fuel filling point is integrated neatly under the existing fuel lid, so nothing about the exterior looks aftermarket or cobbled together.

Customers can order and install the CNG kit through Nissan authorised dealers, keeping the entire purchase process within a trusted, warranty-valid network. A 3-year or 1,00,000 km warranty on kit components is provided via a third-party provider.

The Running Cost Math That Actually Matters in 2026

The Nissan Gravite CNG is ARAI-rated at 19.3 km per kg on the CNG powertrain. CNG prices in Indian metro cities typically run between ₹75 and ₹95 per kg depending on your city, compared to petrol hovering above ₹100 per litre in most markets. The per-kilometre savings are significant for anyone doing serious daily mileage.

If you run around 40 kilometres a day across five working days, the fuel savings over a full year can comfortably cover a large portion of the ₹82,999 kit cost. For families managing office commutes, school runs, and weekend trips out of the city, this math starts working in your favour fast. Cities with dense CNG infrastructure, including Delhi, Mumbai, Pune, Ahmedabad, and Surat, are where this proposition makes the strongest case.

But Here's What You Should Check Before You Book the Kit

The twin-cylinder layout is clever, but it does ask something of the boot. Nissan has designed the stacked setup to protect third-row access, but cargo capacity versus the full-petrol configuration will see a change. The petrol-only Gravite can offer up to 625 litres of boot space with the third row folded out. The CNG configuration will be different, so check with your dealer for the exact usable numbers before you commit.

Performance with all seven seats occupied on CNG is also worth discussing. The Gravite's 1.0-litre naturally aspirated engine produces 71 bhp and 96 Nm of torque. That is adequate for city use and calm highway driving, but full-load CNG performance will feel noticeably softer. For high-mileage urban drivers, that is rarely a problem. For those doing long interstate trips with a full family, it is worth factoring in.

Should You Buy the Gravite CNG Kit Right Now?

If you already own a Gravite and live in a CNG-accessible city, the case for this kit is strong. The pricing is competitive, the installation is dealer-backed, and the twin-cylinder solution is the most practical CNG answer this segment has seen.

If you are still in the buying phase, the Gravite Tekna CNG variant is listed at around ₹9.40 lakh ex-showroom. That still puts a well-equipped, space-efficient 7-seater well within reach of most family budgets.

Nissan is rolling this kit out through its authorised dealer network immediately. Given Gravite's strong reception since launch, availability may move quickly in the busiest CNG markets. It is worth calling your nearest showroom this week rather than waiting.

Everything You Need to Know About the Tata Sierra EV Launch

The Tata Sierra EV rolls out of Tata's Sanand factory alongside the ICE version. It will be the seventh car in Tata's electric lineup, sitting above the Curvv EV and below the Harrier EV in terms of price. Unofficial bookings are reportedly open at some dealerships for a token amount of ₹11,000. But we recommend you to hold off until the official launch.

Tata Sierra EV Expected Price in India 2026

The expected price range for the Tata Sierra EV is ₹20 to ₹25 lakh ex-showroom. That puts it in direct competition with the Hyundai Creta Electric, which starts at ₹18.02 lakh and tops out at ₹24.70 lakh. The Mahindra BE 6 starts at ₹18.90 lakh. So yes, you'll be comparing three genuinely capable electric SUVs in almost exactly the same price bracket.

What the Sierra EV brings to that fight is the Gen 2 Acti.ev platform, the same electric-first architecture that underpins the Curvv EV and the Harrier EV. This is not an ICE car with a battery retrofitted underneath. The suspension geometry, weight distribution, and chassis rigidity are all built around electric running from the ground up. That matters for ride quality on Indian roads and long-term battery health.

Also Read : Tata Sierra EV's Biggest Competitor is This Mahindra EV

 Tata Sierra EV Battery, Range, and Specifications

Two battery options are expected in Sierra EV:
1. 55kWh pack for base and mid variants, and
2. 65kWh unit for higher trims. 

Tata has not released final specifications, but based on the Harrier EV's performance on the same platform, a claimed range of 400 to 500 km is realistic for the larger pack. Real-world driving, with AC on and city traffic factored in, will likely land between 320 and 380 km.

An AWD option is also expected, similar to the Quad Wheel Drive setup on the Harrier EV. That variant will likely be the most powerful and the most expensive in the lineup.

Inside, the Sierra EV is expected to carry a triple-screen dashboard: a 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster, a 12.3-inch central touchscreen, and a 12.3-inch passenger-side display. You also get Level 2 ADAS, which means the car can assist with steering, braking, and lane keeping on highways. A panoramic sunroof and a 360-degree camera are expected across mid-to-top trims.

The Safety Number Most Buyers Aren't Talking About

The ICE Sierra scored a perfect 5 stars in Bharat NCAP crash testing. Since the Sierra EV shares the same body and safety cell, those ratings carry weight here too. Several rivals in the ₹20–25 lakh EV segment have not been independently tested under India's updated crash protocols. For a family SUV, that context is worth your attention.

Should You Book the Tata Sierra EV or Wait?

Run the numbers first. If you're covering more than 1,000 km a month, the Sierra EV's electricity cost could save you ₹4,000 to ₹6,000 monthly compared to a petrol equivalent at current fuel prices. Over three years, that's real money back in your pocket.

Wait if you need a 7-seat configuration. The Sierra EV is expected to launch in 5-seat form first. Wait also if city-specific on-road price of Tata Sierra EV matters to you, because RTO charges vary significantly across states and can shift your total cost by ₹1 lakh or more.

Book if Tata's EV service network and battery warranty track record matter to you. No other brand in this segment has the same volume of EVs on Indian roads. That translates to better service familiarity at local workshops.

CarzOnWheel will have the complete Tata Sierra EV price list, variant-wise breakdown, and on-road prices the moment Tata Motors makes the Sierra EV launch official on May 19. Bookmark this page. You won't need to look anywhere else.

Tata Sierra EV

The Sierra name alone does half the marketing job. When the ICE version opened bookings in March, it pulled in 70,000 orders on day one. The Tata Sierra EV follows around May 19, and the momentum isn't likely to slow down.

It sits on Tata's Gen 2 Acti.ev platform. Same bones as the Curvv EV and Harrier EV. Two battery options, 55 kWh and 65 kWh, with real-world range probably falling between 350 and 420 km depending on how you drive. Final ARAI numbers come at launch.

The Tata Sierra EV price should start near ₹20 lakh ex-showroom, topping out around ₹25 lakh for the AWD variant. Add ₹3–4 lakh on-road in Delhi or Mumbai. That puts it right in the middle of a proper fight: the Mahindra BE 6, Hyundai Creta Electric, and the Toyota Ebella are all circling the same buyer.

Toyota Urban Cruiser Ebella

Toyota showed the Urban Cruiser Ebella in January. Bookings have been open since. But actual prices and delivery timelines are only being confirmed in May, so this month is really when it gets real.

The platform is shared with the Maruti e Vitara. Three variants, two battery sizes of 49 kWh and 61 kWh. Toyota claims 543 km range on the larger pack. Realistically, with AC running through an Indian summer, 300 to 380 km is a more honest number.

Prices should land between ₹18 lakh and ₹25 lakh. Top-spec gets ventilated seats, panoramic roof, 360-degree camera, Level 2 ADAS, JBL audio, ambient lighting. Toyota is also offering an 8-year battery warranty plus a Battery as a Service programme that can cut the upfront cost meaningfully. Worth understanding before you dismiss it.

MG Majestor

MG announced the prices of Majester on April 27, deliveries begin in May. And if you're currently considering a Fortuner, at least look at this before signing anything.

The MG Majestor is 5,046 mm long, 2,016 mm wide, 1,876 mm tall. The Fortuner is smaller on every single measurement. MG is calling it a D+ SUV. A segment that essentially didn't exist in India before this car.

Engine is a 2.0-litre twin-turbo diesel making 215.5 PS and 478.5 Nm, paired with an 8-speed automatic. RWD or 4WD with 10 terrain modes and a triple differential lock on the top variant. Not just off-road badging, actually capable stuff.

Inside: massage seats, panoramic roof, 12.3-inch touchscreen, 12.3-inch driver display, Level 2 ADAS, JBL audio, 64-colour ambient lighting, six airbags, 360-degree camera across variants. Pricing sits between ₹40–48 lakh ex-showroom. Hard to ignore at that number.

Honda's Double-Launch on May 22

Honda is launching two cars on the same day. Different ends of the market, one event.

Honda City Facelift

The fifth-gen Honda City gets its second update. New headlamps, revised bumpers, fresh alloys, probably a new colour. The big addition is a 360-degree camera, which rivals have had for a while. Engines stay as is: 1.5-litre NA petrol at 121 PS, hybrid delivering 126 PS combined with a claimed 27.26 kpl. Pricing should stay close to the current ₹12–20.5 lakh range. If you've been waiting, this gives you a slightly better City at more or less the same money.

Honda ZR-V Hybrid

This one's different. CBU import, positioned as Honda's most premium offering in India outside the CR-V. A 2.0-litre Atkinson-cycle hybrid making 180 PS and 240 Nm, e-CVT, 12-speaker Bose system, multi-zone climate, Google Assistant baked into the infotainment. Expected between ₹40–55 lakh ex-showroom, putting it up against the Skoda Kodiaq and Tiguan. Though the hybrid running costs should work in its favour. Stock will be tight initially. If this sits in your budget, reach out to a Honda dealer before May 22.

The All-New Audi Q3 (3rd Gen)

The third-gen Audi Q3 has been on enthusiasts' radar for a while now, and honestly, the wait seems worth it. Audi's moved it onto the newer MQB platform, and you feel it in the cabin. Genuinely roomier than before. The screen setup is new too: a 12.8-inch MMI display up front paired with an 11.9-inch digital cluster. Engine is the familiar 2.0-litre turbo petrol pushing out 204hp, hooked to a 7-speed dual-clutch.

Now here's the bit that actually matters: Quattro AWD comes standard. Not as an option. Standard. At this price bracket in India, that's not common. Not even close.

Pricing should kick off somewhere around ₹50 lakh ex-showroom, with a June-July 2026 launch currently on the cards. One thing worth checking before you book though: Audi's after-sales presence in smaller cities has been patchy for years. If you're not in a metro, find out where your nearest service centre actually is first.

BMW i5 LWB

BMW is putting together the i5 LWB at its Chennai facility, which makes it the first locally assembled all-electric sedan the brand has produced in India. That local assembly matters. It should bring the launch price somewhere between ₹90 lakh and ₹1 crore ex-showroom, with August 2026 being the target.

The setup underneath: a rear-mounted motor, 340hp, 430Nm, and a 97kWh battery. BMW's quoting 713km on China's CLTC cycle. Take that with a pinch of salt. In Indian mixed driving conditions, something between 480 and 520km is probably more realistic.

What's interesting is BMW has apparently reworked the suspension tune and raised the ground clearance for Indian roads specifically. Speed breakers were a known issue on the regular i5 M60, so this isn't just marketing talk. It's an actual change. For anyone who can plug in overnight at home, this makes a decent case for itself. Just keep in mind that once you add insurance and registration in any of the big metros, the on-road number is comfortably past ₹1.1 crore.

BMW iX Facelift

The updated BMW iX should land in India sometime in Q2 2026, priced around ₹1.5 crore. Three powertrain options globally: 1. the iX 45 at 402hp with a 94.8kWh battery, 2. an iX 60 pushing 536hp on a 109.1kWh pack, and 3. the iX M70 at a slightly absurd 659hp that most Indian roads have no idea what to do with. The iX 60 claims 701km of WLTP range, for what that's worth.

On the outside, there are new headlamps, a tweaked front grille, revised bumpers. Inside, new three-spoke steering wheel. It's not a dramatic refresh, more of a tidying up. For Indian buyers, the iX 45 still seems like the sensible pick. The M70 is exciting on paper and largely wasted in practice.

Worth saying: the iX's styling has always been a conversation starter, not always in a good way. This facelift doesn't really settle that debate. Go see it in person before you make a decision.

Mercedes-Benz S-Class Facelift

The S-Class facelift is expected to arrive in India by late 2026. Current ex-showroom pricing starts at ₹1.78 crore, and the updated version will sit a touch above that. Globally, Mercedes has introduced a plug-in hybrid option with this update, but India will likely get the petrol variants first.

The meaningful changes are on the inside. A refreshed MBUX system, better rear passenger screens, upgraded ambient lighting. At this level, quiet improvements often mean more than showy ones. S-Class customers don't really need to be sold on the car anyway. They already know.

Mercedes-Benz G-Class Cabriolet

Genuinely didn't see this one coming. Mercedes is apparently bringing the G-Class Cabriolet to India in Q4 2026, at around ₹4 crore. It's still unmistakably a G-Wagen. Boxy, upright, the whole thing, except now there's a powered fabric soft-top that folds away. Engine options include a 4.0-litre V8 petrol, diesel, and AMG variants depending on the market.

Practical? Not remotely. The most attention-grabbing thing you could possibly park outside a Bandra restaurant? Absolutely, yes.

But soon, the script flipped. If we talk about present, in March 2026, only 117 Mahindra XUV 400 were sold. And to put it into context, rivals like MG Windsor sold over 2,600 units in the same month.

So, what's the reason? How once a probable market dominator is now struggling to sell even fewer units a month than what its competitors sell in a day?

How Mahindra XUV 400 Downfall Started?

The hype of Mahindra XUV 400 being a market-dominating car wasn't built on fuss. After its launch in March 2023 to March 2024, approx 14,000 Mahindra XUV 400 were sold. And this number is quite decent for a newly launched car in its first launch year.

The real struggle for Mahindra XUV 400 started in the last fiscal year. From April 2025 to March 2026, only 3,200 units could be sold. And by looking at these numbers, one can easily say that the adoption of the XUV 400 isn't taking off. So, let's explore the top 3 REAL reasons why Mahindra XUV 400 EV is struggling.

Reasons Why Mahindra XUV 400 is Struggling in EV Market

1. Competition That is Miles Ahead

When XUV 400 was launched, it really offered some segment first features like fastest acceleration, bigger cabin size, driving modes and all. But soon it became really standard as new cars started offering better features even at a lower price than the XUV 400 EV. 

The Pricing Ghost

On price, the Tata Nexon EV starts at ₹12.49 lakh. The XUV 400 starts at ₹15.49 lakh. That is a ₹3 lakh gap right at the entry level. And when most Indian buyers are making their first EV purchase, that gap is not small. It is a deal-breaker.

And MG Windsor took this even further. With its Battery-as-a-Service model, you can drive the Windsor home for ₹9.99 lakh and simply pay ₹3.5 per kilometre for battery usage. That means the Windsor enters a mental price bracket that the XUV 400 cannot even compete in. Windsor sold 46,735 units in 2025 alone. The XUV 400 managed around 1,040 units in the last 6 months combined.

Future Proof Features by Competitors

Now on features. The Tata Curvv EV offers a 55kWh battery with a claimed range of 502km. The XUV 400's larger battery pack claims 456km. That is a 46km gap in range, and buyers notice it. The Curvv EV also comes with a coupe-SUV design that looks genuinely fresh. At ₹17.49 lakh, it costs more than the XUV 400 but buyers are choosing it anyway. Because the value feels right.

And the Nexon EV? It got a 5-star BNCAP safety rating on its long-range variant. That matters to families. It also offers a 45kWh battery with up to 489km of claimed range. Again ahead of XUV 400's offering, all at a lower starting price.

So no matter which angle you look at, Mahindra XUV 400 has a stronger competitor blocking its path.

2. Mahindra Itself Has Better EV Cars Than the XUV 400 EV

Here is the twist that YOU might not be expecting. The biggest competitor of the XUV 400 might not be Tata or MG. It’s Mahindra itself.

In early 2025, Mahindra launched the BE 6 (starting at ₹18.90 lakh) and the XEV 9e (starting at ₹21.90 lakh). These are not updated versions of old ICE platforms. These are born-electric cars, built from scratch on a dedicated EV architecture.

Think about what that means for the buyer. The BE 6 comes with dual 12.3-inch screens, a Harman Kardon 16-speaker audio system, Level 2 ADAS, OTA updates, and a claimed range of up to 682km. The XUV 400 (by comparison) runs on a modified XUV 300 platform that was originally built for petrol and diesel engines. It has no ADAS, no OTA updates and no significant upgrade since a minor feature addition in 2023.

When a buyer walks into a Mahindra showroom today, the choice between the XUV 400 and the BE 6 is not a close one. One feels like the future. And the other feels like the past.

And the numbers prove it too. In the first 10 months of FY2026, the BE 6 and XEV 9e together sold over 37,000 units. In the same period, the Mahindra XUV 400 sold just 381 units. Mahindra's own customers voted and they chose the newer EVs by a margin of nearly 100 to 1.

3. No Update, No Urgency : No Reason to Buy

This is the reason that does not make headlines but quietly kills a product.

The Mahindra XUV 400 has received no meaningful update since August 2023. That update added a few features like cruise control, ESP, and fog lamps — the kind of things most competitors offered as standard years ago. There has been no battery improvement, no range upgrade, no new technology, no facelift, and no price correction by Mahindra.

Meanwhile, the world around it kept moving. Tata launched the Curvv EV, Harrier EV and will be launching Tata Sierra EV on 19 May 2026. MG launched the Windsor. Mahindra launched the BE 6 and XEV 9e. Hyundai brought in the Creta Electric. Buyers today have more EV options than ever at every price point.

When a product does not evolve, buyers do not wait for it. They simply move on.

What Do the Sales Numbers Say?

Here is the last 6 months sales data of Mahindra XUV 400 and its key rivals:

Conclusion

Looking at the struggle of the Mahindra XUV 400 EV, one thing that can be vouched for is that the EV car market is no longer just a niche market. It's more than that.

It is a full-scale competitive battlefield where pricing, range, features, and freshness all matter simultaneously. And the Mahindra XUV 400 is losing on almost every front.

The competition undercut it on price. Mahindra's own newer EVs made it feel outdated. And the lack of any meaningful update told buyers that this car had no future roadmap worth waiting for.

The XUV 400 was not a bad car when it launched. It was actually a decent first attempt by Mahindra at a mass-market EV. It had the basics in place. But a "decent first attempt" is not a reason to buy a car in 2026.

Here is the key takeaway: the EV market does not reward cars that stand still. It rewards cars that keep getting better. The XUV 400 stopped getting better two years ago. And the sales data is simply reflecting that reality.

If Mahindra wants to stay relevant in the mass-market EV space below ₹20 lakh, the answer is not the XUV 400. It is the XUV 3XO EV, which is expected to replace it. Until then, the XUV 400 is a car that is fading out. Not because it was bad, but because everything else moved forward and it did not.

That car is the Mahindra BE 6. And if you're planning to buy the Sierra EV, you surely can't miss the full review below.

Reason Why Mahindra BE 6 Is the Rival Tata Can Never Ignore

Most mid-size electric SUVs in India right now are safe, advance and sensible family cars. But when it comes to BE 6, Mahindra didn't just build a family car with an electric motor dropped in it.

The BE 6 is a rear-wheel-drive, coupe-SUV with a fighter-jet-inspired cockpit, a 0-100 time of 6.7 seconds, and a design so striking that people on the road are turning heads in desperation for another glimpse of the BE 6. That's the same energy the Tata Sierra EV is chasing. Both cars target the same buyer. And that's what makes this rivalry so spicy.

Specs That Will Force Direct Comparison Between Sierra EV and BE 6

The BE 6 starts at ₹18.90 lakh (ex-showroom) and tops out at ₹26.90 lakh. The Tata Sierra EV is expected to open at around ₹20 lakh, going up to ₹25 lakh. The price bands almost perfectly overlap. But it's the hardware where the BE 6 makes its strongest case.

Two battery options: a 59 kWh pack delivering 228 hp and 380 Nm, and a 79 kWh version bumping that to 281 hp while keeping the same 380 Nm torque. ARAI-certified range figures land at 557 km and 683 km respectively. Real-world range on the 79 kWh, based on owner data from city-plus-highway mixed driving, is comfortably above 450 km. Enough for most buyers to charge twice a week at home and never worry about range anxiety. The 175 kW DC fast charging architecture brings the battery from 20% to 80% in under 20 minutes. That's at a charger. And a 10-minute stop adds roughly 150 km on the 79 kWh pack.

The Sierra EV is expected to carry a 55 kWh and a 65 kWh battery with roughly 450-500 km of real-world range in the larger pack. On paper, the BE 6's 79 kWh range lead is substantial.

The Number That Surprised Everyone: 5-Star Safety

Here's something that often gets buried in spec sheets. The Mahindra BE 6 holds a 5-star B-NCAP safety rating. In a segment where the Hyundai Creta Electric's NCAP score has been a talking point for buyers, the BE 6's safety credentials are genuinely strong. The Sierra EV hasn't been tested yet, but Tata's track record with NCAP ratings (Harrier EV got 5 stars, Nexon EV has historically performed well) suggests they'll match this.

Safety is a draw between these two, at least until the Sierra EV goes through official testing.

What the Mahindra BE 6 Gets Right and One Honest Problem

The interior is where Mahindra drew the sharpest line between the BE 6 and everything else under ₹25 lakh. A 16-speaker Harman Kardon system with Dolby Atmos. An AR-enabled head-up display. Twin wireless chargers. Level 2 ADAS with adaptive cruise control, lane keeping assist, and blind spot monitoring. A powered tailgate. A 45-litre frunk alongside the 455-litre boot. The Arcade.ev infotainment suite with connected features. All of this in a car starting at ₹18.90 lakh. A price that would get you a mid-spec Hyundai Creta Electric.

But the honest problem is the rear seat. The BE 6's coupe roofline, combined with a higher floor from the INGLO platform's flat battery pack, means rear headroom is genuinely tight for anyone above 5'10". Thigh support on the rear bench is also limited. This isn't a car you'd comfortably seat three adults in the back. For a family of five on a highway trip, that matters. The Sierra EV's more upright, boxy design suggests it will offer meaningfully better rear passenger space.

The Platform Story: INGLO vs Acti.ev

Both cars are built on purpose-built EV platforms NOT converted ICE architectures. The Mahindra INGLO platform uses BYD's Blade cell battery technology and was co-developed with Volkswagen Group. The Tata Gen 2 Acti.ev platform underpins the Harrier EV, Curvv EV, and now the Sierra EV. Both are 800V-capable architectures with fast charging built in from the ground up.

We'd call this a wash. Neither company has cut corners on the fundamentals.

So Should You Buy the BE 6 or Wait for the Sierra EV?

The BE 6 makes the most sense if driving feel and outright style are your primary criteria. It's rear-wheel drive, it's fast, and it looks unlike anything else in India under ₹25 lakh. The 683 km range on the 79 kWh pack also makes it a genuinely credible highway car in a way that most EVs in this price band still aren't.

But if you're a family buyer — if the people in the back row matter as much as the person at the wheel, the Sierra EV's upright design and expected cabin roominess make it worth the wait. Tata is also expected to offer an AWD option on the Sierra EV, something the BE 6 doesn't have yet.

The Tata Sierra EV launch is on May 19, 2026. Prices will tell us which way the value equation tilts. But the Mahindra BE 6 has already set a high bar. And the Sierra EV will need every bit of its iconic name to clear it.

Mostly yes. But there's one thing to check before you book.

2026 Exter Facelift Exterior: The Front End Gets the Most Attention

The redesigned front grille is the clearest change. A gloss-black panel now runs between the H-shaped LED DRLs, carrying the "Exter" nameplate right at the centre. New front and rear bumpers come with silver skid plate inserts, the wheel arch cladding is beefed up, and a new rear roof spoiler tightens the profile. The 15-inch diamond-cut alloy wheels also get a fresh pattern.

Two new colour options join the lineup: Golden Bronze and Titanium Black Matte. The Golden Bronze actually looks better in sunlight than it sounds on paper. The Ranger Khaki with black roof carries over for those who loved it.

The changes aren't dramatic. But side by side, the 2026 car looks like a more intentional design rather than a cobbled-together update.

Hyundai Exter 2026 Interior: Flat-Bottom Wheel, Metal Pedals and Navy-Grey Everywhere

Step inside and the cabin change hits you immediately. The Navy and Grey two-tone theme replaces the older look, with a 3D carbon-pattern finish on the dashboard. The flat-bottom steering wheel feels right. Metal pedals are a segment first and add a sportiness the older cabin lacked.

A folding driver armrest is now fitted, the driver's seat is height-adjustable, and rear headrests are adjustable across all variants. These sound like small upgrades until you spend twenty minutes stuck in Gurugram traffic and realise the old car never offered them. Boot space stays at a good 391 litres on petrol. The CNG version drops to 225 litres due to dual cylinders, but gains an underbody spare tyre to compensate.

Segment-First Dashcam and 60-Plus Connected Features

This is where the 2026 facelift really earns its keep. You get a dashcam as a segment first, wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, a USB Type-C rear charging port, and 60-plus Bluelink connected features with over 300 voice commands that work even without internet. OTA updates for maps and infotainment are in too.

Six airbags come standard across variants. Electronic stability control is present. ISOFIX child seat mounts are fitted. That is a serious safety spec list for a car under ₹6 lakh.

Here is the honest caveat, though: the Exter does not carry a Bharat NCAP crash test rating yet. The Tata Punch in this exact segment holds a 5-star Bharat NCAP score. If a certified crash rating matters as much as it should to you, that gap is real. We'd say get the Exter if the feature set and refinement win you over, but go see the Punch first if safety certification is non-negotiable.

Exter Petrol vs CNG 2026: Which Powertrain to Choose?

The 1.2-litre 4-cylinder naturally aspirated petrol makes 83hp and 114Nm. It is genuinely smooth, noticeably more refined than the 3-cylinder engines in some rivals at this price. ARAI claims 19.2 kmpl for petrol, but real-world city driving will put you closer to 14-16 kmpl. The AMT is well-tuned for bumper-to-bumper traffic, though it hesitates when you ask for a quick highway overtake.

The CNG variant starts at ₹6.99 lakh (ex-showroom) and uses dual cylinders instead of a single large unit, which protects usable boot space better than most CNG setups. Claimed CNG efficiency is 27.1 km/kg. If your daily commute crosses 60-70 km and you park near a CNG station, the running cost argument is very strong.

We would say: petrol AMT for city driving comfort, and the HX6 trim onwards for a feature set that actually justifies the price step-up. CNG manual if running costs are your top priority.

Hyundai Exter Facelift Variant Breakdown

Petrol manual variants run from ₹5.80 lakh (HX2) to ₹8.36 lakh (HX8). AMT variants range from ₹6.91 lakh to ₹9.42 lakh for the top-spec HX10. CNG options sit between ₹7.00 lakh and ₹9.41 lakh, all ex-showroom. On-road in Delhi, the base starts around ₹6.45 lakh.

The Exter has covered two lakh buyers by being hard to fault at this price. The 2026 update adds more reasons to choose it without significantly raising the ask. If you want the most feature-rich micro SUV in India right now with a genuinely smooth engine, the Hyundai Exter facelift deserves to be your first test drive.

The spy shot shows a heavily wrapped Brezza doing cold-weather durability runs in the hills. But enough is visible to piece together what Maruti is planning. And for anyone currently looking at the Brezza's ₹8.69 lakh starting price, the timing of this launch matters.

Brezza Facelift New Look Up Front, Connected LEDs at the Back

The first thing the Shimla sighting confirms is a new set of alloy wheels. The design is different from the current model's, with a swirl-style four-spoke pattern. Beyond that, Maruti is going in with a refreshed front grille, revised bumpers at both ends, and slimmer headlamps.

From the spyshots, new connected LED DRLs at the front, along with notable design changes at the rear, are visible changes. The silhouette stays the same. Maruti isn't reinventing the Brezza. It's sharpening it.

This approach makes sense. The current Brezza's shape still turns heads. What it's starting to lose is the interior tech battle against the Hyundai Venue, Kia Sonet, and Skoda Kylaq.

Brezza Cabin Gets the Upgrade It Needed

The biggest change you'll notice inside is the screen. The facelifted Brezza is set to get a larger touchscreen infotainment system, likely a 10.1-inch unit. The same size already offered on the Grand Vitara. The outgoing Brezza has a 9-inch unit. It's a meaningful jump, not just a number.

Protrusions from the ORVMs in the spy footage suggest a 360-degree camera setup, though the current Brezza already gets this on higher trims, so the mule spotted could be a top-spec iteration.

What buyers will genuinely appreciate is the ventilated seats. The facelift is likely to get ventilated seats, a feature that is now becoming increasingly common in the segment and one that directly strengthens the Brezza's appeal. In a country where cabin temperatures hit 45 degrees by April, this is not a gimmick. And a new dual-tone colour scheme and refreshed interior trim are also expected to raise the perceived quality inside.

The CNG Boot Space Problem Finally Gets Fixed

Here's the update that matters most to a specific group of buyers. CNG Brezza owners have always had to live with a shrunken boot. The current CNG tank sits in the boot itself, eating into usable luggage space.

The new model is expected to feature dual-cylinder CNG technology, with the tanks sitting under the boot floor. This will significantly improve practicality — the same approach Maruti has taken with the Victoris. If you're a CNG buyer weighing the Brezza against rivals, this change alone closes one of the biggest gaps against the Tata Nexon CNG.

A New Gearbox and a Question About the Engine

Two significant changes have been confirmed from the spy footage: a six-speed manual gearbox and a larger infotainment system. The 6MT hints at a new engine option. The current Brezza uses a five-speed manual. Adding a sixth gear improves highway cruising efficiency and reduces engine stress on longer drives.

There are two possibilities here: the addition of a gear for better ratios, or a turbo-petrol motor. Analysts are not confident about the latter, given that the Victoris, positioned higher than the Brezza, continues with naturally aspirated units. The safe read is that the familiar 1.5-litre K15C petrol engine carries forward, just with a better gearbox wrapped around it. The torque converter automatic is expected to continue unchanged.

Should You Buy the Current Brezza Now Or Wait?

The 2026 Maruti Brezza is estimated to launch in May 2026, which puts it just weeks away. If you can wait a month, you probably should. Not because the current car is bad, but because the facelift is close enough that buying the old model now means paying full price for hardware that will feel outdated before your first service.

The current Brezza is priced from ₹8.69 lakh to ₹14.14 lakh (ex-showroom). With the upgrades coming in, a marginal price increase of ₹10,000 to ₹30,000 across variants is expected, putting the starting price at around ₹8.79 lakh. That's a small premium for a meaningfully updated product.

If you need a car right now and cannot wait, the current Brezza is still a strong buy. CarWale's real-world mileage test returned 13.1 kmpl in city driving and 18.63 kmpl on the highway, against an ARAI claim of 19.8 kmpl for the mild hybrid automatic. That's honest performance for a 1.5-litre NA engine. And Maruti's reliability and resale value advantage over most rivals haven't changed.

One Number That Tells the Brezza's Story

The Brezza retailed 14,507 units in June 2025, making it the best-selling compact SUV in the country. Despite the Venue facelift, the Nexon's design overhaul, and the arrival of the Kylaq and Syros, buyers still chose the Brezza in larger numbers than anything else in this segment. The facelift won't change that equation. It will widen the gap.

Maruti is expected to officially reveal the 2026 Brezza before the monsoon. Keep an eye on the Arena dealerships from May onwards, as test drive units typically arrive a few weeks before the official launch date. We'll update this page as soon as pricing and variant details drop.

Image Source*

Launched on March 21, 2026, the new Kushaq facelift is priced from Rs 10.69 lakh to Rs 18.99 lakh (ex-showroom). Five variants, two engines, eight colour choices. Here is everything you need to know.

New Skoda Kushaq Facelift Design

Up front, the Skoda Kushaq has a wider, more commanding face. The butterfly grille is now gloss black and flanked by sleeker LED headlamps. An L-shaped connected LED bar runs through the grille, giving it that continuous light signature that was missing before.

At the rear, a full-width LED strip carries illuminated "Skoda" lettering. It is the kind of detail you notice on the road at night. Sequential turn indicators front and back complete the update. New 17-inch dual-tone alloy wheels round off the exterior changes.

The Monte Carlo variant goes further: all-black exterior with red accents on the grille, unique alloy design, and a crimson interior theme inside. It is now a regular part of the lineup, not a limited edition.

Three new colours join the palette: Shimla Green, Cherry Red, and Steel Grey. Combined with the existing five shades, buyers now have eight options to choose from.

Facelift Interior and Features

The cabin gets a new dual-tone black and beige theme on select variants. Less shiny plastic, more matte surfaces. It feels noticeably more refined than the outgoing model.

The instrument cluster is now a 10.25-inch digital unit with multiple display layouts. The infotainment upgrades to a 10.1-inch touchscreen with wireless Android Auto, Apple CarPlay, and a built-in Google AI companion. You can even watch YouTube on it when parked.

Higher variants bring in a panoramic sunroof, dual-zone ambient lighting, ventilated front seats, and a 6-way powered driver seat. But the feature that stands out most is the rear seat massage function. No other compact SUV under Rs 20 lakh offers this. Not the Hyundai Creta. Not the Kia Seltos. Not even the Volkswagen Taigun, which shares the same platform.

Boot space is 491 litres. That is the largest in the segment among European-platform rivals, significantly bigger than the Taigun's 385 litres in standard configuration.

New Kushaq Facelift Engine and Gearbox

The 1.0-litre TSI continues with 114hp and 178Nm. The 1.5-litre TSI produces 150hp and 250Nm, with Active Cylinder Technology that shuts off two cylinders on the highway for better efficiency. Both engines are unchanged mechanically.

What is new is the 8-speed torque converter automatic for the 1.0L. It replaces the older 6-speed unit and prioritises smooth, unhurried shifts. Crucially, Skoda offers this gearbox from the base Classic Plus variant. The Volkswagen Taigun, by comparison, only makes the 8-speed AT available from the Highline trim onwards. That means spending several lakhs more to get the same transmission. The 1.5L engine continues with the 7-speed DSG.

ARAI-rated efficiency sits between 18.72 and 19.66kmpl depending on the variant. Expect city numbers to be lower, typically in the 13–15kmpl range in real-world conditions.

5-Star GNCAP Safety Rating: What You Get Across All Variants

The Kushaq carries its 5-star Global NCAP rating into the facelift. Six airbags are standard across all variants. Every variant also gets ABS, EBD, ESC, rain-sensing wipers, a rear defogger, and hill hold assist on automatic variants. One thing missing, though, is ADAS. No lane keep assist, no autonomous emergency braking. If advanced driver assistance systems are on your must-have list, the Kushaq is not your answer.

New Skoda Kushaq Facelift Variant-Wise Prices

Classic Plus 1.0 MT: Rs 10.69 lakh. The sunroof, LED headlamps, alloy wheels, and 8-speed AT option are already here.

Signature 1.0 MT: Rs 12.19 lakh. Adds the 10.1-inch wireless infotainment, digital cluster, and wireless charging. 8-speed AT version is Rs 13.39 lakh.

Sportline 1.0 MT: Rs 13.29 lakh. Sporty black treatment with red accents, sport seats, and a distinct look without the Monte Carlo price tag. AT is Rs 14.49 lakh.

Prestige 1.0 MT: Rs 14.89 lakh. Ventilated front seats, panoramic sunroof, powered driver seat, rear massage function, and leatherette upholstery. AT version is Rs 16.09 lakh. The 1.5L DSG is Rs 18.79 lakh.

Monte Carlo 1.5L DSG: Rs 18.99 lakh. All-out top-spec treatment with the larger engine, full feature load, and that distinctive black-and-red exterior.

New Skoda Kushaq Facelift vs Volkswagen Taigun

Both the Kushaq and the Taigun share the MQB-A0-IN platform and identical engines. The Kushaq starts Rs 31,000 cheaper. At entry level, the Kushaq also gives you a sunroof and the 8-speed AT option, neither of which the Taigun base offers.

Go mid-spec and the gap widens further. The Kushaq gets rear massage seats. The Taigun does not, at any variant. Boot space is bigger in the Kushaq by 106 litres in standard configuration. For most family buyers who care about rear passenger comfort and storage, the Kushaq makes the stronger case.

The Taigun counters with a 75 percent assured buyback guarantee valid for bookings until May 31, 2026. The Kushaq does not match that specifically. So if resale certainty is the priority, the Taigun has a temporary edge on paper.

Also Read : 2026 Volkswagen Taigun Facelift Launch

New Skoda Kushaq 4-Year Warranty and Free Servicing

Skoda is bundling the Super Care package with the Kushaq facelift. This covers a 4-year or 1,00,000km vehicle warranty, 4 years of roadside assistance, and four labour-free services for up to 2 years or 30,000km.

That is a solid safety net for a first-time European car buyer worried about servicing costs. Skoda's service network has expanded significantly over the last few years, though it is still not as widespread as Hyundai or Maruti in tier-2 and tier-3 cities.

Should You Buy the New Skoda Kushaq Facelift? Our Honest Take

The Signature AT at Rs 13.39 lakh hits the sweet spot for most buyers. Wireless infotainment, digital cluster, sunroof, 8-speed gearbox, and wireless charging, without stretching to the Rs 15-plus range. It covers everything you need day to day.

If rear passenger comfort matters most, stretch to the Prestige AT at Rs 16.09 lakh. The panoramic sunroof, ventilated seats, and rear massage function make long drives genuinely comfortable.

Skip the 1.0L Monte Carlo and go straight to the 1.5L Monte Carlo DSG at Rs 18.99 lakh if you want the complete package with the more powerful engine. That extra 36hp is very noticeable on the highway.

One more thing worth noting: the 5-star GNCAP rating is not a marketing number. It means this car has been tested at real-world crash speeds and passed. In a segment where safety ratings vary wildly, that matters.

Launched on April 14, 2026, the updated Taigun is priced from Rs 11 lakh to Rs 19.3 lakh (ex-showroom). Seven variants, two engines, and nine colour choices. There is a lot to unpack here.

2026 Volkswagen Taigun Facelifted Design

Up front, the Taigun now wears a full-width connected LED DRL bar. It merges with the headlamps on both sides. The illuminated Volkswagen logo sits at the centre of that bar. Same treatment at the rear, where connected LED tail lamps get the lit-up logo as well.

It is a clean update. Not a revolution, but it gives the car a noticeably more premium street presence, especially at night. The inspiration is clearly the Tiguan, and that is not a bad thing. New 17-inch alloy designs and a reworked front bumper complete the look.

Two new colours join the lineup: Avocado Pearl and Steel Grey. The full palette now has nine shades to pick from.

2026 Volkswagen Taigun Facelift Engine and Gearbox

The 1.0-litre TSI petrol continues, making 114hp and 178Nm. But the key upgrade is the new 8-speed torque converter automatic, replacing the older 6-speed unit. Torque converter automatics are smoother in stop-go traffic than dual-clutch boxes. For someone who commutes in Bengaluru or Delhi daily, this is a meaningful change, not just a spec sheet bump.

Manual gearbox buyers get a 6-speed unit with the 1.0L. The more powerful 1.5-litre TSI (148hp, 250Nm) continues with a 7-speed dual-clutch automatic. But here is the catch: the 1.5L is only available on the top GT Plus trim variants. If you want that engine, be prepared to spend at least Rs 19.3 lakh.

Claimed fuel efficiency sits between 18.85 and 19.98kmpl across variants, though real-world city figures will be lower.

Interior and Features: Bigger Screens, Panoramic Sunroof, Ventilated Seats

The dashboard layout stays familiar, but the screens are bigger and better. You now get a 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster in place of the older analogue dials. The infotainment upgrades to a 10.1-inch unit with wireless Android Auto, Apple CarPlay, and an AI assistant powered by Google Cloud.

Higher variants bring a panoramic sunroof, 6-way power-adjustable ventilated front seats, rear seat massage function, wireless charging, ambient lighting, and a rear-view camera. Six upholstery options are available, including both fabric and leatherette. The cabin genuinely feels updated, not just reshuffled.

Safety across all variants includes six airbags, ABS, EBD, ESC, and brake assist. ADAS features are reserved for the top trims.

2026 Volkswagen Taigun Variants and Prices

Volkswagen has spread the Taigun across seven trims. Here is how the pricing stacks up (ex-showroom):

Comfortline 1.0 MT: Rs 11 lakh. Base entry point, seven-inch touchscreen, no connected LED bar, no illuminated logo.

Highline 1.0 MT: Rs 12.70 lakh. Jumps to 10.1-inch wireless touchscreen, full LED headlamps with DRLs, and ambient lighting. 8-speed AT is Rs 13.85 lakh.

Highline Plus 1.0 MT: Rs 14.30 lakh. Adds single-pane sunroof, push-button start, auto headlamps, rain-sensing wipers, digital cluster, and wireless charging. AT version is Rs 15.45 lakh.

GT Line 1.0 MT: Rs 14.60 lakh. Sporty body kit over the Highline Plus. Same features but with black alloys, red ambient lighting, metal pedals, and blacked-out exterior elements. AT version is Rs 15.75 lakh.

Topline 1.0 MT: Rs 16 lakh. Gets leatherette seats, panoramic sunroof, ventilated front seats, and 6-way powered front seat. AT is Rs 17.18 lakh.

GT Plus Chrome and GT Plus Sport: Rs 19.3 lakh. Only variants with the 1.5L TSI and 7-speed DSG. Full feature load including ADAS and rear seat massage.

Volkswagen Taigun vs Rivals

The Taigun's direct cousin, the Skoda Kushaq facelift, starts at Rs 10.69 lakh. That is Rs 31,000 cheaper at entry level. Both share the same platform and engines. The Kushaq also gets a rear seat massage function across more variants. If badge loyalty is not a factor for you, the Kushaq is worth a test drive alongside the Taigun.

The Renault Duster, just launched at Rs 10.49–18.49 lakh, is the other close competitor on price. It brings a different character: more road-trip oriented, with a stronger ride over bad roads. The Taigun counters with sharper steering and a more polished cabin finish.

Against the Hyundai Creta and Kia Seltos, the Taigun trades feature abundance for driving quality. The Germans engineer this car to feel planted at highway speeds in a way that the Korean rivals do not quite match. That is a trade-off worth knowing going in.

2026 Volkswagen Taigun Facelift Buyback Offer: 75% of Ex-Showroom Price, But Act Before May 31

Volkswagen is offering a 75 percent residual value guarantee on the Taigun facelift. It is valid for bookings made on or before May 31, 2026, and covers usage up to 3 years or 30,000km. On a Highline Plus AT at Rs 15.45 lakh, that is a buyback floor of roughly Rs 11.59 lakh. For a first-time buyer worried about depreciation on a German brand, this is a genuine safety net.

Bookings are open at Rs 11,000. Deliveries have begun.

Buyer Note

Skip the Comfortline. It misses the connected LED bar, the illuminated logo, and the 10.1-inch screen. For Rs 1.7 lakh more, the Highline is a far more complete package for the money.

The Highline Plus AT at Rs 15.45 lakh is the sweet spot for most buyers. You get the 8-speed gearbox, wireless connectivity, sunroof, digital cluster, and wireless charging. Nothing feels missing in daily use.

Want sporty looks without the top-spec price? The GT Line AT at Rs 15.75 lakh adds the blacked-out treatment and sportier exterior details over the Highline Plus. It costs Rs 30,000 more and looks sharper on the road.

Only stretch to the GT Plus if you specifically want the 1.5L engine. That extra power is genuinely enjoyable on highways. But be aware: there is no manual option at the top, and the Rs 19.3 lakh price brings you close to better-equipped rivals.

The VF MPV 7 is the Vietnamese brand's third product in India after the VF6 and VF7 SUVs. Single variant, no option paralysis, just one Rs 24.49 lakh sticker to decide on. That sounds simple. But rivals like the Kia Carens Clavis EV start at Rs 17.99 lakh and offer a lot more flexibility in what you pay for.

VinFast VF MPV 7 Space and Dimensions: Biggest in the Segment

The VF MPV 7 is a genuinely large vehicle. At 4,740mm long with a 2,840mm wheelbase, it is 190mm longer than the Kia Carens Clavis EV and has a 60mm longer wheelbase. That extra length shows up exactly where it matters: the third row.

VinFast claims the best third-row space among its rivals. The theatre-style tiered seating layout backs that up. If your in-laws or kids always end up in the rearmost seats on every trip, this is worth paying attention to.

VinFast VF MPV 7 Battery, Range and Charging

Power comes from a 60.13kWh battery driving a single front-mounted motor. Output is 204hp and 280Nm of torque. The ARAI-certified range is 517km. Real-world numbers will fall short of this, as they always do, but that figure is still 27km higher than the top Clavis EV claims.

The 0-100kmph sprint takes under nine seconds. DC fast charging at 80kW takes the battery from 10 to 70 percent in 30 minutes. Three driving modes (Eco, Normal, Sport) and four regen braking levels give you enough control over how you use that range day to day.

VinFast VF MPV 7 Interior Features

Inside, the VF MPV 7 goes minimal. One 10.1-inch touchscreen handles infotainment, instrumentation, and climate control. No dedicated driver's display. That is a deliberate choice, but buyers used to a separate instrument cluster may find it takes some getting used to.

You do get wireless charging, leatherette seats across all three rows, a sunroof, a 360-degree camera, and ADAS. Safety covers six airbags, ABS, EBD, ESC, TCS, and all-wheel disc brakes. Six colour options are on offer, from the subtle Zenith Grey to the bolder Solar Ruby and Moonlit Ocean.

Boot space with all seats up is just 126 litres. That is tight for a vehicle this large. Fold down both rear rows and it opens up to 1,240 litres, but that means the car is no longer carrying seven people.

VinFast VF MPV 7 Ownership Benefits

This is where VinFast makes its strongest case. The brand is offering a 75 percent buyback guarantee on the ex-showroom price. On a Rs 24.49 lakh car, that is a resale floor of roughly Rs 18.37 lakh. No rival in this segment comes close to that commitment.

Add to that a 7-year vehicle warranty, a 10-year battery warranty, and 3 years of free maintenance. Trade in a petrol or diesel car and you get a Rs 2 lakh exchange bonus. Free charging is available at VinFast's V-Green stations until March 31, 2029. As ownership packages go, this is one of the most complete in the Indian EV space right now.

Bookings are open at Rs 21,000 on VinFast's official website. Deliveries are expected to begin shortly.

VinFast VF MPV 7 vs Kia Carens Clavis EV vs BYD eMax 7

At Rs 24.49 lakh, the VF MPV 7 is Rs 50,000 cheaper than the top Kia Carens Clavis EV at Rs 24.99 lakh. But the Kia's top trim brings ventilated front seats, a dual-pane panoramic sunroof, a powered driver seat, a Bose 8-speaker system, rear seat tables, and the option of captain seats. The VF MPV 7 has none of those.

The BYD eMax 7 starts at Rs 26.90 lakh and edges ahead on battery size and outright performance. But it also costs Rs 2.41 lakh more at entry level.

If you are cross-shopping: the VF MPV 7 wins on space, range, and ownership perks. The Clavis EV wins on features and brand familiarity. The eMax 7 wins on performance, at a higher price.

Should You Book the VinFast VF MPV 7? Our Honest Take

The VF MPV 7 is built for one buyer: someone who needs maximum cabin space, wants strong claimed range, and values a rock-solid ownership safety net. The buyback guarantee alone changes the risk calculus for a new brand.

But if a premium, well-equipped cabin matters as much as space, the Kia Carens Clavis EV at a similar price is hard to ignore. Test drive both before you decide. The Rs 21,000 booking amount is refundable, so there is no rush to commit without driving it first.

Taigun Exterior Changes

The facelifted Volkswagen Taigun gets a noticeably sharper look. The front end features a sleeker grille with new LED headlamps. A thin LED strip now connects the headlamps. Volkswagen has also added an illuminated logo at the front for a premium touch. The bumper has been revised for a cleaner appearance.

Changes At The Rear

The rear has been updated too. The taillamps get a new look. There is likely a thicker full-width LED strip connecting them. An illuminated red Volkswagen badge is also expected. The rear bumper is simpler now, with vertical reflectors replacing the horizontal ones.

Side Profile

The side profile remains largely unchanged. However, the facelift may introduce new alloy wheel designs. Other elements like roof rails, body-coloured mirrors, and blacked-out B-pillars will continue from the current model.

Interior Changes

The cabin layout stays similar but gains new features. These could include a panoramic sunroof and rear-seat massage function. A fully digital instrument cluster is likely. The infotainment system may get AI-based integration for smarter functionality.

What Features Will Volkswagen Taigun Offer?

The feature list is expected to be generous. Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto will be there. You can expect a wireless charger, automatic climate control, and leatherette seats. Front seats may get electric adjustment with ventilation. Safety features include six airbags, all-wheel disc brakes, and a reverse camera.

Powertrain Changes

There is a significant update under the hood. The 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine will now get a new 8-speed torque converter automatic. This replaces the older 6-speed unit. The new gearbox promises smoother shifts and better fuel efficiency. The 1.5-litre engine will continue with the 7-speed DSG.

Engine Specs

The 1.0-litre, three-cylinder turbo-petrol produces 115 bhp and 175 Nm of torque. The 1.5-litre, four-cylinder turbo-petrol makes 150 bhp and 250 Nm. Both engines carry over from the current model.

Also Read : Mahindra XEV 9e Cineluxe 2026 Edition Revealed

Image Source : 91Wheels

What Makes Cineluxe Edition Special?

The Cineluxe Edition is all about style. It is based on the top-spec Pack Three Select variant. The focus is on cosmetic upgrades that elevate the car's premium appeal. It now comes in two exclusive matte paint options.

New Colours in XEV 9e Cineluxe Edition

Buyers can choose between two sophisticated matte shades. The first is a striking Satin Black. The second is a clean Satin White. Both colours are exclusive to this edition and give the XEV 9e a distinctive, understated look.

Exterior Changes

The exterior updates are subtle but tasteful. Beyond the new paint, the only visible addition is a special Cineluxe badge on the rear quarter panel. It's a small detail that identifies this as a limited edition model.

Interior Changes

The interior gets a significant upgrade. It features a new Chestnut Brown theme that adds warmth and luxury. This is complemented by a Nocturne Black finish on multiple interior elements. The combination creates a richer, more premium cabin atmosphere.

What Features Does It Retain?

Mahindra didn't change any top-spec features of the Cineluxe Edition. It still gets the massive three-screen dashboard setup. The 16-speaker Harman Kardon sound system with Dolby Atmos is present. You also get the panoramic sunroof, ADAS suite, and 65W Type-C charging ports.

About The Powertrain

The mechanicals are identical to the standard version. It uses the same 79kWh battery pack with a single electric motor. The power output is rated at 282 bhp and 380 Nm of torque. The claimed range is an impressive 656 km on a single charge.

A Stylish New Option

The Cineluxe Edition adds a layer of exclusivity to the Mahindra XEV 9e. For buyers who want a more distinctive look and a premium interior feel, this special edition offers exactly that without compromising on the SUV's impressive feature set and range.

Tata Sierra Adult Safety Score

31.14 out of 32 — that's nearly a perfect score for adult protection.

The Sierra aced the Frontal Offset Deformable Barrier test with 15.14 out of 16 points and then went ahead and scored a clean 16 out of 16 in the Side Movable Deformable Barrier test. That side impact score is a perfect 10. It also cleared the Side Pole Impact test, which simulates hitting a pole or a tree — the kind of accident that can be particularly brutal for the person sitting closest to the impact.

The crash test dummies recorded good to adequate protection across the chest, knees, and tibias. The feet scored "good" too. In simpler terms, the structure around the driver and front passenger held up remarkably well when things went wrong.

Tata Sierra Child Safety Score

44.73 out of 49 points earned it 5 stars in child protection as well.

In the dynamic test, the Sierra scored 23.73 out of 24. Almost nothing left on the table. The child restraint system (CRS) installation test, which checks how securely child seats lock into the car, returned a perfect 12 out of 12. If you're a parent, that number should mean a lot.

The vehicle assessment for child safety came in at 9 out of 13, which is solid, though it does leave a small margin for improvement. Still, an 18-month-old and a 3-year-old dummy both showed near-full protection scores in dynamic testing. That's the real headline for family buyers.

What Safety Features Does the 2026 Tata Sierra Come With?

The 5-star result isn't an accident pun intended. The Sierra ships with 7 airbags, electronic stability control, a Level 2 ADAS suite (think lane-keeping assistance, automatic emergency braking, and adaptive cruise control), a 360-degree camera, front and rear parking sensors, electronic parking brake with auto-hold, tyre pressure monitoring, and hill hold assist.

That's a genuinely impressive list for a car that starts at Rs 11.49 lakh.

One Thing Worth Questioning

Here's something to think about though. The Sierra's entry price of Rs 11.49 lakh gets you into the door, but most of those safety features, especially the 7 airbags and ADAS — are likely to be packed into the higher variants closer to the Rs 21.29 lakh ceiling. Bharat NCAP tests the top-spec or a representative variant, not the base model. So if you're considering the Sierra primarily for its safety credentials, it's worth checking exactly which trim level was crash-tested and whether the base variant you're budgeting for offers the same passive safety equipment. Safety stars are great. Knowing what you're actually paying for is better.

Tata Sierra Compared to Rivals 

The Creta, which is the segment's biggest seller, does not have a 5-star Bharat NCAP rating. That's a significant gap in a market where safety awareness is rapidly growing. The Sierra also competes with the Kia Seltos, Maruti Grand Vitara, Toyota Hyryder, Skoda Kushaq Facelift, Honda Elevate, Volkswagen Taigun, MG Astor, and Tata's own Curvv.

Among that crowded list, a verified 5-star safety result is a real differentiator. Not just marketing.

Tata's Safety Record Keeps Getting Stronger

From the Punch to the Nexon, Harrier, Safari, and now the Sierra. Tata has made a clean sweep of 5-star ratings across its SUV lineup. That consistency is hard to ignore and even harder for rivals to match quickly.

If safety is your top priority when buying a family SUV around the Rs 12–20 lakh mark, the Sierra has just raised the bar for the entire segment. Worth a serious test drive and a careful look at the variant-wise spec sheet before signing anything.

This is not an accident. It is a pattern that is now threatening to unravel one of the most talked-about automotive partnerships in India — and it tells you everything about the power of a brand name.

"A rational buyer would always pick the cheaper car. But 95% of Indians didn't — and there is a very logical reason why."

Quick Numbers: Why This Story Matters

Innova Hycross vs Maruti Invicto: The Same Car, Two Very Different Fates

Let's be clear about what we are comparing. The Toyota Innova Hycross and the Maruti Suzuki Invicto are both 7-seater MPVs built on the same platform. They share the same 2.0L strong hybrid powertrain, the same cabin dimensions, and nearly identical feature lists. The only real differences are the badge on the front and the number on the price tag.

The Invicto is sitting at dealerships right now, at a lower price, with zero waiting period. The Hycross has a 2–3 month waiting list. This is the power of a brand — and it is currently costing Maruti dearly.

Why Did Toyota That Is 15 Times Bigger Than Suzuki, Even Need This Deal?

Toyota's global revenue is roughly 11 times that of Suzuki. Their most expensive car costs 15 times more than Suzuki's priciest model. Their annual profits are 10 times higher. So why did the world's largest automaker need to partner with an affordable Indian brand to grow in India?

Because Toyota tried going it alone in India — and failed badly.

The Etios Story: ₹3,200 Crore Invested, Zero Result

In the early 2000s, Toyota invested ₹3,200 crore to develop a fully localized, affordable car for India. After years of research and development, they launched the Toyota Etios in 2010 at ₹5 lakh, their most affordable car ever made.

The first 17 months brought nearly 1 lakh units in sales. Decent numbers, but well below Toyota's expectations. Then things fell apart rapidly, for three specific reasons:

Reason 1 — The Tax Trap: The Etios was 4.2 metres long just above India's critical 4-metre GST threshold. Competitors like the Honda Amaze and Maruti Dzire were under 4 metres. This meant the Etios faced nearly double the tax burden. To keep prices competitive, Toyota stripped out safety features, including airbags. Buyers noticed.

Reason 2 — Poor Build Quality: The Etios had arguably the worst door visors ever put on an Indian car. It had a single windshield wiper, feature that has historically killed every car it has ever been fitted on in India. The speedometer was mounted in the center of the dashboard instead of in front of the driver. Toyota used lighter metals to cut the car's weight down to just 850 kg, number that inspires zero confidence in safety.

Reason 3 — The Taxi Stigma: By 2016, over 60% of Etios sales were going to fleet operators and taxi drivers, which damage the market for retail sales, by which sales essentially collapsed. When BS6 norms arrived in 2020, Toyota chose to discontinue the Etios rather than spend money upgrading it.

The Joint Venture That Changed Everything

With the Etios gone and their India presence shrinking, Toyota turned to an unlikely ally: Suzuki. The structure of the deal they agreed on is genuinely clever.

Toyota gives Suzuki: Advanced hybrid technology for use in European markets, helping Suzuki comply with strict EU emission regulations.

Suzuki gives Toyota: Affordable, locally-produced cars that Toyota rebadges and sells across India and globally, helping Toyota expand its lineup and comply with India's CAFE (Corporate Average Fuel Efficiency) norms without having to build those cars themselves.

Suzuki immediately offered its two best-selling cars the Brezza and Baleno to Toyota as the Urban Cruiser and Glanza respectively. Within a few months, combined sales of these two rebadged cars crossed 1 lakh units.

How the Collaboration Evolved — Year by Year

2017: Toyota-Suzuki joint venture officially announced. Hybrid tech flows to Suzuki for Europe. Affordable cars flow to Toyota for India.

2021: Glanza (rebadged Baleno) and Urban Cruiser (rebadged Brezza) launched in India. Early response is strong.

2022: Grand Vitara and Urban Cruiser Hyrider launched — the first time a Maruti platform received Toyota's strong hybrid technology. Grand Vitara initially outsells Hyrider 2:1 due to a lower entry price.

2023: Innova Hycross launches and becomes a blockbuster. Maruti launches the identical Invicto at ₹3 lakh less — and barely anyone buys it. Toyota's India market share jumps from 3.1% to 7.8%.

2024: Grand Vitara now sells only 20% more than Hyrider (down from 100% more in 2022-23). Specifically: 1,44,000 Grand Vitaras vs 85,000 Hyriders in the last year. Maruti starts withholding its newest cars from Toyota. Toyota posts all-time record profits of ₹5,600 crore.

2025 onwards: Toyota announces $3 billion investment in India, new plants in Bidadi (Karnataka) and Maharashtra, and 15 car launches by 2030.

Who Is Actually Winning This Partnership?

On paper, both brands should benefit equally. In practice, Toyota is winning — by a large margin.

Toyota went from selling 1 lakh cars a year in India to nearly 3 lakh. Their previously underutilized factory now runs at near full capacity, reducing fixed costs per vehicle. They are exporting cars made in India. Their dealerships earn more money per outlet than a Mercedes-Benz dealership in India. They posted record profits of ₹5,600 crore.

For Maruti, the results are painful. Their India market share fell from 50% to 40%. A large part of Toyota's growth came directly from Maruti's own cars — carrying Toyota's badge and priced higher than the Maruti original.

The Hidden Reason: CAFE Norms

India's CAFE norms require that a company's entire fleet must average at least 21.3 km/l in fuel efficiency. For Toyota, this is nearly impossible when you are mainly selling Fortuners (10 km/l) and Innova Hycross vehicles.

By selling Glanzas and Hyriders, which deliver excellent mileage, Toyota pulls its fleet average up. This is why a Toyota Fortuner is still affordably priced: someone buying a Glanza is effectively subsidizing it. Without those small, efficient cars, Toyota's SUV prices would be ₹3 lakh higher.

Under CAFE 3 norms coming in the near future, this calculation gets even more critical, pushing Toyota toward more hybrids and EVs, faster. Note: one electric vehicle counts as three cars for the purpose of fleet efficiency calculations, which is a huge incentive for Toyota to launch its EVs in India.

Every Toyota Car Expected to Launch in India by 2030

Toyota has committed to launching 15 new cars in India by 2030. Here is a complete breakdown:

⚡ Electric Vehicles

🌿 Hybrid Vehicles

🔥 Petrol and Diesel Vehicles

The Bigger Picture: India Is Replacing China for Japanese Automakers

Between 2010 and 2020, every major Japanese automaker poured money into China. Toyota, Honda, Nissan, all of them bet heavily on Chinese growth.

Then from 2021 onwards, Chinese automakers started dominating their own market with technology, features, and pricing that Japanese brands simply could not match. By 2024, Japanese brands in China were facing serious market share declines.

The pivot to India was fast. Toyota's India investments grew 7 times between 2021 and 2024. They are now planning to invest $3 billion in India — a new plant in Bidadi, Karnataka, and a greenfield plant in Maharashtra. Annual production capacity will reach 10 lakh vehicles. Cars built in India will also be exported globally.

Toyota has stated it will launch 15 cars in India by 2030, and the company is now targeting India the way it once targeted China.

Key Takeaway

Toyota used Maruti's cars to rebuild its India presence. It used CAFE norms to justify the partnership. It is now profitable enough to go independent. Maruti helped Toyota grow — at the cost of its own market share. The partnership may have started as mutually beneficial, but the balance has shifted heavily. And Toyota is only accelerating.

Note: Analysis based on publicly available sales data, CAFE regulatory filings, and automotive industry reports. Some forward-looking launch details are based on industry expectations and may change.

From fuel prices to supply chains, here is how the crisis threatens to disrupt the industry.

Fuel Prices and Consumer Demand

Crude oil prices have already crossed $100 per barrel. They could skyrocket to $150 if the conflict worsens. Higher fuel prices directly hit consumer wallets. Petrol and diesel become more expensive. This forces households to tighten budgets.

The big question is whether families will prioritise buying a car or two-wheeler. With inflation rising, mobility purchases often get deferred.

Auto stocks are already feeling the heat. The Nifty Auto index has crashed around 12% in the past month. Maruti, M&M, and Tata Motors shares have declined nearly 15%.

The Gig Economy Connection

Two-wheeler sales face a unique threat. Delivery workers for Zomato and Swiggy form a critical customer segment. If the cooking gas crisis forces restaurants to shut down, orders will dry up. Thousands of delivery riders could lose their jobs.

No income means no new bike purchases. This could significantly dent two-wheeler demand across the country.

Production Disruptions Loom

Natural gas shortages are already a concern. India imports a significant portion of its LNG from Qatar.

Gas is essential for auto manufacturing. Paint shops, furnaces, and heat treatment processes rely heavily on it. Switching to electricity is not immediately possible without machinery changes.

Tata Motors' Sanand plant is reportedly facing severe gas shortages. Production may need to be cut by up to 50%.

Semiconductor Nightmare Returns

The conflict threatens a renewed chip crisis. Helium, a key input for semiconductor production, faces supply disruptions.

India imports most of its helium. Shortages could affect semiconductor manufacturing globally. This would hit auto production hard, just as the industry was recovering from the last shortage.

Export Markets at Risk

Vehicle shipments to the Middle East have effectively stopped. Ships are anchored near the Red Sea or turning back. Freight and insurance costs are rising sharply. This puts pressure on margins for exporters.

Maruti Suzuki says the Middle East accounts for only 12.5% of its exports. But other manufacturers have higher exposure. The impact will vary across companies.

Raw Material Cost Pressures

Crude oil derivatives are used in tyres, plastics, and paints. Rising oil prices increase production costs across the board.

Metal prices are also under pressure. Higher energy costs affect mining, smelting, and transportation. Margins will compress if companies cannot pass on costs to customers.

A Question of Resilience

The auto industry was riding high on GST cuts and strong demand. Now it faces a perfect storm of challenges. The critical question is how long the conflict lasts. Short-term disruptions can be managed. A prolonged war could trigger a full-blown slowdown.

India's auto sector has shown resilience before. But this time, the threats are coming from multiple directions. Fuel prices, supply chains, exports, and consumer demand are all under pressure.

The coming weeks will reveal just how deep the impact goes. For now, the auto industry watches and waits.

New 2026 Hyundai Verna Price in India

The new Hyundai Verna gets new variant names. The lineup now includes HX2, HX4, HX6, HX6 Plus, HX8, and HX10 trims.

Here are the updated prices:

All prices are ex-showroom

The base price has increased by Rs 18,900. The top-spec turbo DCT variant is now Rs 1.12 lakh more expensive than before.

What's New In The 2026 Hyundai Verna

Slightly Longer Body

The Verna is now 30 mm longer. Total length stands at 4565 mm. Width, height, and wheelbase remain unchanged. Boot space stays at 528 litres.

Subtle Design Updates

The headlamp cluster gets cleaner internals. LED projector headlamps, turn indicators, and fog lamps are neatly housed. The all-black grille remains familiar. The bumper has minor tweaks. The wide connected LED DRL strip continues at the front.

Sixteen-inch dual-tone alloy wheels are carried over. The rear remains unchanged with connected LED tail lamps and 'Verna' lettering.

New Colour Options

Two new shades join the palette. Classy Blue and a matte Titan Grey are now available.

Existing colours include Starry Night, Atlas White, and Abyss Black. Atlas White can be had with a black roof option.

Interior and Feature Updates

The cabin theme remains black and white. The dashboard layout is carried over. The steering wheel gets the new Morse code Hyundai logo. Four dots represent the letter 'H'.

New feature additions include memory function for the 8-way power driver seat. A powered tailgate is now offered.

The front passenger seat gets 4-way power adjustment. Rear window sunshades add to the comfort.

Carried-over highlights include ventilated front seats and a single-pane sunroof. The 10.25-inch touchscreen and digital instrument cluster continue. Multi-colour ambient lighting and auto AC with rear vents remain.

Safety Gets A Big Boost in New Verna

Safety is where the Verna makes significant gains. Airbag count increases from six to seven. A 360-degree camera with blind spot monitor is now available. An in-built dashcam is also offered.

Electronic stability control and all-wheel disc brakes continue. Front and rear parking sensors are standard. Level 2 ADAS is carried over from the previous model.

New Hyundai Verna Powertrain Options

Engine choices remain unchanged. The 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol produces 115 PS and 144 Nm. It is available with a 6-speed manual or CVT automatic. The 1.5-litre turbo petrol delivers 160 PS and 253 Nm.

Turbo options include a 6-speed manual or 7-speed DCT. Only the top two variants get the turbo engine.

Rivals of Hyndai Verna 2026

The Verna competes in a shrinking sedan segment. Its main rivals are the Honda City, Skoda Slavia, and Volkswagen Virtus. Both the Slavia and Virtus are due for facelifts this year.

Also Read : Toyota Rumion E Trim Launched with Rs 95,000 Price Discount

Toyota Rumion E Trim Reduced Price

The new E variant is available now. It is offered only with a petrol-manual combination.

Here is the updated Toyota Rumion price list:

All other variant prices remain unchanged.

What The Rumion New E Trim Gets

The E trim is a barebones entry offering. It focuses on essential safety and basic functionality. Standard safety kit includes six airbags. Rear parking sensors and hill hold assist are also included.

Exterior features include projector halogen headlights. LED taillights and 15-inch steel wheels are fitted. All four power windows are provided. That is where the comfort features end.

What The E Trim Misses

The cost savings come from deletions. There is no entertainment system at all. No screen, no speakers.

Rear passengers get no AC vents. This is a crucial miss in a family MPV. Powered ORVMs are absent. The inside rearview mirror is manually adjustable. No automatic transmission option is offered. CNG fuel option is also not available.

Powertrain of Toyota Rumion

Power comes from a 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine. It produces 103 hp. Transmission is a 5-speed manual only. This is the sole powertrain combination for the E trim.

A Question of Compromise

The E trim drops the entry price significantly. But the deletions are substantial. Is saving Rs 95,000 worth giving up rear AC vents and a music system entirely? For fleet operators and budget-focused buyers, possibly yes.

For family buyers, the S trim might still be the smarter choice. It adds essential comfort features for a relatively small premium. Toyota has made the Rumion more accessible. The new E trim brings MPV ownership within closer reach.

Decide if the savings justify the compromises. Then visit your Toyota dealer for a closer look.

Also Read : Nissan Gravite 7-Seater MPV Launched at Rs 5.65 Lakh

Mercedes V-Class: Key Details

A Different Kind of Luxury

The V-Class prioritises rear-seat comfort. It focuses on lounge-like space over a tall stance. This caters to a growing segment. Affluent families and high-profile individuals want privacy and usable cabin space.

Mercedes V-Class Price in India

Mercedes V-Class Price in India starts at Rs 1.4 crore, it plays in a big league. It directly rivals full-size luxury SUVs. The BMW X7, Audi Q7, and Mercedes GLS are its competitors. But the V-Class offers something they cannot.

Space Over Stance

The V-Class wins on interior room. It offers superior cabin space and easier entry and exit. The layout is designed around second-row comfort. This is its biggest strength.

Luxury Features 

Expect a cabin filled with premium amenities. Lounge-style seating and privacy features are central. It targets buyers who value comfort over road presence. The focus is on being chauffeured in style.

A Question of Status

The V-Class raises an interesting question. Are luxury buyers ready to prioritise space over SUV styling? 

Traditional SUVs carry a certain status. An MPV, even a luxury one, does not.

The growing visibility of premium MPVs in Tier-1 cities suggests a shift. The market is small but expanding. The Mercedes V-Class may not replace flagship SUVs. But it strengthens the case for luxury MPVs as a distinct category in India.

For buyers who value comfort over everything, this is the new choice. The question is whether image-conscious luxury buyers will embrace this Mercedes car.

Also Read : Jeep Meridian Track Edition Launched at Rs 35.95 Lakh in India

Audi SQ8 Key Details

Powerful V8 Performance

The SQ8 shares its heart with the RS Q8. It uses the same 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 petrol engine. Output is dialled down to a still-massive 500-507 bhp and 770 Nm of torque. That is considerably more than the standard Q8's 3.0-litre V6.

An 8-speed automatic transmission sends power to all four wheels via Audi's Quattro system. The 0-100 km/h sprint takes just 4.1 seconds.

Distinctive Exterior Design

The SQ8 gets its own visual identity. A signature singleframe grille features a matte silver finish.

Matrix LED headlamps light the way. Silver accents appear on the roof rails, window lining, and front bumper inserts.

Large machined alloy wheels fill the arches. Quad exhaust tips and a full-width LED light bar at the rear complete the sporty look.

Luxurious Tech-Laden Interior

Step inside, and you are greeted by Audi's Virtual Cockpit Plus. The 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster gets S-specific graphics.

A dual-screen MMI setup handles infotainment and climate control. The Bang & Olufsen sound system promises concert-like audio. Front seats offer heating, cooling, and massage functions. A panoramic sunroof, head-up display, and wireless phone connectivity are all part of the package.

Leather and Alcantara upholstery with S badging add a performance feel. Stainless steel pedals and aluminium inlays complete the premium cabin.

Expected Price of Audi SQ8

The SQ8 will be offered in a single, fully loaded variant. Expected pricing is around ₹1.9 crore (ex-showroom). This positions it between the standard Q8 at ₹1.13 crore and the RS Q8 at ₹2.34 crore. It offers a compelling middle path for V8 enthusiasts.

A Question of Positioning

The SQ8 sits in an interesting space. It offers the same engine as the RS Q8 but with less power.

The question is whether the ₹40-50 lakh saving over the RS Q8 is worth the performance compromise. For buyers who want V8 drama without track-focused aggression, it might be the perfect fit.

The Audi SQ8 arrives on March 17. It promises to bring accessible V8 performance to India's luxury SUV car market.

If you want serious power with everyday usability, this could be your sweet spot. Watch this space for launch details.

Also Read : MG Majestor Unveiled in India with an Estimated Price of Rs 50L

2026 Tata Punch EV Facelift Vs Pre-Facelift

Exterior: Subtle Updates

The front has been cleaned up. The connected LED light bar is gone. New LED DRLs sit at the edges. The bumper gets a larger air dam and textured silver skid plate. The charging port remains in the same spot. It now looks cleaner and more minimalist.

Side profile is unchanged. You still get the same 16-inch alloy wheels and 'Tata.ev' badges. The rear gets the biggest visual update. Connected LED tail lamps are now featured, matching the ICE Punch.

A revised bumper completes the look. Ground clearance increases slightly to 195 mm.

Interior: Familiar But Refreshed

The cabin layout remains largely identical. The dual-tone theme is now grey and white instead of black and white.

The 10.25-inch infotainment screen continues. The two-spoke illuminated steering wheel is carried over. Rear seat space is unchanged. Upholstery gets refreshed colour shades.

New toggle-style power window switches are added. These improve convenience.

Features: Small Additions

Most features are carried over. The 10.25-inch touchscreen, digital display, and ventilated seats remain.

New additions include OTA updates. Voice commands now support six languages. Smartwatch connectivity is added. A blind-spot monitor is now available.

A new high-beam feature alert is included. Safety kit remains identical with six airbags and 360-degree camera.

Powertrain: The Big Change

This is where the facelift transforms. The old 25 kWh and 35 kWh packs are replaced. New 30 kWh and 40 kWh batteries are introduced. Claimed range jumps significantly.

The 30 kWh pack delivers 365-375 km range. The 40 kWh pack offers 468 km range. Power increases to 88 PS and 129 PS. Torque is now 154 Nm on both variants. Acceleration improves. The 40 kWh model now does 0-100 km/h in 9 seconds, half a second quicker than before.

Price: The Biggest Surprise

Despite more range and features, prices have dropped. The Punch EV now starts at ₹9.69 lakh (ex-showroom). The top variant is priced at ₹12.59 lakh. That is a reduction of around ₹2.5-3 lakh over the pre-facelift model. BaaS pricing is also available from ₹6.49 lakh.

End Note

The facelifted Punch EV offers genuine upgrades. More range, better performance, and a lower price. The design changes are subtle but effective. The interior remains largely familiar.

Tata has delivered more car for less money. That is a rare and welcome combination in today's market.

If you were waiting for the Punch EV, the wait has paid off. The 2026 facelift is the one to buy.

Also Read : Nissan Gravite 7-Seater MPV Launched at Rs 5.65 Lakh

Nissan Gravite Price and Variants

The Gravite is available in four main trims. Prices start at an aggressive introductory level.

Exterior Design

The Gravite shares its silhouette with the Triber. However, Nissan has added its own design touches. The front gets a bold honeycomb grille. 'GRAVITE' lettering sits proudly on the bonnet.

Slim LED DRLs are connected by a chrome strip. The rear gets wraparound LED tail lamps with a connecting chrome strip. C-shaped silver accents feature on both bumpers. The MPV rides on 15-inch stylised steel wheels.

Five colour options are available. These include Forest Green, Onyx Black, and Storm White.

Interior and Features

The dashboard layout is clean and familiar. It uses a dual-tone black and beige theme. An 8-inch touchscreen infotainment system sits in the centre. It supports wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. A 7-inch digital driver's display is offered. Manual AC with three-row vents ensures cabin comfort.

Eight AC vents in total keep all passengers cool. A wireless phone charger is available. The Launch Edition adds extra goodies. These include a dual dashcam, JBL speakers, and ambient lighting.

Safety Kit

Safety is a strong point. Six airbags are standard across all variants. Electronic stability control and hill start assist are included. Traction control and ABS with EBD are standard. Rear parking sensors with a camera are offered. A tyre pressure monitoring system is also available.

Nissan Gravite Powertrain

Power comes from a 1-litre three-cylinder petrol engine. It produces 72 PS and 96 Nm of torque.

Two transmission choices are available. These are a 5-speed manual and a 5-speed AMT. Fuel efficiency is claimed at 19.3 kmpl for the manual. The AMT returns a slightly higher 19.6 kmpl.

A Question of Power

The Gravite's price is incredibly tempting. But its 72 PS engine raises a practical concern. Will it feel adequate with seven people on board? The engine might struggle on highways with a full load.

The Nissan Gravite is a compelling value proposition. It offers seven seats and strong safety at a hatchback price.

If your driving is mostly city-based, it makes strong sense. Just be realistic about its highway performance with a full family.

Also Read : Jeep Meridian Track Edition Launched at Rs 35.95 Lakh in India

The updated Tata Punch EV arrives tomorrow. Tata Motors will launch the facelifted version on February 20. The smallest electric SUV gets subtle styling tweaks. It also adds more features and possibly better range.

Tata Punch EV Facelift: What's New

Fresh Exterior Design

The front gets a redesigned bumper. It has a simpler, cleaner look. Headlamp clusters are larger with black surrounds. A new textured silver skid plate adds visual interest. The connected LED DRL has been removed. Slim DRLs and the central charging flap remain.

Side profile is largely unchanged. New 'Tata.ev' badges appear on the doors. The 16-inch dual-tone alloys continue.

Expect connected LED tail lamps at the rear. A revised bumper is also likely.

Refined Interior

Updates inside will be subtle but meaningful. New upholstery and a revised cabin theme are expected.

Seat comfort improves with extended thigh support. The two-spoke illuminated steering wheel remains. A larger 12.3-inch touchscreen is expected. This will replace the current infotainment unit.

Added Features and Safety

New features may include a powered driver seat. An upgraded sound system is also possible.

The digital driver's display could get updated graphics. Existing features like ventilated seats and sunroof continue. ADAS features might be introduced for the first time. Six airbags, ESC, and a 360-degree camera remain standard.

Powertrain and Range

Battery options are expected to carry over. The 25 kWh pack offers 315 km range. The 35 kWh pack delivers 421 km range. Tata may tune them for better efficiency. A 40 kWh battery from the Nexon is possible. This would significantly boost range.

A Question of Price

The facelift will likely command a premium. Expected pricing is between ₹10 lakh and ₹15 lakh (ex-showroom). The critical question is value. Will the added features justify the increase over the current model?

With the Maruti e Vitara launching at ₹15.99 lakh, Tata must price aggressively. The Punch EV's success depends on it. The Tata Punch EV facelift launches tomorrow. All will be revealed when prices are announced.

Also Read : Jeep Meridian Track Edition Launched at Rs 35.95 Lakh in India

Jeep Meridian Track Edition Price

The Track Edition comes in two variants. Both carry a premium over the standard Overland. The automatic FWD variant is priced at ₹35.95 lakh. The automatic AWD variant costs ₹37.82 lakh. These prices are ex-showroom pan-India. An additional mandatory AXS pack of ₹9,200 applies. Both variants are ₹34,000 more expensive than the corresponding Overland models.

What's Different Outside

The Track Edition gets cosmetic updates only. The grille now has a piano black finish. ORVM housings and exterior badging also get the black treatment. A special 'Track Edition' decal sits on the hood. There is a 'Track Edition' badge on the bootlid. The SUV rides on 18-inch dual-tone alloy wheels.

Interior Changes in Jeep Meridian Track Edition

Inside, the cabin features a dual-tone black and tan theme. The dashboard gets a suede finish. Leatherette seat upholstery is standard. 'Track Edition' embossing appears on the co-driver dashboard side and floor mats. The 140 mm sliding second-row seats are carried over. These were introduced with the MY26 updates.

Features, Safety, and Powertrain

Feature list remains identical to the Overland trim. It includes a 10.1-inch touchscreen, digital driver's display, and panoramic sunroof. Twelve-way power front seats with ventilation are offered. A nine-speaker Alpine audio system and powered tailgate are included.

Safety kit includes six airbags and Level 2 ADAS. A 360-degree camera is also standard.

Power comes from the familiar 2-litre diesel engine. It produces 170 PS and 350 Nm of torque. Transmission is a 9-speed automatic only. Both front-wheel-drive and all-wheel-drive options are available. The manual gearbox is not offered on this edition.

A Question of Value

The Track Edition costs ₹34,000 more than the Overland. All changes are purely cosmetic. There are no mechanical or feature upgrades. This raises a simple question for buyers.

Is a black grille and special badging worth the extra cost? For some, the exclusive look will justify the premium. For others, the standard Overland remains the smarter buy.

The Jeep Meridian Track Edition adds a touch of sporty style to the three-row SUV. It is a limited-run model for those who want to stand out.

Also Read : MG Majestor Unveiled in India with an Estimated Price of Rs 50L

The model was introduced in November 2025. Prices start at ₹8 lakh and go up to ₹15.69 lakh (ex-showroom).

Hyundai Venue Bookings Milestone

The Hyundai Venue has received an overwhelming response. It has clocked over 80,000 customer bookings so far. This signals strong demand for Hyundai's entry-level SUV. It continues the legacy of its best-selling predecessor.

What Has Changed

The new Venue addresses key owner feedback. Rear-seat comfort has been improved. The overall rear-seat package is now better. This makes it more family-friendly than before.

Global Ambitions Remain

The Venue is not just for India. The previous model was exported to 27 countries.

Hyundai plans to expand its global reach further. It will cater to both left-hand-drive and right-hand-drive markets.

A Question of Waiting Periods

Eighty thousand bookings is a huge number. This raises a practical concern for new buyers. What is the waiting period now? High demand could mean lengthy delays for deliveries.

Hyundai's Venue is proving its staying power. With 80,000 bookings already, it remains a dominant force in the compact SUV space.

If you are considering one, check with your dealer about current waiting times before you book.

Also Read : MG Majestor Unveiled in India with an Estimated Price of Rs 50L

MG Majestor Redesigned Exterior

The Majestor replaces the Gloster's elegant chrome with a bold, dominating stance. It gets a massive gloss-black grille that instantly enhances road presence. A split headlamp setup features slim LED DRLs positioned above and main LED headlamps integrated into the bumper. A chunky satin silver skid plate and front parking sensors complete the aggressive front profile.

MG Majestor Side Profile Retains Muscular Proportions

The silhouette closely resembles the Gloster but appears longer. A strong shoulder line runs across the length of the SUV. Chunky body cladding and wheel arches emphasize its boxy, full-size stance. New 19-inch alloy wheels fill the arches well. Gloss-black finishes replace most chrome elements.

MG Majestor Rear Gets Connected LED Taillights

A redesigned, flatter tailgate houses a new connected LED taillight setup. The rear bumper features thick cladding, a chunky skid plate, and vertical reflectors. Twin exhaust outlets add a sporty touch. Large 'MAJESTOR' badging ensures the SUV stands out prominently.

Modern and Premium Cabin

The dashboard layout is clean with a black and grey colour scheme. A free-standing 12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system takes centre stage. Rectangular AC vents sit below with intuitive toggle-style controls. The driver gets a fully digital instrument cluster and a 3-spoke steering wheel with paddle shifters.

MG Majestor Offers 6-Seater and 7-Seater Layouts

The 6-seater version features large, plush captain seats in the second row. These seats are ventilated and offer a massaging function. Rear passengers get a dedicated air purification display, charging ports, and a separate temperature zone.

Packed with Premium Features

Key highlights include a 12-speaker JBL sound system and connected car technology. Front seats offer 12-way power adjustment with ventilation and massage. A panoramic sunroof, multi-colour ambient lighting, dual wireless chargers, three-zone automatic climate control, and a powered tailgate are all part of the package.

Safety Includes Level 2 ADAS

The SUV comes equipped with six airbags, electronic stability control, and a tyre pressure monitoring system. Front and rear parking sensors, a 360-degree camera, and hill hold assist are standard. A full advanced driver assistance system (ADAS) suite is also included.

MG Majestor Powertrain Delivers Class-Leading Power

It is powered by a 2-litre twin-turbo diesel engine. This unit produces 215 PS and a massive 478 Nm of torque. It is paired exclusively with an 8-speed torque converter automatic transmission. Rear-wheel drive and four-wheel drive layouts are available.

4WD Variant is Off-Road Ready

The four-wheel drive version features 10 selectable off-road modes. It offers triple differential locks and an 810 mm water wading depth. This makes the Majestor equally capable on highways and challenging terrain.

MG Majestor to Rival Fortuner, Kodiaq, and Tayron

The SUV will be offered in two variants: Sharp and Savvy. The Sharp is available with both RWD and 4WD. The Savvy is 4WD only. Expected pricing is around ₹50 lakh (ex-showroom). Its direct rivals include the Toyota Fortuner Legender, Skoda Kodiaq, Jeep Meridian, and the upcoming Volkswagen Tayron R-Line.

Also Read : 2026 Skoda Slavia Facelift Spied Testing on Indian Roads

The changes will mirror the recently unveiled Kushaq facelift. Expect a sharper look and key mechanical updates.

Skoda Slavia Facelift Design

The front gets a new aggressive bumper. Skoda Slavia features a larger lower air dam with sharper detailing.

LED headlights will have updated internals. The grille now integrates lighting elements. The side profile remains mostly unchanged. New alloy wheel designs are expected.

At the rear, expect connected LED taillamps. The bumper design will also see minor revisions.

Interior and Features of Skoda Slavia

The dashboard layout stays similar. However, a new 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster is now visible in test mules.

The infotainment screen is expected to be updated. An AI assistant may be added.

Rear massaging seats and dual-colour ambient lighting are likely additions. The panoramic sunroof will not be offered. The Slavia will continue with its single-pane unit.

Safety updates may include front parking sensors. All-wheel disc brakes are expected to be standard.

Powertrain Changes in Skoda Slavia

The 1-litre turbo-petrol engine gets a new gearbox. It will now be offered with an 8-speed torque converter automatic. This replaces the older 6-speed unit.

The 1.5-litre turbo-petrol continues with the 7-speed DCT. Manual options will remain available on both engines.

Power and torque figures remain unchanged. The 1-litre makes 115 PS and 178 Nm. The 1.5-litre delivers 150 PS and 250 Nm.

A Question of Timing

The Slavia facelift arrives nearly a year after the Kushaq. This delay raises a practical question for buyers.

If you need a new car now, do you wait? Or do you buy the current model with known discounts? Skoda's staggered update strategy forces this exact decision.

Launch and Rivals of Skoda Slavia

Skoda will launch the Slavia facelift between October and December 2026. Prices are expected to range from ₹12 lakh to ₹20 lakh (ex-showroom).

It will continue to rival the Volkswagen Virtus, Honda City, and Hyundai Verna.

The updated Slavia promises to refine an already competent package. The new automatic gearbox and digital cluster are genuine upgrades. Decide if they are worth waiting for.

Also Read : 2026 Tata Punch EV Facelift Design Revealed Ahead of Its Launch

Image Source*

The company has released a teaser image. It shows a cleaner design and a bright new colour option.

Tata Punch EV Facelift Design

The front gets a major update. It features a simpler bumper and new, larger headlamps.

The faux skid plate has a new textured look. The charging port remains centered in the lower grille.

A new 'Tata.ev' badge replaces the old '.ev' logo on the front doors. The side profile and 16-inch alloy wheels remain largely unchanged. A vibrant new yellow paint option will be available. This adds a fresh choice to the colour palette.

Expected Interior and Features

Inside, updates should be subtle. Expect new upholstery and improved seat thigh support.

The dashboard will likely keep its minimalist layout. A larger 12.3-inch touchscreen is expected to be added.

Feature highlights should include a digital driver's display, ventilated seats, and a voice-activated sunroof. Level 2 ADAS and a 360-degree camera are anticipated for safety.

Powertrain and Range

The electric powertrains are expected to carry over. They will likely receive software tweaks for a minor range improvement.

The current models offer two battery choices. They deliver 315 km and 421 km of claimed MIDC range.

A Question of Value

The facelift brings welcome design and feature upgrades. However, the critical question is the expected price.

With a likely range of ₹10-15 lakh (ex-showroom), it will be crucial to see if the added tech justifies a potential increase over the current model.

The Tata Punch EV facelift aims to strengthen an already successful formula. Its launch on February 20 will reveal if the updates and new price offer compelling value.

Also Read : Toyota Increases Prices of Glanza, Taisor, Hyryder, Rumion in India

This comes just months after prices were cut due to a GST reduction. The increase is focused on Toyota's rebadged Maruti Suzuki vehicles.

Toyota Price Hike: Affected Models

1. Toyota Glanza Price Increase

The Toyota Glanza hatchback is now more expensive. Prices have risen by up to ₹15,800.

Its new price range is ₹6.46 lakh to ₹9.44 lakh (ex-showroom). It remains Toyota's entry-level petrol and CNG hatchback.

2. Toyota Taisor Price Increase

The Urban Cruiser Taisor crossover sees a hike. It costs up to ₹16,400 more.

It now starts at ₹7.25 lakh (ex-showroom). The top variant is priced at ₹12.39 lakh.

3. Toyota Rumion Price Increase

The Rumion MPV is now dearer. Its price has gone up by up to ₹16,400.

The three-row MPV now ranges from ₹10.51 lakh to ₹13.86 lakh (ex-showroom).

4. Toyota Hyryder Price Increase

The Urban Cruiser Hyryder SUV gets the biggest hike. Its price has increased by up to ₹21,000.

The SUV's new price band is ₹10.99 lakh to ₹20.19 lakh (ex-showroom). This covers petrol, CNG, and hybrid versions.

A Critical Look at the Strategy

This move raises a key question. Why are only the Maruti-derived models getting more expensive?

Toyota's own global models, like the Innova or Fortuner, are unaffected. This suggests the hike is tied to input costs or pricing strategy specific to the partnership, potentially making these rebadged cars slightly less competitive on value.

If you were considering a Toyota Glanza, Taisor, Rumion, or Hyryder, factor in this new increase. Contact your local dealer for the latest on-road price before deciding.

This massive network spans 760 cities across India. It ensures customers and workshops can easily get certified spares.

Maruti Suzuki Spare Parts Network

The new milestone strengthens Maruti's after-sales service. The 1,500th touchpoint was inaugurated in Mumbai.

The network is separate from its service centers. It specifically supplies parts to independent workshops and local mechanics.

Benefits for Maruti Vehicle Owners

This expansion means genuine parts are more accessible. This helps maintain your car's performance and safety. Using certified parts also improves vehicle longevity. It protects your car's value over time.

Reducing Vehicle Downtime

Easy part availability reduces repair time. Your car spends less time in the workshop. This is crucial for smaller cities. It brings company-certified quality to local garages everywhere.

Also Read : Toyota Hyryder Recall: 11,529 Units for Fuel Gauge

A Key Question for Owners

While the network is vast, a critical question remains. Will the pricing of these genuine parts stay competitive against local, non-genuine alternatives?

For cost-conscious owners, this will be the final deciding factor.

Maruti Suzuki's expansion is a major win for customer peace of mind. Knowing you can find a genuine part almost anywhere in India adds real value to ownership.

Check with your local Maruti parts distributor for availability. Keep your car running as the manufacturer intended.

Also Read : MG Windsor EV Sells Record 50,000 Units in 400 Days

Image Source*

This top score reinforces its position as one of the safest family SUVs on the market today.

Tesla Model Y Safety Rating

The 2025 Model Y earned top marks across the board. It scored 91% for Adult Occupant Protection. It did even better for Child Occupant Protection. That score was an impressive 93%.

Protection for Adults and Children

In frontal and side impact tests, the Tesla Model Y provided good protection. The car's body shell remained stable in a crash.

Protection for child dummies was rated 'Good' in all key areas. The SUV also has a system to detect if a child is left in the car.

Safety Assist Technology

The Model Y scored 92% for its safety assist systems. Its autonomous emergency braking is highly effective. It also has a driver monitoring system. This watches for fatigue or distraction.

A Key Consideration for India

These tests were done on a left-hand-drive model. However, the rating also applies to the right-hand-drive version sold in India.

This is crucial for Indian buyers. It confirms the car's top-tier safety credentials for our market.

The Tesla Model Y's 5-star rating is a powerful statement. It proves that advanced electric vehicles can offer unparalleled safety for your family.

This top score should give Indian buyers great confidence. The Model Y is built to protect.

Also Read : Toyota Land Cruiser FJ Expected in India by 2027

Image Source*

It is scheduled to hit the market in December 2025. This marks the next chapter for the beloved open-air MINI.

New MINI Convertible Bookings

You can now reserve the new MINI Convertible. Bookings are open through authorized MINI dealerships across India.

You can also book online via the official MINI India website. A dealer representative will then contact you to complete the process.

Effortless Open-Top Driving

The car features a fully electric soft top. It can open or close in just 18 seconds. This provides instant open-air motoring. It is perfect for city drives and coastal roads alike.

Modern Tech and Customization

The cabin focuses on personalization and premium materials. It blends MINI's classic style with the latest technology.

Advanced connectivity features are included. The interior aims to be both fun and sophisticated.

A Question of Practicality

The MINI Convertible promises a thrilling driving experience. However, its small size and limited boot space raise a practical question.

Is it a realistic primary car for India? It might be better suited as a stylish second vehicle for weekend getaways.

Be among the first to own this new icon. Visit a MINI dealer or their website to secure your pre-booking today.

Also Read : New Tata Sierra Bringing 5 New First-Time Features

This milestone proves that affordable, practical EVs are resonating strongly with Indian buyers.

MG Windsor EV Sales Milestone

The Windsor EV achieved the 50,000 sales mark faster than any other four-wheeler EV in India. Production for the model began in October 2024.

It has consistently sold over 3,800 units each month. Sales have often crossed 4,000 units recently, showing growing demand.

Strong Demand Beyond Major Cities

Interest in the Windsor EV isn't limited to metropolitan areas. The car has seen strong uptake in Tier-2 and Tier-3 cities as well.

This shows that EV adoption is spreading across the country, driven by accessible pricing and improving infrastructure.

Affordable Price and BaaS Model

A key factor is its aggressive starting price of Rs 9.99 lakh (ex-showroom). This is made possible through its Battery-as-a-Service (BaaS) model.

With BaaS, buyers pay for the car and then a separate subscription for the battery. This significantly lowers the initial purchase price.

A Critical Look at the BaaS Model

The BaaS model makes the Windsor EV affordable to buy. However, it introduces a long-term cost that buyers must consider.

You pay Rs 3.9 for every kilometre you drive. For someone who drives a lot, this recurring cost could add up to more than traditional fuel expenses over time. It shifts the cost from upfront to per-use.

Performance and Features of Windsor EV

The Windsor EV delivers 134 hp and 200 Nm of torque, providing adequate performance for city and highway use.

Its interior is equipped with modern technology and features, aiming to offer a stylish and connected experience for its price point.

The MG Windsor EV's success story is a clear signal. The Indian market is ready for electric mobility, provided it is priced right and meets practical needs.

If you're considering an EV, the record-breaking Windsor is certainly worth a close look, but be sure to calculate your long-term driving costs.

Also Read : New Tata Sierra Bringing 5 New First-Time Features

This recall is directly linked to a similar one announced by Maruti Suzuki for the Grand Vitara, its mechanical twin.

Toyota Hyryder Recall: What You Need to Know

The recall is for a suspected fault in the fuel level indicator. It affects vehicles with analogue instrument clusters, not the digital versions.

The gauge may not display the correct amount of fuel in the tank. This poses a risk of the vehicle unexpectedly running out of fuel.

Which Vehicles Are Affected?

The recall covers Urban Cruiser Hyryders manufactured between December 2024 and April 2025. Only 11,529 units are involved in this specific action.

Toyota will directly contact the owners of these affected vehicles.

The Shared Maruti Suzuki Grand Vitara Problem

This is not an isolated issue. Maruti Suzuki has recalled 39,506 units of the Grand Vitara for the identical problem.

Both SUVs are developed together and share many parts, including the faulty analogue instrument cluster component.

What Owners Should Do

Toyota and Maruti Suzuki will inspect and replace the faulty part free of charge. Owners should wait to be contacted by their authorized service centre.

Until the repair is done, it is wise to keep your tank at least half full. This prevents the risk of being stranded due to an inaccurate fuel reading.

A Question of Shared Platforms

This linked recall highlights the double-edged sword of shared car platforms. While it helps keep costs down for consumers, a single component fault can impact tens of thousands of owners across two different brands.

It raises a practical question about part sourcing and quality control in these otherwise successful collaborations.

If you own a Toyota Urban Cruiser Hyryder or Maruti Grand Vitara made in the stated period, check your VIN on the company's website. Schedule your free repair to ensure your fuel gauge is accurate and reliable.

Also Read : Toyota Land Cruiser FJ Expected in India by 2027

The prototype's size and design hint at a premium offering positioned above the Kia Seltos, directly targeting established rivals.

Kia Sorento Hybrid: Key Details

Spy Shots Reveal Design

The test vehicle shows a long body with an upright tail section, confirming its focus on three-row space. The design mirrors the recently refreshed global model.

Most telling are the unique 19-inch alloy wheels. Their dual-tone design is identical to the wheels offered on the Sorento Hybrid sold internationally.

A Tech-Filled Interior

The cabin is expected to feature a massive curved display. This merges a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster with a 12.3-inch touchscreen into one continuous unit.

Spy photos also show a rotary dial gear selector, a hallmark of the global Sorento Hybrid. Features like ventilated seats and multi-zone climate control are expected.

Hybrid Powertrain Expected

The SUV is likely to use a 1.6-litre turbo-petrol engine paired with an electric motor. This hybrid setup produces a combined 227 hp and 350 Nm of torque in global specs.

The main benefit is fuel efficiency. Internationally, this system delivers an impressive 15.1 kmpl, a major advantage for a large SUV.

A Question of Price and Positioning

If this is the Sorento, it will compete with the Toyota Fortuner and Skoda Kodiaq. However, this leads to a critical question.

A premium price tag, potentially over Rs 45 lakh, would place it in a fiercely competitive segment. Kia's challenge will be justifying that cost against proven, rugged rivals.

The arrival of a Kia seven-seater hybrid is exciting news. It promises space, technology, and efficiency in one package.

Its success will ultimately depend on its final price and specifications when Kia makes an official announcement.

Also Read : New Tata Sierra Bringing 5 New First-Time Features

Image Source*

This isn't just an update; it's a major leap forward in design and technology.

New Tata Sierra: 5 First-Time Features

1. A Triple-Screen Dashboard

The Sierra debuts a stunning triple-screen layout. This includes a digital driver's display, a central touchscreen, and a dedicated screen for the front passenger.

It gives the cabin an ultra-premium, futuristic feel found in much more expensive cars. All screens are high-resolution for sharp graphics.

2. A 12-Speaker JBL Audio System

Tata has fitted its most powerful audio system yet. The Sierra features a 12-speaker JBL setup, the highest number in any Tata car.

A unique soundbar is positioned above the AC controls. This promises an immersive, concert-like audio experience on the road.

3. Extendable Sun Visors and Under-Thigh Support

These features focus entirely on comfort. The Sierra gets extended sun visors to better block sunlight from the sides.

More importantly, it introduces extendable under-thigh support on the seats. This provides better leg support on long journeys, reducing driver fatigue.

4. An Auxiliary Tail Lamp

This is a clever safety-first feature. The Sierra has an extra tail lamp that remains visible even when the tailgate is open.

This prevents rear-end collisions when the SUV is stopped and loaded, a simple but brilliant innovation.

5. A Powerful New 1.5-Litre Turbo Engine

While not a cabin feature, a new engine debuts in the Sierra. The 1.5-litre turbo-petrol unit produces a strong 170 PS and 280 Nm of torque.

It will be offered with both manual and 7-speed DCT automatic gearboxes.

The Big Question for the Sierra

Tata is packing this SUV with premium features usually reserved for luxury cars. The critical question is how this will impact the final price.

Can Tata keep the Sierra competitive with rivals like the Creta and Seltos while offering this much more technology? The value proposition will be everything.

The new Tata Sierra is set to redefine expectations for the brand. It blends retro nameplate appeal with genuinely new and desirable technology.

The official price will be revealed on November 25. It will determine if this feature-packed SUV becomes a mainstream hit.

Also Read : Mahindra XEV 9S: 5 Key Features to Know Before Its Launch

This isn't just another EV. It's a three-row powerhouse designed to create a new segment entirely in India.

Spacious Three-Row Seating

The XEV 9S is built for families. It features a 2+3+2 seating layout that comfortably accommodates seven adults. A one-touch lever easily folds the second-row seats for third-row access.

A Useful 150-Litre Frunk

Electric architecture unlocks extra storage under the bonnet. The XEV 9S offers a 150-litre "frunk." This is perfect for keeping muddy shoes, wet umbrellas, or gym bags separate from the main cabin.

Powerful Electric Performance

With up to 282 hp, this will be the quickest three-row SUV made in India. It can sprint from 0 to 100 km/h in around seven seconds. A DC fast charger can replenish the battery from 20% to 80% in just 20 minutes.

A Long 600 KM Range

Range anxiety is not an option here. The XEV 9S boasts an official range of nearly 600 km. For daily city driving, expect a real-world range of over 450 km on a single charge.

A High-Tech Cockpit

The interior is loaded with premium tech. It features triple dashboard screens, an augmented reality head-up display, and a panoramic sunroof. Safety is top-tier with Level 2+ self-driving aids and seven airbags.

A Question on the Price of Mahindra XUV 9S

This incredible package of space, power, and technology comes with one big question. How much will it cost?

Positioning itself as India's most sophisticated EV suggests a premium price tag. This could place it in a league of its own, potentially limiting its reach despite its impressive specs.

The Mahindra XEV 9S is a bold statement. It proves that electric vehicles can be both practical for families and thrilling to drive.

Also Read : Toyota Land Cruiser FJ Expected in India by 2027

This three-year plan signals a major shift for the company. After becoming debt-free and dominating the Indian shared mobility market, Force is now looking overseas for its next phase of growth.

Force Motors Global Expansion

The company is targeting new markets in Latin America and Africa. It already exports its Traveller and Urbania vehicles to over 20 countries, mainly in the Gulf.

The goal is for 20-30% of total sales volume to come from exports. Force Motors is upgrading its vehicles to meet international safety and homologation standards for this push.

New Electric Vehicles from Force Motors

The company confirmed the Traveller Electric ambulance is ready for launch. Work is also underway on an electric version of the Urbania multi-utility vehicle.

Force Motors admits demand for electric commercial vehicles is still low. But the investment ensures they will have products ready when the market shifts.

A Critical Look at the Strategy

Force Motors is wisely avoiding the highly competitive passenger car market. However, its continued reliance on the niche Gurkha SUV for defence sales is a curious choice. The Gurkha is a hardcore off-roader with limited appeal. Banking on this single model for defence contracts and exports carries a risk if global demand for such specialized vehicles remains small.

Where is the 2,000 Crore Investment of Force Motors Going?

The Rs 2,000 crore investment will be spread across the business. A significant Rs 150 crore is allocated for digitization alone.

Other funds will go toward factory modernization, capacity increases, and dealer network expansion. The company will also focus on employee training and skill development.

Force Motors is investing from a position of strength. With record profits and a clear focus, this ambitious plan could make it a much bigger player on the world stage.

Also Read : Supreme Court Proposes Phasing Out Luxury Fuel Cars

Image Source

It will transport delegation staff from the world's most powerful nations. This is a major endorsement for Hyundai's people-mover.

Hyundai STARIA: The G20 Summit Fleet

The STARIA's futuristic design made it the top choice. Its spaceship-like look fits an event focused on the future. Hyundai will provide 30 vehicles for the event. They will support smooth operations throughout the summit.

Why The STARIA Was Chosen for G20 Summit

The van's massive and flexible interior is key. Staff need space to work and prepare between meetings.

Its low, flat floor makes getting in and out easy. This is crucial for busy delegates on tight schedules.

Advanced safety technology is also a major factor. It helps ensure the secure transport of international staff.

A Practical Question For Buyers

The STARIA's short, sloping nose creates a very long front end. Drivers must be careful in tight parking spots.

This is a small trade-off for its head-turning style. But it is a real consideration for daily use. If the Hyundai STARIA is trusted by world leaders, it's worth a look for your family. Check out this summit-ready van at your local dealer.

Also Read : Honda 0 Alpha EV SUV Confirmed for India to Launch in 2027

Global sales are set to begin in 2027, and India will be one of the very first markets to get it.

A Glimpse into Honda's Electric Future

The Honda 0 Alpha represents a fresh start for the brand. As the first member of the "0 Series," it signals Honda's new dedicated approach to electric vehicles. The "Alpha" name itself suggests a beginning, a first step into a new era.

While full specifications are still under wraps, its debut at a major international auto show confirms this is a serious global product, not a market-specific adaptation.

The "Made in India" Advantage

Local production is a key part of the strategy. Honda has confirmed that the 0 Alpha will be locally manufactured in India. This is crucial news for potential buyers. Local production typically leads to more competitive pricing.

It also allows Honda to tailor the vehicle more closely to Indian road conditions and consumer preferences. This direct commitment shows how important the Indian market is to Honda's global EV plans.

The Bigger Picture and Timeline

The planned launch in 2027 gives Honda time to set up its local supply chain and production line. This timeline also places it right in the heart of the next wave of EV adoption in India.

It will enter a segment that is expected to see fierce competition, going up against electric SUVs from Tata, Hyundai, and Maruti Suzuki.

The Final Word

The Honda 0 Alpha is a promise of what's to come. It marks Honda's serious and committed entry into the Indian EV space. The combination of a global product, local manufacturing, and a prestigious brand name makes it one of the most anticipated electric vehicles on the horizon.

Also Read : Toyota Land Cruiser FJ Expected in India by 2027

The idea is to target high-end vehicles first, as they are owned by a smaller segment of the population. This could push the transition without immediately affecting the average car buyer.

Why Target Luxury Cars?

The Supreme Court's logic is simple and strategic. Luxury fuel-powered cars are used by a relatively small number of people. A restriction on these vehicles would have a smaller direct public impact. Yet, it would send a powerful signal and boost demand for premium electric models.

The court also noted that many large, comfortable, and high-performance EVs are now available. These can easily replace conventional luxury cars.

The Government's Response

The Central Government is open to considering the proposal. The Attorney General, representing the government, informed the court that the idea is being considered. He stated that 13 different ministries are already working together on EV-related policies.

This shows the government is taking a coordinated approach to the electric transition.

The Other Side of the Coin: Charging Infrastructure

A major challenge remains: the need for more charging stations. During the hearing, it was highlighted that a lack of charging points is still a big worry for potential buyers. The court suggested that fuel stations could easily add charging facilities.

The judges also noted that infrastructure tends to grow when more people adopt EVs. It's a classic "chicken and egg" situation that needs a push.

A Quick Reality Check

This is currently a proposal, not a law. The Supreme Court has suggested an idea for the government to consider. The final decision and any policy changes will come from the government.

The next court hearing is in four weeks, when the government will submit a detailed report on its current EV initiatives.

What This Means for the Future

This discussion marks a significant shift in the EV conversation. It moves the focus from just offering subsidies to potentially creating restrictions on polluting vehicles in certain segments.

If this idea moves forward, it could dramatically change the landscape of the luxury car market. It would fast-track the availability and adoption of premium electric cars from brands like Audi, BMW, Mercedes, and Tesla in India.

Also Read : Ola Electric Patents Compact Electric Car for India

It's designed to be a more accessible and nimble off-roader than its bigger brothers.

Built on a Proven and Local Platform

The Toyota Land Cruiser FJ uses the same base as the Fortuner and Hilux.

This is a huge clue pointing towards its Indian launch. Toyota already builds the Fortuner and Hilux locally in India. Using the same IMV platform makes it much easier and more cost-effective to produce the FJ here.

It's a proper body-on-frame SUV, meaning it's born with serious off-road credentials.

Compact Size of Land Cruiser FJ for Big Capability

The Land Cruiser FJ is smaller and nimbler than the Fortuner. Its key advantage is its compact footprint. With a wheelbase 270 mm shorter than the Land Cruiser 250, it boasts a tight 5.5-meter turning radius. This is a major benefit for tackling tight trails and city traffic alike.

It is expected to be priced below the Toyota Fortuner, making it a more accessible entry into the Land Cruiser family.

A Focus on Proven Reliability

Under the hood is a trusted 2.7-litre petrol engine. Don't expect a turbocharged powerhouse. Toyota has chosen the proven 2TR-FE engine, good for about 163 PS and 246 Nm. It's paired with a 6-speed automatic gearbox.

The focus here is unwavering reliability and ease of maintenance in remote areas, not outright speed.

Land Cruiser FJ with a Retro-Modern Design

The design is a clear tribute to the classic FJ40. The FJ features an upright, boxy shape with a classic greenhouse. It has circular headlamps and a squared-off stance that screams heritage. Practicality is key, with features like removable bumpers for easy repair and plenty of mounting points for accessories.

The interior is functional and tough, with wipe-clean surfaces meant for real-world use.

A Quick Reality Check

While an Indian launch seems very likely, it's not yet officially confirmed by Toyota. The expected 2027 timeline also means it's still a couple of years away.

Its modest power figures may disappoint some on paper, but they are perfectly suited to its rugged, reliable character.

End Note

The Toyota Land Cruiser FJ is shaping up to be the perfect lifestyle SUV for the Indian market. It combines iconic style, Toyota's legendary reliability, and serious off-road capability in a more compact and potentially affordable package.

Also Read : New Gen Toyota Hilux Unveiled as EV and Diesel PHEV

The initial batch of just 100 cars sold out instantly, leaving hundreds of enthusiasts disappointed.

The Story of Octavia RS So Far: An Instant Sell-Out

The first 100 units of the Skoda Octavia RS were gone in a day.

The car generated massive buzz even before its price was officially announced. All 100 allocated units were booked on the very first day reservations opened.

This immediate sell-out proved the model has a dedicated and passionate following in India. Skoda has received close to 350 bookings for a car with only 100 units available.

The Plan for More Cars in 2026

Skoda is now working on a second batch for early 2026.

The company has confirmed it is exploring ways to bring more units to satisfy the pent-up demand. Their first priority is to contact the customers who have already registered their interest.

This new batch will give those who missed out the first time another chance to own this performance machine.

The Challenge of Limited Numbers

The Octavia RS comes to India as a fully imported model. This is the main reason for the limited supply. India's regulations restrict how many fully built units a carmaker can import each year without local assembly.

Skoda has to operate within a 2,500-unit import cap. Bringing in more RS models means carefully managing this limited allowance while keeping the car's price feasible.

The Final Word

Skoda is responding to its fans. The decision to bring a second batch of the Octavia RS is a direct result of the incredible customer response.

If you're one of the 350 who registered, keep an eye on your inbox. For everyone else, this is your second shot at a modern performance icon.

They are designed for buyers who want their luxury SUV to stand out with subtle, custom touches.

What Makes The Signature Line Package Special?

Both the Audi Q3 and Q5 Signature Line get unique premium accessories.

The package includes several elegant upgrades. You get illuminated Audi rings that project light when you approach the car. The wheel hub caps are dynamic, meaning the Audi logo stays upright even when the wheels are moving.

Inside, you'll find a fragrance dispenser, a metallic key cover, and a stainless-steel pedal set. These elements add a layer of personalized luxury.

Specific Upgrades for the Audi Q3

The Audi Q3 Signature Line gains new wheels and tech. It rolls on new R18 5-V-spoke 'S Design' alloy wheels. A new 'Progressive Red' exterior paint colour is also available.

On the practical side, it gets Park Assist Plus for easier maneuvering. It also adds a 12V outlet and dual USB ports for rear passengers.

Also Read : Audi Q3's Advanced Projector Headlights Will Feature in 2026

Specific Upgrades for the Audi Q5

The Audi Q5 Signature Line gets a bolder, more elegant look. It features distinctive R19 5-twin-arm alloy wheels finished in Graphite Gray. This gives the SUV a more commanding and sophisticated road presence.

Pricing and Availability of Audi Q3 & Q5 Signature Line Editions

These are limited-edition models with a premium price.

The Signature Line package is only available on the 'Technology' variant of each model. Prices start at:

• Audi Q3 Signature Line: ₹52.31 lakh

• Audi Q3 Sportback Signature Line: ₹53.55 lakh

• Audi Q5 Signature Line: ₹69.86 lakh
  (All prices ex-showroom)

The Final Word

The Signature Line editions are for the Audi fan who values craftsmanship and subtle exclusivity. They offer a curated, personalized feel that standard models don't.

If you want your Q3 or Q5 to have that extra layer of bespoke detail, this limited run is your answer.

Production for this revolutionary Hilux begins in December 2025.

The All-New Electric Hilux

Toyota isn't softening its off-road hero. The electric version maintains the rugged build that made the Toyota Hilux famous. It uses a clever Multi-Terrain Select system to handle rough terrain, replacing the traditional low-range gearbox.

It's powered by a 59.2 kWh battery pack. Toyota estimates a real-world driving range of around 240 km. The e-Axles provide 715 kg of payload and 1,600 kg of towing capacity.

The Powerful Plug-In Hybrid Option

For those who need more range, there's a diesel PHEV. This version combines a 48V system with the proven 2.8-litre diesel engine. It offers serious utility. It can tow up to 3,500 kg and carry nearly one tonne of payload.

It retains serious off-road specs. This includes a 700 mm water-wading capability.

A High-Tech Cabin Overhaul of Toyota Hilux

The interior gets a massive modern upgrade. Gone is the old, utilitarian cabin. The new Hilux features a modern dashboard with a large 12.3-inch touchscreen. It is paired with an equally large 12.3-inch fully digital driver's display.

It also adds modern amenities like a wireless charger, blind-spot monitor, and a driver monitoring system.

The Final Word

Toyota is successfully future-proofing an icon. The new Hilux manages to embrace electrification without compromising its core identity of toughness and reliability.

It sets a new benchmark for what a capable, electric workhorse can be.

Also Read : 2026 Toyota Hilux Spied at a Fuel Station - See the Major Updates

It will sit above the Honda Elevate as the new flagship SUV.

Built on a Brand-New Platform

The next-gen Honda CR-V will be lighter and more advanced.

It will use Honda's new mid-size platform. This architecture is significantly lighter than the one used in the previous model. It will also share over 60% of its parts with the next-generation Civic and Accord.

This strategy helps improve efficiency and can help with pricing.

A Revolutionary Hybrid Powertrain of Honda CR-V

The heart of the new CR-V will be a sophisticated hybrid system. It will feature a new 2.0-litre direct-injection petrol engine. This is paired with a new, rare-earth-free electric motor. The entire high-voltage battery pack is also a new unit.

A key upgrade is the shift to an electric all-wheel-drive system. A second motor will power the rear wheels. This eliminates a large central tunnel, freeing up precious rear legroom.

A More Modern and Spacious Interior in Honda CR-V

The interior is set for a major tech and comfort upgrade. Honda is developing a massive new touchscreen, expected to be around 15 inches. This will be a huge jump from the current 9-inch units.

The gear shifter will move to the steering column. This creates more storage space in the center console. Combined with the flat rear floor, the cabin should feel more open and practical.

A Quick Word of Caution

Honda's main challenge will be pricing. The previous CR-V and Civic were considered overpriced, which led to poor sales. Honda must price the new CR-V very competitively to succeed.

Its rivals will include the VW Tayron and Skoda Kodiaq. A three-row version is unlikely.

The Final Word

The return of the Honda CR-V is a welcome move. It promises cutting-edge hybrid technology, a premium cabin, and a trusted brand name.

If Honda gets the pricing and localization right, the CR-V could make a very strong comeback when it arrives around 2027.

Also Read : Honda Will Launch 10 New Models, 7 SUVs by 2030 in India

Hyundai has revealed that 70% of all bookings are for the petrol-powered versions.

Why Petrol is the Popular Choice In New Hyundai Venue

The new Hyundai Venue offers three petrol engines to choose from. This gives buyers plenty of flexibility. The options range from the standard 1.2-litre engine to the more powerful 1.0-litre turbo-petrol. This variety is a key reason for its popularity.

Petrol is a familiar and trusted fuel for most Indian car buyers. The widespread availability of petrol stations and lower upfront cost compared to diesel makes it a safe, logical choice.

Petron Lineup of New Hyundai Venue

The Hyundai Venue's petrol range caters to different needs.

The base option is the 1.2-litre naturally aspirated engine. It's a proven, efficient unit for city driving. The star of the show is the 1.0-litre turbo-petrol.

This engine delivers a peppier 120 PS. It is available with both a manual and a 7-speed DCT automatic. This combination of performance and convenience is a major draw for customers.

A Tech Powerhouse, Regardless of Fuel

All versions of the Venue are packed with new technology. This strong petrol demand isn't because the car is basic. Even the petrol models come with advanced features. This includes the new dual 12.3-inch screens and Level 2 ADAS.

It is also India's first software-defined vehicle from Hyundai. This means it can receive over-the-air updates to improve its systems over time.

A Quick Look at the Bigger Picture

This trend highlights a crucial market reality. While car technology is leaping forward, consumer fuel preference remains grounded. For many, the proven reliability and lower maintenance of a modern petrol engine outweigh other considerations, even in a tech-loaded car like the Venue.

Also Read : New Hyundai Venue HX 10 Top Variant is Automatic-Only

The Final Word

The new Hyundai Venue is a hit, and its heart is clearly petrol-powered. The strong 70% booking share proves that when given a range of good petrol options, Indian buyers will confidently choose them.

Hyundai's strategy of pairing familiar powertrains with cutting-edge tech seems to be the perfect recipe for success.

Also Read : Only Hyundai Venue's HX 5 Variant Comes With All Engine Options

It’s designed to be a direct rival to popular models like the MG Comet EV and Tata Tiago EV.

Built on a Flexible New Platform

The Ola electric car will use the new Gen 4 architecture. This is the same modular platform Ola showcased for its scooters and future three-wheelers. Using one platform for multiple vehicles helps control costs and speed up development.

The patent images reveal a practical five-door hatchback design. It looks compact, which is ideal for navigating busy city streets.

Powering It With Homegrown Tech

A key highlight is the use of India's own 4680 battery cells. Ola plans to use its indigenously developed 4680-series battery cells. This is a significant step for the Indian EV industry, reducing reliance on imported battery packs.

These cells are expected to have an NMC composition. This typically offers a good balance of energy density and power.

Quick Dose of Reality About Ola's Patent

Ola knows how to create buzz and sell products. Their S1 scooter series shook up the two-wheeler market. However, their journey has not been without bumps.

Many early adopters reported issues with aftersales service and reliability. Building a car is far more complex than building a scooter. Customer trust is earned over time, and the competition in this segment is already fierce.

The Road Ahead for Ola

This patent filing is a bold statement of intent. If Ola can leverage its manufacturing scale and learn from its past service challenges, it could become a major player.

But it faces a tough battle against established brands like Tata and MG. The race for the affordable electric car crown is about to get even more interesting.

Also Read : Audi F1 Teases Major Reveal For November 12

Image Source* Carwale

The teaser has already set the F1 world buzzing with speculation.

About The Announcement of Audi’s Formula 1

Audi F1 is keeping the exact details under wraps. The teaser shows a stylized glimpse of the F1 car in a black-and-white theme. This has led to widespread guesswork. Many believe the brand will finally reveal its official team colours and livery.

This would be a logical and exciting move. It gives fans a visual identity to rally behind long before the car hits the track.

The Foundation of The New Team

Audi is building on the existing Sauber team. The structure is already taking shape. Audi will officially take over the Stake F1 Team after this season ends. The driver lineup for 2026 is confirmed, featuring Nico Hulkenberg and Gabriel Bortoleto.

The team will be led by experienced figures like Jonathan Wheatley and CEO Mattia Binotto. They have a ready-made infrastructure to start with.

The Bigger Goal of Audi F1 For 2026

Audi isn't just joining F1; it's becoming an engine maker. The 2026 season introduces major new regulations. Audi will enter as a full power unit manufacturer. This is a huge technical challenge that separates them from many other teams.

The goal is clear. They want to use their engineering might to climb to the front of the grid. They are not just there to participate.

A Quick Reality Check

Managing expectations is key. The November 12 reveal will likely be a concept or livery launch. The actual, final race car won't be seen for some time.

Turning the Sauber team into a front-running Audi outfit is a massive project. Success will not happen overnight.

The Final Lap Before The Reveal

This announcement marks a pivotal moment. It transforms Audi's F1 entry from a future plan into a tangible team with an identity.

Mark your calendars for November 12. The future of the grid is about to get a lot more interesting.

It was first seen in patent images a few months ago. Now, the real-world testing begins.

The Design: Spacious and Upright

The VinFast Limo Green has a boxy, practical shape.

The heavily camouflaged test mule reveals a tall and upright stance. This design is a classic choice for three-row SUVs. It prioritizes headroom and passenger space for all seven occupants.

Key elements like the signature vertical tail lamps are clearly visible. The large glasshouse should offer excellent visibility for the driver and a airy feel for passengers.

A Peek Inside the Cabin of VinFast Limo Green

The interior is focused on tech and practicality. Spy shots confirm a digital instrument cluster. The international model features a 10.1-inch infotainment screen and a unique floating centre console.

You can expect features like a 360-degree camera and leatherette seats. The overall layout appears to be designed for a modern, user-friendly experience.

The Expected Powertrain

The Limo Green should offer a practical electric range. Based on its international version, it could use a 60.1 kWh battery pack. This is paired with a 201 bhp electric motor driving the front wheels.

The certified range is claimed to be around 450 km. A major benefit is fast charging. It can reportedly go from 10% to 70% charge in just 30 minutes.

The Final Word

The VinFast Limo Green is a promising addition to the electric SUV market. It addresses the growing demand for spacious, long-range electric family cars.

Its arrival seems to be on the horizon, marking an exciting phase of expansion for VinFast in India.

Also Read : Tata Curvv Spied With New Light Grey Interior & Sunblinds

Image Source* Rushlane

No more worrying about outdated systems on day one.

What Is Plant Remote OTA?

It's a software update delivered to the car while it's still at the plant.

Think of it like getting a new smartphone. You expect it to have the latest software the moment you unbox it. Kia is now doing the same for its cars.

This ensures every connected Kia vehicle is fully up-to-date. It gets the newest features and security patches before being delivered to the customer.

How This Benefits You

You get a truly ready-to-drive car from day one. The biggest advantage is convenience. There is no need for an early dealership visit just for a software update. You can instantly access all the latest connected car features as soon as you get the keys.

This covers everything from the infotainment system to advanced safety software. Your ownership experience starts seamlessly.

The Technology Behind It

This uses Kia's advanced Connected Car Navigation Cockpit (CCNC). The feature relies on the newer Connected Car System 2.0 (CCS 2.0) platform. This system allows Kia to update the car's core controllers remotely.

It's a significant step beyond just updating the maps or music app. It future-proofs the vehicle from the very beginning.

Also Read : Honda Reveals New Hybrid, EV Tech For 2030 Models

A Quick Reality Check

This is a fantastic innovation for new car buyers. But it's important to note this currently applies to Kia's latest models with the CCNC system.

If you own an older Kia, this specific plant-level update process may not be available. The focus is on enhancing the experience for new customers.

Image Source*

This isn't a major overhaul. It's a thoughtful tweak that makes the cabin feel more upmarket.

A Fresh New Cabin Atmosphere

The Tata Curvv's new interior swaps dark tones for light ones. The previously maroon and dark upholstery has been replaced. It now features a much lighter grey shade, reportedly called 'Lalitpur Grey'. This makes the cabin feel more airy and spacious.

It’s a significant visual upgrade. The lighter colours give the Curvv a more modern and premium vibe.

A Focus on Rear Seat Comfort

The updated Tata Curvv adds rear sunblinds. This is a simple but highly practical addition. Rear sunblinds help protect passengers from the sun and add a layer of privacy.

It’s a feature often seen in more premium cars. Its inclusion here shows Tata is listening to customer needs for greater comfort and convenience.

What Isn't Changing in the Interior of New Curvv

This update is purely about aesthetics and comfort.

The spy shots confirm this is a cosmetic change. The proven powertrain options remain completely unchanged. You can still choose from the capable 1.2-litre turbo-petrol, the efficient 1.5-litre diesel, or the two electric variants.

Its top-tier safety also stays the same. The Tata Curvv retains its full 5-star Bharat NCAP crash test rating.

Also Read : Tata Sierra Interior Revealed With Triple-Screen Setup

A Smart Move by Tata

This update is a low-cost way to keep the Curvv feeling fresh and competitive. The new light interior will appeal to buyers who found the old cabin too dark.

Adding rear sunblinds is a clever touch. It enhances the family-friendly nature of the SUV without a major price increase.

Also Read : New Tata Sierra Teased in Bold Red with Triple-Screen Dash

Image Source 

Bookings are open now. Deliveries have already begun.

A Bold and Customizable Design of Countryman SE All4

The Mini Countryman SE All4 looks tougher than ever.

It features a new grille and sculpted bonnet. The model is offered exclusively in a sporty JCW trim. This means you get blacked-out alloy wheels, roof rails, and sporty stripes.

It comes in two colours: Legend Grey and Midnight Black. Both have a contrasting Jet Black roof. A cool feature is the customisable lighting. You can change the look of the LED DRLs and taillights.

A High-Tech and Sporty Cabin

The centerpiece is the famous round OLED touchscreen. It gives the dashboard a unique futuristic feel. The cabin is filled with JCW-specific sport seats and a thick steering wheel.

It's packed with premium features. You get a panoramic glass roof, a head-up display, and a Harman Kardon sound system. Safety is covered by a 360-degree camera and multiple airbags.

The Electric Powertrain

It uses a large 66.45 kWh battery pack. Power comes from two electric motors, making it an all-wheel-drive (All4) vehicle. The combined output is a massive 313 bhp and 494 Nm of torque.

Mini claims it can sprint from 0 to 100 kmph in just 5.6 seconds. The claimed range on a full charge is a practical 440 km.

A Quick Word on Value

This Mini is incredibly stylish and quick. But at nearly Rs. 67 lakh, it enters a very competitive luxury EV space. You are paying a premium for the unique Mini brand experience and design.

It's a lifestyle statement as much as it is a car.

Also Read : Porsche Panamera Turbo GT Spied, Could Have 760 PS

Image Source* 

While Tata Motors is still the king, the competition is heating up fast.

The Overall Picture is Bright

The electric passenger vehicle sector is growing rapidly.

A total of 18,055 electric cars were sold in October 2025. That's up from 11,464 units in the same month last year. This is a very strong 57.49% year-on-year growth.

The market share for EVs now sits at 3.2%. This shows more and more Indians are making the electric switch.

The Star Performers in Electric Cars

Mahindra's new EVs are a runaway success.

Mahindra & Mahindra saw an incredible 309% growth. They sold 3,911 units in October. The success of the XUV 9e and BE 6 is clearly driving this phenomenal jump.

Hyundai Motor India grew an astonishing 1,133%. They sold 444 units, up from just 36 last year. The new Hyundai Creta Electric is their major contributor.

Kia India takes the crown for highest percentage growth. They grew by 1,295%. This is almost entirely thanks to their new electric SUV, the Kia Carens Clavis EV.

The Steady Leader and Strong Contenders

Tata Motors continues to dominate the EV market.

Tata Motors sold 7,239 electric cars in October. This gave them a steady 9.53% growth. Models like the Tata Nexon EV and Tata Curvv EV keep them firmly in the number one spot.

MG Motor India also had a great month. They posted a solid 63% growth with 4,549 units sold. The MG ZS EV and MG Comet EV continue to be popular choices.

A Reality Check for Premium Brands

Not every brand shared in the success.

Some premium brands saw their sales fall. Mercedes-Benz and Stellantis (Citroën) saw sharp declines. Even Tesla saw a significant drop in sales compared to the previous month.

The mass market is clearly driving this EV revolution. Luxury brands are struggling to keep pace.

This could be the direct successor to the brutal Panamera Turbo S E-Hybrid.

A Design That Screams Performance

The Porsche Panamera Turbo GT has a radical new look.

The test car had no camouflage at all. Porsche is clearly proud of this new design. It features a massive fixed rear wing for immense downforce.

You can also see an aggressive body kit and a quad-exhaust setup. Bright yellow brake calipers hint at its serious stopping power. This is not a subtle family car.

Also Read : Jaguar Delays Key Electric GT Launch to 2026

Powertrain of Porsche Panamera Turbo GT

This Panamera will be phenomenally powerful.

It is expected to use a 4.0-litre hybrid V8 powertrain. The combined output could be a staggering 760 PS and 1,000 Nm of torque.

This would make it one of the most powerful sedans ever built. It could launch from 0 to 100 kmph in just 2.9 seconds. The top speed is rumored to be an eye-watering 325 kmph.

The Tech Beneath the Skin

The Panamera Turbo GT will be a sophisticated plug-in hybrid.

It will likely use a large 26 kWh battery pack. This could provide an electric-only range of around 80 km. For a performance car, that's a useful bonus.

It will also feature an advanced air suspension. This system can lower the car for better track handling. It can then lift it up to clear speed bumps.

Also Read : Bentley Confirms First EV for 2026, Teases New SuperSport

Hyundai will only sell you the top-spec HX 10 with an automatic transmission. If you love shifting gears yourself, you can't get the fully-loaded model.

No Manual For The Hyundai Venue HX 10

The Hyundai Venue HX 10 variant is automatic-only.

This is a clear decision by Hyundai. They believe buyers who want every luxury feature also prefer the convenience of an automatic.

This means you cannot get a manual gearbox with the HX 10 trim. It does not matter if you choose the turbo-petrol or the diesel engine. Your only option is an automatic.

What Are Your Top Manual Options?

You can still get a high-spec Venue with a manual gearbox.

You just have to step down from the HX 10. Your choices depend on which engine you want.

For the powerful 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, the highest manual variant is the HX 8. For the diesel, it's the HX 7. These are still well-equipped trims, but they are not the top.

The Lavish HX 10 Feature List

The Hyundai Venue HX 10 is packed with premium technology.

You get two massive 12.3-inch screens. One is for the infotainment. The other is a digital driver's display. It also features an 8-speaker Bose sound system for excellent audio.

Comfort is a priority with ventilated front seats and a 4-way powered driver's seat. You also get automatic climate control and ambient lighting.

It truly has all the bells and whistles.

Safety Is Top-Notch

The HX 10 variant comes with advanced safety systems.

It includes Level 2 ADAS. This adds features like adaptive cruise control and lane-keeping assist. You also get a 360-degree camera for easy parking.

Six airbags, electronic stability control, and front parking sensors are all standard. It's the safest version of the Hyundai Venue you can buy.

The Powertrain Pairing

The HX 10 uses the two most powerful engines.

You can have it with the 120 PS, 1.0-litre turbo-petrol paired to a 7-speed DCT automatic. Or, you can choose the 116 PS, 1.5-litre diesel with a 6-speed torque converter automatic.

Both combinations are focused on a smooth and relaxed driving experience.

Is This A Dealbreaker?

This strategy makes the HX 10 a specific product. It is for the buyer who wants maximum comfort, tech, and convenience.

If you are an enthusiast who loves a manual gearbox, you will feel left out. You must decide what is more important: having every single feature or the joy of changing gears yourself.

For everyone else, the HX 10 represents the ultimate, hassle-free Venue.

Also Read : 2025 Hyundai Venue HX 5: Only Variant With All Engines Options

It’s the HX 5. This might be the smartest pick in the entire lineup.

Hyundai Venue HX 5 with All Engine Options

The Hyundai Venue HX 5 is the most flexible variant you can buy.

It sits right in the middle of the Venue range. You are not buying the base model. You are not splurging on the top model either.

The HX 5 is the only trim that offers all three engines: the 1.2-litre petrol, the feisty 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, and the torquey 1.5-litre diesel. No other variant lets you do this.

Your Power, Your Choice

This is the heart of the decision. With the HX 5, you pick the powertrain that fits your life.

Want a peppy, fun-to-drive SUV? The 1.0-litre turbo-petrol with 120 PS is your answer. You can get it with a manual or a 7-speed DCT automatic.

Do you cover long highway distances? The 1.5-litre diesel with its strong 250 Nm of torque is perfect. It comes with a manual or a 6-speed automatic.

Need a reliable, efficient daily commuter? The 1.2-litre petrol engine is a proven and frugal option.

What Do You Get For Your Money?

The HX 5 is packed with all the essential features.

It comes with a modern 10.25-inch touchscreen. You get wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay. A single-pane sunroof is also included.

Safety is solid with six airbags, electronic stability control, and a rear parking camera. For many buyers, this feature list is more than enough.

But There's a Catch

The HX 5 is brilliant, but it’s not perfect. You will miss out on some premium luxuries.

It does not have the larger 12.3-inch screens. You won't get ventilated seats or automatic climate control. Advanced safety tech like Level 2 ADAS is also reserved for higher trims.

You are paying for powertrain choice, not top-tier features.

Is The HX 5 The Right Choice For You?

The value here is undeniable. Prices for the HX 5 start at Rs 9.15 lakh (ex-showroom).

If you have a specific engine in mind, the HX 5 is your gateway. It delivers that crucial choice without forcing you into an expensive top variant you may not need.

Think of it as the "Goldilocks" variant. It’s not too basic, not too fancy, but just right for a huge number of buyers.

It easily becomes one of the most value-for-money picks in the 2025 Venue lineup.

Also Read : 2025 Hyundai Venue N Line N6 vs N10 Variants Comparison

This impressive number was achieved in just seven months. It proves Indian buyers are ready for homegrown premium electric cars.

A Strong Start for a New EV Era of Mahindra

The Mahindra XUV 9e and BE 6 launched a new chapter for the brand.

Deliveries for these SUVs only began in March 2025. Crucially, Mahindra started by delivering only the top-end 'Pack Three' variants first.

This strategy is key. It means early customers were willing to pay a premium price. The XUV 9e costs between Rs 21.90 lakh and Rs 30.50 lakh. The BE 6 sits between Rs 18.90 lakh and Rs 26.90 lakh (ex-showroom).

Selling 30,000 units at this price point is a significant achievement.

Why Are Mahindra EVs So Popular?

The XUV 9e and BE 6 broke the mold with their design.

They feature a sleek coupe-SUV shape. This helps them stand out in a sea of boxy SUVs. The BE 6 has a radical, futuristic look. The XUV 9e offers a more subtle take on the same theme.

Their interiors are just as bold. The BE 6 has a fighter-jet inspired cockpit. The XUV 9e features a luxurious triple-screen dashboard.

They don't just look good. They are also incredibly safe. Both SUVs scored a perfect 5-star rating in the Bharat NCAP crash tests.

Packed with Premium Tech

Both SUVs are loaded with high-end features.

They come with massive 12.3-inch screens and an augmented reality head-up display. You also get a panoramic glass roof and a 16-speaker Harman Kardon sound system.

Comfort is top-notch with ventilated seats and multi-zone AC. Safety is covered by up to 7 airbags and Level 2 ADAS.

The Power and The Range

Mahindra offers two battery options for both SUVs.

You can choose a 59 kWh pack or a larger 79 kWh pack. The bigger battery delivers an impressive claimed range of over 650 km.

Power outputs are strong too. The larger battery produces a healthy 286 PS. Both SUVs are rear-wheel drive, which adds to the driving fun.

The Road Ahead is Electric

Reaching 30,000 units so quickly is a massive vote of confidence. It shows Mahindra's bold design and tech-focused approach is working.

The brand is already capitalizing on this momentum. Its next electric SUV, the XUV 9S, will debut on November 27.

The electric revolution in India is officially in high gear.

This isn't just a styling kit. It's a more fun-to-drive machine.

The Two Variants of Fun

The 2025 Hyundai Venue N Line is offered in two distinct trims.

Think of it as a simple choice between "Well-Equipped" and "Fully Loaded." The N6 is the entry point. The N10 is the top-of-the-line model.

This makes it much easier for you to decide which one to buy.

The Budget-Friendly Performer: N6

The Venue N Line N6 starts at Rs. 10.55 lakh (introductory).

For that price, you get a surprisingly long list of features. It comes with a great 10.25-inch touchscreen. You get wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay.

Safety is solid with six airbags and all-wheel disc brakes. It also has stylish 17-inch alloy wheels and sporty N Line badges.

You still get paddle shifters with the automatic transmission. It covers all the essentials very well.

So, what's missing? You won't find a sunroof, ventilated seats, or a bigger digital instrument cluster here. But for many, the N6 offers everything you need.

The Tech-Packed Powerhouse: N10

The Venue N Line N10 takes everything to the max.

This variant costs Rs. 15.3 lakh. It adds nearly every modern feature Hyundai has in its parts bin.

You get two massive 12.3-inch screens. One is for the driver. The other is the infotainment screen. It also includes a premium Bose sound system.

Comfort gets a huge upgrade with ventilated front seats and a powered driver's seat. The big safety addition is Level 2 ADAS.

This includes tech like automatic emergency braking and adaptive cruise control.

The Heart of the N Line Venue

Both variants share the same peppy 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine.

It produces a healthy 120 PS of power. This engine is the main reason the N Line is more fun to drive than the regular Venue.

You can choose a 6-speed manual or a 7-speed automatic (DCT). Note: the top-tier N10 variant is only available with the automatic gearbox.

A Quick Reality Check

The N10 is undeniably packed with tech. But at over Rs. 15 lakh, it enters very competitive territory. You must really want all those premium features to justify the price jump from the N6.

The value-for-money crown easily goes to the N6 variant.

The Final Verdict

Hyundai has a winner with this simple two-variant strategy. The N6 is the smart buy for driving enjoyment and key features. The N10 is the luxury pick for tech enthusiasts.

Also Read : New Hyundai Venue 2025 Base vs Top Variant Design Differences 

This isn't just a new SUV. It's a statement.

A Bold New Look of Tata Sierra 

The new teaser shows the SUV in a vibrant red paint. It looks modern and aggressive. The front end features Tata's signature connected LED light bar. It gives the Sierra a very futuristic face.

Rugged black cladding around the wheels hints at its off-road potential. This design connects the new model to the iconic original. Yet it firmly plants the Sierra in the present day.

The Revolutionary Triple-Screen Cabin

This is the big news. The Tata Sierra will feature a three-screen dashboard setup.

This is a first for a Tata car. It completely changes the cabin experience. The layout includes a digital screen for the driver. There is a large central touchscreen for infotainment.

Most excitingly, there is a separate screen for the co-driver. Your passenger can help with navigation or play music without distracting the driver. It turns the front cabin into a shared tech space.

The overall design is minimalist and premium. It features a new steering wheel and upscale materials. Tata is clearly positioning the Sierra as its new flagship lifestyle vehicle.

Power and Platform

The Tata Sierra will share its bones with the Harrier and Safari.

This is a smart move. It means the Sierra will be a robust and capable SUV from day one. Buyers can expect proven performance and safety.

Crucially, it will be offered with both internal combustion (ICE) and electric (EV) powertrains. This gives customers a clear choice. You can go with traditional petrol or diesel. Or you can leap fully into the future with a zero-emissions electric version.

A Quick Word of Caution

All this tech is incredibly cool. But we must be cautiously critical. More screens can mean more potential glitches. The real test will be the user interface.

Is it smooth and responsive? Or is it laggy and frustrating? Tata needs to ensure the software is as premium as the hardware. The success of this fancy dashboard depends on it.

The Verdict? The Hype is Real.

The new Tata Sierra is shaping up to be one of 2025's most exciting SUVs. It mixes nostalgic design with cutting-edge technology. The triple-screen setup is a bold move that could set a new standard in its segment.

We will learn everything, including prices, at its launch on November 25.

Also Read : Tata Sierra Interior Revealed With Triple-Screen Setup

The First Bentley EV

Bentley's debut electric model will be a "Luxury Urban SUV" measuring under five meters long. This positions it as a more compact, city-focused offering than the massive Bentayga.

The EV is expected to draw design inspiration from the striking EXP 15 concept. It will feature industry-leading charging technology, capable of adding 160 km of range in just seven minutes.

A Flexible Powertrain Strategy

In a significant shift, Bentley has extended the life of its plug-in hybrid (PHEV) models. These will now remain on sale until at least 2035, responding to changing market demands.

The company's previous goal of going all-electric by 2035 appears to have been softened. This new strategy offers customers more choice in their transition to electrification.

The Thrill Isn't Gone

For purists, there's exciting news. Bentley confirmed that pure internal combustion engines will continue in limited-production, high-performance specials.

The first of these will be the new Continental GT SuperSport. This model was teased as the lightest Bentley of the modern era and features a groundbreaking change.

The Continental GT SuperSport

The upcoming SuperSport variant marks a major first for the Continental GT line. It will be the first-ever rear-wheel-drive Continental, breaking from the all-wheel-drive tradition.

This focus on lightweight construction and rear-wheel drive suggests Bentley is prioritizing driving engagement and agility for this limited-run model.

A Balanced Future

Bentley's announcement shows a pragmatic approach to the electric transition. Instead of a hard switch to EVs, the brand will offer everything from pure electric to plug-in hybrid and limited-run ICE specials.

This ensures that the company's legendary performance and craftsmanship can be experienced in multiple forms for years to come.

A New Midsize Platform

Honda has developed a new lightweight platform for future midsize cars. This includes models like the next-generation City and Elevate. The architecture is 90 kg lighter than current Honda platforms.

This weight reduction improves both fuel efficiency and driving dynamics. Honda engineers have focused on increasing body rigidity while maintaining controlled flexibility for better grip and stability.

A More Powerful Hybrid System

For larger vehicles like the CR-V, Honda is introducing a new strong hybrid system. It features a new V6 engine combined with advanced electric drive units.

This system aims to deliver 10% better acceleration and 30% better fuel economy. It's also being engineered for superior towing capacity, targeting key requirements for markets like the United States.

Compact And Fun EVs

The Super One concept previews Honda's vision for small, enjoyable electric cars. This compact EV is designed to be nimble and engaging, with driving dynamics similar to a hot hatch.

It features a unique "Boost Mode" that increases power on demand. The car even simulates engine sounds and gearshift feelings to make electric driving more engaging for traditional car enthusiasts.

Focus On Driving Joy

A key theme across all new technologies is enhanced driving pleasure. Honda is introducing systems like Agile Handling Assist and a new pitch control technology.

These features are derived from Honda's robotics development. They help the vehicle's responses better match driver intent, making driving more intuitive and rewarding.

The India Strategy

While the Super One EV is not currently planned for India, the country remains a key market. Honda plans to launch 10 new models in India in the coming years, with seven being SUVs.

Some of the hybrid technologies showcased could appear in future India-specific models. The company aims to balance global imports with locally manufactured vehicles tailored to Indian preferences.

Also Read : Honda Will Launch 10 New Models, 7 SUVs by 2030 in India

Image Source*

Exterior & Design Comparison of New Venue & Brezza

New Hyundai Venue: The 2025 model is all about modern aggression. It's 48mm taller and 30mm wider, with a bold front featuring connected LED DRLs and a dark chrome grille. It looks like a mini Tucson.

Maruti Brezza: The Brezza has a familiar, friendly SUV stance. Its design is clean and evolutionary, with a prominent chrome grille and LED lighting. It's less flashy but instantly recognizable and well-proportioned.

Verdict: The Venue wins for those wanting a cutting-edge, bold look. The Brezza appeals with its safe, timeless design.

Interior & Tech Differences

Hyundai Venue: This is its knockout punch. The cabin is dominated by a futuristic dual 12.3-inch panoramic screen setup, creating a premium, driver-focused environment. An 8-speaker Bose sound system and ambient lighting add to the upscale feel.

Maruti Brezza: The Brezza's interior is practical and user-friendly. It features a floating 9-inch SmartPlay Pro+ infotainment system with Arkamys sound. The quality is good, but it feels functional next to the Venue's high-tech cockpit.

Verdict: The Hyundai Venue is in a different league regarding interior tech and modern aesthetics.

Powertrain & Efficiency of New Venue & Brezza

Hyundai Venue: Offers multiple engines, including a peppy 120 PS 1.0L turbo-petrol. The focus is on performance and refinement.

Maruti Brezza: Its biggest strength. The 1.5L K-series Dual Jet engine with Smart Hybrid is tuned for one thing: outstanding fuel efficiency. It also offers a factory-fitted S-CNG option, a huge practical advantage.

Verdict: The Brezza is the undisputed king of fuel efficiency and offers unmatched flexibility with its CNG variant.

Features Comparison

Hyundai Venue: It is packed with segment-firsts: a voice-enabled sunroof, front ventilated seats, a 360-degree camera, and over 70 connected car features with OTA updates.

Maruti Brezza: It covers all the essentials well: a sunroof, auto climate control, cruise control, and Suzuki Connect. However, it misses premium perks like ventilated seats and an advanced sound system.

Verdict: The Venue offers more premium and advanced features for the money.

Safety Comparison

Hyundai Venue: It introduces a game-changer: Level 2 ADAS with adaptive cruise control and collision avoidance. It also gets 6 standard airbags, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), and all-four disc brakes.

Maruti Brezza: Safety is solid, with 6 standard airbags, ESP, Hill Hold Assist, and ABS with EBD. However, it does not offer any form of ADAS.

Verdict: The Hyundai Venue has a significant safety advantage due to its advanced driver-assistance systems, but it is yet to be tested in NCAP tests.

Use Our Comparison Tool to Compare Any Cars

2025 Hyundai Venue vs Maruti Brezza Comparison Table

Final Verdict

This is a classic case of advanced technology versus proven practicality.

• Choose the 2025 Hyundai Venue if: You want the most modern design, a stunning tech-filled cabin, advanced safety with ADAS, and a more performance-oriented drive.

• Choose the Maruti Brezza if: Your top priorities are low running costs, legendary fuel efficiency, the peace of mind of Maruti's widespread service network, and the option of a factory-fitted S-CNG model.

The Venue is the tech-forward choice, while the Brezza is the smart, practical one.

Also Read : New Hyundai Venue vs Kia Sonet: Full Comparison & Verdict

Exterior Styling : New Venue Vs Sonet

The Hyundai Venue sports a completely new face for 2025. It features connected LED DRLs and a wider grille. The design looks more modern and SUV-like than before.

The Kia Sonet maintains its bold "tiger nose" grille and heartbeat LED patterns. It has a more traditional SUV appearance that many buyers prefer. The Sonet generally looks larger and more substantial on the road.

Interior and Cabin Quality

Inside the New Hyundai Venue 2025, you'll find massive upgrades. The top variants get dual 12.3-inch screens and premium materials. The cabin layout is practical and user-friendly.

The Kia Sonet continues to impress with its upmarket interior. It features a 10.25-inch touchscreen and premium finishes that rival more expensive cars. Many consider the Sonet's cabin quality to be the best in class.

Feature Comparison of New Venue Vs Sonet

Both SUVs come loaded with technology. The Hyundai Venue offers connected car features, wireless charging, and ventilated seats in top trims. It also gets Level 2 ADAS for enhanced safety.

The Kia Sonet fights back with its Bose sound system, air purifier, and mood lighting. It also offers drive modes and traction control systems not available on the Venue.

Space and Practicality

These are closely matched in dimensions. The Hyundai Venue offers 350 litres of boot space. Rear seat comfort is adequate for two adults.

The Kia Sonet provides 392 litres of luggage capacity. It also gets a rear armrest for better comfort. Both SUVs struggle with three adults in the back seat.

Engine and Performance

Both share the same 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine producing 120hp. The Hyundai Venue feels slightly quicker in acceleration tests. It gets paddle shifters for better control.

The Kia Sonet offers multiple drive modes (Eco, Normal, Sport). Its steering feels weightier at high speeds. The driving experience is more refined overall.

Read More : New Hyundai Venue Specifications and Engine Options Details

Pricing Comparison of New Hyundai Venue & Kia Sonet

The Hyundai Venue starts at ₹7.90 lakh and goes up to ₹15.69 lakh. It offers better value in lower and mid variants with essential features.

The Kia Sonet ranges from ₹8.00 lakh to ₹15.95 lakh. Its top variants justify the premium with exceptional equipment levels and a premium feel.

Compare Any Car With Our Comparison Tool

2025 Hyundai Venue vs. Kia Sonet Compared

The Final Verdict

Choose the Hyundai Venue if you want the latest tech, better acceleration, and overall value. The 2025 update makes it very compelling.

Choose the Kia Sonet if you prefer superior cabin quality, better styling, and don't mind paying extra for premium features.

Also Read : 2025 Hyundai Venue New vs Old Detailed Comparison

New Hyundai Venue Front Design Differences

The base HX2 variant of New Hyundai Venue presents a simpler face. It retains the connected LED DRLs and new grille shape, but the grille has a gloss black finish instead of dark chrome.

A major difference is the lighting. The base model uses halogen headlights, while the top HX10 variant gets full LED units. You also won't find front parking sensors on the base model.

New Hyundai Venue Side Profile Differences

The side view reveals more significant changes. The base HX2 rides on 15-inch styled steel wheels. The top HX10 variant gets larger 16-inch diamond-cut alloy wheels.

The base model lacks roof rails, which makes it appear shorter. Its turn indicators are on the front fenders, not on the door mirrors like the higher trims. The window frames are also body-coloured instead of black.

Hyundai Venue Rear Design Differences

At the rear, both variants feature LED taillights. However, the connecting light bar on the HX10 illuminates, while it's just a black strip on the HX2.

The top variant adds a practical rear wiper and washer. Both models share design elements like the shark fin antenna, roof spoiler, and a large silver rear skid plate.

Hyundai Venue Interior Differences

Step inside, and the gap widens. The base HX2 has an all-black cabin with fabric seats. The top HX10 offers a premium dual-tone theme with leatherette upholstery.

The base model feels functional but misses the new rear seat recline function. It also lacks the panoramic screens and premium features of the top model.

Hyundai Venue Feature Gap

The base HX2 is surprisingly well-equipped with a 10.25-inch touchscreen and 6 airbags. However, the HX10 is in a different league.

It adds dual 12.3-inch screens, a Bose sound system, a sunroof, ventilated seats, and Level 2 ADAS. The feature list is vastly different between the two extremes.

Also Read : Discover all the 8 Color Options of New Hyundai Venue 2025

Powertrain Options

The base HX2 is available with all three engines but only with a manual transmission. You cannot get an automatic gearbox in this entry-level variant.

The top varuant of New Hyundai Vanue HX10 is offered only with the turbo-petrol and diesel engines, and exclusively with automatic transmissions.

A Historic Milestone for Maruti Suzuki

This achievement makes Maruti Suzuki the only carmaker in India to reach this figure. The journey began in December 1983 with the iconic Maruti 800.

The company's sales speed has dramatically increased. The most recent one crore sales were achieved in just six years and four months.

The Best-Selling Models

The Alto is the undisputed champion in Maruti's lineup. It has sold more than 47 lakh units since its launch.

The Wagon R and Swift follow as strong performers. They have sold approximately 34 lakh and 32 lakh units respectively. The Brezza and Fronx are also among the top ten most sold models.

Record-Breaking Current Performance

2025 has been a year of records for the brand. In October, Maruti reported its highest-ever monthly domestic sales of 1,80,675 units.

During the recent festive period, the company received over five lakh bookings. It successfully delivered more than 4.1 lakh vehicles to customers.

Strong Export Growth

Maruti's global presence is expanding rapidly. In the first half of this fiscal year, exports surged by 40% to over two lakh units.

The Jimny 5-door and Fronx have been particularly successful overseas. Each has already crossed the one lakh export milestone.

Also Read : New Hyundai Venue Variant-Wise Prices After Its Launch

Ambitious Future Plans of Maruti Suzuki

Maruti Suzuki is not slowing down. The company aims to capture 50% market share in India by 2030-31.

It plans to nearly quadruple its annual exports to 800,000 units. A new manufacturing plant in Kharkhoda, Haryana will open soon to support this growth.

The service network will also expand to 8,000 points by 2030-31. This includes 1,500 EV-enabled workshops across the country.

A New Sales Record of Volkswagen

In October 2025, Volkswagen sold 2,453 units of the Virtus. This is the sedan's best monthly performance since its launch in 2022.

This milestone solidifies its lead in the mid-size sedan segment. The Virtus has now been the segment's top seller for over a year.

A Key Part of VW's India Strategy

The Virtus is a cornerstone of Volkswagen's India 2.0 plan. Alongside the Taigun SUV, these two models have collectively sold over 160,000 units in the country.

The brand director credited the car's success to its strong design, performance, and safety package. This formula has clearly resonated with Indian buyers.

The Quiet Sedan Comeback

While SUVs dominate headlines, sedans are making a steady comeback. The premium sedan segment grew by nearly 18% in the last financial year.

Models like the Virtus, Honda City, and Hyundai Verna are leading this revival. Premium sedans now account for 8-9% of passenger car sales.

Also Read : MG Motor Oct 2025 Sales Show a Monthly Dip but have YTD Growth

A Comprehensive Variant Lineup

The Virtus's wide appeal is supported by its extensive variant list. It is currently offered in 14 different versions.

Prices range from Rs 11.16 lakh to Rs 18.73 lakh (ex-showroom). This gives buyers plenty of choice to fit their budget and feature needs.

Also Read : Skoda India Reports Record Sales in First 10 Months of 2025

The New Toyota Hilux Design

The upcoming model features a major design overhaul. A teaser video shows slimmer LED headlights with distinctive J-shaped daytime running lamps.

The front grille is redesigned with bold "TOYOTA" lettering. A sculpted bonnet and new C-shaped taillights give it a more modern and muscular stance.

Expected Cabin and Features

Toyota has not officially revealed the interior yet. The cabin is expected to receive significant upgrades in quality and technology.

We anticipate improved materials and new digital displays. Despite these changes, the Hilux will retain its core utilitarian and off-road focused character.

New Toyota Hilux Powertrain and Platform

The new generation will continue using the proven IMV platform. It will likely carry forward the familiar 2.8-litre turbo-diesel engine.

This engine, with 201 BHP and 500 Nm of torque, already features a 48V mild-hybrid system in some markets. It will be paired with either a 6-speed manual or 6-speed automatic transmission.

Also Read : New Hyundai Venue Variant-Wise Prices After Its Launch Today

Future Outlook and Potential

The Toyota Hilux is renowned for its rugged reliability and off-road capability. This update aims to modernize its appeal without compromising its core strengths.

There is speculation about a potential India launch following the global debut. It would continue to serve the niche lifestyle pickup segment in the market.

New Hyundai Venue 2025 : Full Variant-Wise Price List After Launch (Ex-showroom)

Entry-Level Petrol Options in New Hyundai Venue

The most affordable Venue is the 1.2-litre petrol HX2 MT. It starts at ₹ 7,89,900 (ex-showroom). This provides a budget-friendly entry into the new model.

For those wanting more features early on, the HX4 trim is priced at ₹ 8,79,900. The popular HX5 variant with this engine costs ₹ 9,14,900.

Turbo-Petrol Manual and Automatic

The 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine starts at ₹ 8,79,900 for the HX2 MT variant. The feature-rich HX8 manual trim is priced at ₹ 11,80,700.

The automatic DCT gearbox adds a significant premium. The top-tier HX10 DCT variant, with all features, is priced at ₹ 14,56,200. The dual-tone version of this top model costs ₹ 14,74,200.

Diesel with New Automatic

The diesel lineup begins at ₹ 9,69,900 for the HX2 MT. The new 6-speed torque converter automatic is now available. It starts at ₹ 11,58,400 for the HX5 diesel AT variant.

The flagship diesel is the HX10 AT, priced at ₹ 15,51,100. This makes it the most expensive Venue in the entire lineup.

Also Read : Discover all the 8 Color Options of New Hyundai Venue 2025

Key Price Takeaways

The new Hyundai Venue range stretches from ₹ 7.9 lakh to over ₹ 15.6 lakh (ex-showroom). The top-end diesel automatic is nearly double the price of the base petrol model.

The introduction of the diesel automatic creates a new high-end option for buyers. The extensive variant list ensures there is a Venue for almost every budget.

Live Update: The event has begun. You can watch it live here.

Live Update: Prices are being announced now. We will list them here as they are revealed.

A Bold New Design of New Hyundai Venue

The new Venue has a completely new face. It features a split-headlamp setup with C-shaped LED DRLs. The SUV is now 48mm taller and 30mm wider for a more muscular stance.

New 16-inch diamond-cut alloy wheels and bridge-type roof rails complete the fresh look. It will be offered in six monotone and two dual-tone colour options.

A High-Tech Cabin

Inside, the big news is a dual 12.3-inch curved panoramic display. This high-resolution setup is powered by an NVIDIA chip. The interior features a new navy and dove grey upholstery theme.

Comfort is boosted with features like rear window sunshades, reclining rear seats, and a voice-enabled electric sunroof. Moon White ambient lighting adds a premium feel.

New Venue is Loaded With Features And Tech

Hyundai has packed the Venue with new tech. It gets over 70 connected car features and 400 voice commands in five languages. A Bose 8-speaker sound system is available.

Crucially, it supports Over-the-Air (OTA) updates for 20 different controllers. This means the car's software can improve over time without a dealership visit.

The Sporty N Line Version of Hyundai Venue

The sporty Hyundai Venue N Line is also here. It gets a more aggressive bumper, a unique grille with an N badge, and red accents along the body. The interior features sporty trim and branding.

It is aimed at buyers who want a more dynamic and personalised look for their compact SUV.

Familiar Engines, New Gearbox

The engine options remain the same. You can choose from the 1.2-litre petrol, 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, and 1.5-litre diesel. The big news is for diesel buyers.

The diesel engine now gets an optional torque converter automatic transmission for the first time. This should offer a smoother drive than the manual.

New Hyundai Venue’s Variant Names

New Hyundai Venue has changed the variant naming structure. The new trims are now part of the "HX series" (Hyundai Experience). The petrol line-up includes HX2, HX4, HX5, HX6, HX6T, HX8, and HX10.

The sporty N Line will be offered in two trims: N6 and N10.

Also Read : Discover all the 8 Color Options of New Hyundai Venue 2025

Tougher Styling of New Honda Elevate ADV Edition

This isn't a mechanical overhaul. It's a style-focused variant. The ADV Edition gets a bold new look with a glossy black grille and a hood decal with orange highlights.

Blacked-out elements are everywhere. This includes the roof rails, alloy wheels, and door handles. The orange accents on the fog light garnish and wheels complete the rugged, sporty appearance.

A Sporty Black Cabin

Step inside, and the theme continues. The cabin features an all-black interior. This is accentuated by bold orange stitching on the seats, dashboard, and doors.

The front and rear seats get special ADV Edition logos. Orange highlights on the AC knobs and gear knob add to the exclusive feel.

Same Proven Powertrain

Under the hood, nothing changes. The ADV Edition uses the familiar 1.5-litre i-VTEC petrol engine. You can opt for a 6-speed manual or a 7-step CVT automatic transmission.

Power and torque figures remain identical to the standard Elevate. This model is purely about the new adventurous look and feel.

Comprehensive Safety Suite

Safety remains a top priority. The ADV Edition comes equipped with Honda Sensing. This is a full suite of Advanced Driver-Assistance Systems (ADAS).

Key features include a Collision Mitigation Braking System, Lane Keep Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control.

Also Read : Mahindra XEV 9S: 7-Seater Electric SUV Debuts November 27

Price and Variants of New Honda Elevate ADV Edition

The Honda Elevate ADV Edition starts at Rs 15.29 lakh for the single-tone manual version. The dual-tone manual is priced at Rs 15.49 lakh.

The CVT automatic variants are priced at Rs 16.46,800 (single-tone) and Rs 16.66,800 (dual-tone). All prices are ex-showroom.

Skoda India is having its best year ever. The automaker has already broken its all-time annual sales record with two months still to go in 2025.

The New Sales Record for Skoda in 2025

In the first ten months of 2025, Skoda sold 61,607 units in India. This number has already surpassed its previous full-year record of 53,721 units set back in 2022.

This achievement confirms the success of Skoda's focused strategy for the Indian market. The brand is surging ahead in its 25th anniversary year.

The Kylaq SUV is the Star

The all-new Skoda Kylaq subcompact SUV is the driving force behind this growth. Skoda has sold nearly 40,000 units of the Kylaq so far this year.

This single model accounts for about 60% of Skoda's total sales in 2025. It marks Skoda's successful return to the highly competitive subcompact SUV segment.

A Complete Team Effort

While the Kylaq leads, other models continue to contribute strongly. The Slavia sedan and Kushaq SUV maintain consistent demand.

The flagship Kodiaq SUV is also attracting new, premium customers to the brand. The entire "India 2.0" product range is performing well.

Expanding Reach and Celebration

This sales milestone is backed by strategic expansion. Skoda has grown its network to 318 customer touchpoints across India.

The brand also celebrated a major manufacturing achievement this year. It rolled out its 500,000th locally manufactured car in India.

Also Read : Maruti Suzuki Hits Record 2.20 Lakh Oct Sales

A Strong Foundation for the Future

Skoda's Brand Director Ashish Gupta, credits a clear vision and agile execution for this success. The company's product offensive and culturally relevant marketing have clearly resonated with Indian buyers.

With a record already secured, the final two months of 2025 will only add to this historic year for Skoda in India.

Expected Price of Mahindra XEV 9S

The XEV 9S will be a premium offering. It is expected to be priced between Rs 25 lakh and Rs 35 lakh (ex-showroom). This positions it above the smaller XEV 9e in Mahindra's electric lineup.

This makes it the first mass-market three-row electric SUV in India. It aims to bring electric power to large families.

A Unique Position of XEV 9S With No Direct Rivals

The XEV 9S will enter a segment with no direct competition. It won't face another mass-market, three-row electric SUV at its price point.

Other three-row EVs like the Kia Carens Clavis EV and BYD eMax 7 are MPVs. This gives the Mahindra XEV 9S a unique appeal as a stylish, capable SUV.

Design and Styling

The XEV 9S will feature a more conventional SUV shape than the sleeker BE 6 and XEV 9e. Teasers show sleek LED DRLs and triangular headlights up front.

The overall silhouette and rear section are expected to share a family resemblance with the popular XUV700. This should make it instantly recognizable as a Mahindra.

Mahindra XEV 9S is Loaded With Features

Like its stablemates, the XEV 9S will be packed with technology. A key confirmed feature is an openable panoramic sunroof.

The cabin will likely host a triple-screen setup for infotainment and instrumentation. Expect premium amenities like ventilated seats, a premium sound system, leatherette upholstery, and Level 2 ADAS for safety.

Powertrain and Battery Options

The Mahindra XEV 9S will likely use the same 59kWh and 79kWh battery packs as the BE 6 and XEV 9e. These are modern LFP (Lithium Iron Phosphate) units.

While other models are rear-wheel drive, Mahindra may offer an all-wheel-drive (AWD) variant for the XEV 9S. This would add a motor to the front axle for improved traction and performance.

A Historic Sales Milestone for Mahindra

In October 2025, Mahindra sold 71,624 SUVs in the domestic market. This is a massive 31% increase compared to the same month last year. The figure marks an all-time high for the company.

This surge proves the incredible popularity of its utility vehicle lineup. The record was driven by strong models like the Scorpio-N, XUV700, and Thar.

Total Sales Show Broad Strength

The company's success wasn't limited to SUVs. Mahindra's total vehicle sales, including exports, reached 120,142 units. This represents a solid 26% year-on-year growth.

This holistic performance shows the brand's strength across multiple segments. It's not a one-hit wonder.

Commercial Vehicles and Three-Wheelers Shine for Mahindra

The Commercial Vehicle division also had a strong month. Domestic sales hit 31,741 units, growing by 14%. The popular Bolero Maxx range led this charge.

The three-wheeler business, including electric models, saw even faster growth. Sales jumped 30% to 12,762 units. This highlights strong demand for last-mile transport solutions.

Exports Are Growing Steadily

International markets are responding well. Mahindra exported 4,015 vehicles in October, a 15% increase. On a year-to-date basis, exports have grown by an impressive 34%.

This indicates a healthy global demand for Mahindra's products beyond the domestic festival season.

Also Read : Hyundai Sells Nearly 70K Units in October 2025

A Strong Foundation for Growth

This record month wasn't an accident. Mahindra's CEO credited strong brand pull and well-timed product refreshes. The company recently launched new editions of the Thar, Bolero, and Bolero Neo.

With a 17% growth in SUV sales for the fiscal year so far, Mahindra's momentum looks sustainable. The brand is firmly positioned as a leader in India's SUV market.

A Minor Dip in Sales of MG Motor in October 

In October 2025, MG India sold 6,397 vehicles. This represents a decline of about 9% compared to the same month last year. Short-term fluctuations like this are common in the auto industry.

The dip is likely due to specific market conditions or supply chain timing. It does not reflect a loss of consumer interest in the brand's products.

The Festive Season Boost

Looking at a wider period tells a more positive story. The company reports a 20% growth in sales during the core festive period from August to October.

This indicates that customer demand for MG's SUVs and electric vehicles remains healthy. The festive season is a key indicator of market performance, and MG has performed well.

Year-to-Date Growth is Impressive for MG Motor

The most important figure is the year-to-date growth. From January to October 2025, MG's sales have grown by over 27% compared to the same period in 2024.

This sustained momentum proves the brand's strategy is working. It shows that one slow month does not define a full year's performance.

Also Read : Maruti Suzuki Hits Record 2.20 Lakh Oct Sales

MG Motor’s Electric Models Are Gaining Traction

The premium electric segment is a bright spot for MG. The MG Select model secured its position as the second best-selling luxury EV in India.

It recorded a massive 62% growth compared to September. This surge highlights a growing consumer shift towards feature-rich electric vehicles.

A Positive Long-Term Outlook

Despite a softer October, MG's overall trajectory is upward. The joint venture between JSW Group and SAIC provides a solid foundation.

With a strong model lineup and increasing EV adoption, the brand is well-positioned for the future. This single month's data is just a small part of a much larger growth story.

A Critical Setback for Jaruar

The flagship electric four-door GT was supposed to debut late next year. It is the centerpiece of Jaguar's plan to reinvent itself as an all-electric luxury brand. This postponement is a significant blow to that strategy.

The company now faces a worrying gap. With no models currently in production, its showrooms are effectively empty. This puts it in a difficult position compared to its stablemate, Land Rover, which has a full lineup of popular SUVs.

Also Read : Ford Invests in India with Rs 3,250 Crore for Engine Plant

The Cyberattack Factor

A severe cyberattack is largely to blame. The incident hit Jaguar Land Rover in August 2025. It forced a shutdown of key manufacturing plants and caused a complete IT blackout.

The disruption was massive. Order processing halted and dealership operations were paralyzed. The attack caused an estimated £1.9 billion loss to the UK economy. Pushing back the new car launch became an unavoidable necessity.

A High-Stakes Debut

When it finally arrives, the electric GT has a tough job. It will be built in North America and target the luxury performance market. Its mission is to compete directly with established rivals like the Audi e-tron GT and Porsche Taycan.

The delay itself poses another risk. Global demand for premium electric vehicles is currently fluctuating. Jaguar will be launching its most important car in years into an uncertain market.

An Uncertain Wait for Jaguar’s Arrival

This delay creates a major challenge for the iconic British brand. For now, Jaguar enthusiasts and potential buyers have a long wait ahead. The brand's future now hinges on a successful 2026 launch.

First Look At The Dealership of New Hyundai Venue

Spotted in Titan Grey, the new Venue showcases its complete redesign. This confirms the final production model is ready for customers. Seeing it in person at your local dealer is now possible.

The fresh styling is immediately obvious. It features new LED headlamps and tail lights. A full-width LED light bar at the rear gives it a modern, upscale look. New 17-inch dual-tone alloy wheels complete the sophisticated exterior.

A Cabin Dominated By Screens in New Venue

Inside, the biggest upgrade is the dual 12.3-inch screens. This setup creates a wide, high-tech dashboard. The cabin also gets a new three-spoke steering wheel and a redesigned centre console.

Key features include an electric sunroof and rear AC vents. Over-the-air (OTA) updates and BlueLink connected car tech keep the SUV current. Most importantly, it comes with Level 2 ADAS for enhanced safety.

Also Read : Discover all the 8 Color Options of New Hyundai Venue 2025

The Sportier N Line Joins The Party

The Venue N Line has also arrived at showrooms. It shares all the same new features as the standard model. However, it adds unique sporty elements inside and out.

This variant is for buyers wanting a more aggressive look and feel. It will be offered exclusively with the 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine. This maintains its focus on performance.

Familiar Engines, One Key Addition

Under the hood, the powertrain options remain largely the same. The Venue continues with its 1.2-litre petrol, 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, and 1.5-litre diesel engines.

The only significant change is a new gearbox option. The diesel model now gets a 6-speed torque converter automatic transmission. This should offer a smoother driving experience.

Your Next Steps

With the cars now at dealers, you can finally see them up close. Bookings are currently open across India. 

Read More About Varients Wise Features of the New Hyundai Venue

1. A Totally New Look, Inside and Out

The 2025 Venue has been completely redesigned. It now looks like a mini version of its bigger siblings, the Creta and Alcazar. This fresh face makes it stand out in a crowded parking lot.

You get sleek connected LED daytime running lights. The headlamps are larger and more modern. New alloy wheels and connected LED tail lights complete the transformation. The overall shape is sharper and more muscular.

3. A Seriously High-Tech Cabin in the New Hyundai Venue

Step inside, and you are greeted by a sophisticated new dashboard. Two massive 12.3-inch screens dominate the view. One is for the infotainment and the other is a digital driver's display.

The cabin feels more premium with leatherette seats and soft-touch materials. Rose gold accents on the AC vents add a touch of class. A new steering wheel and a 4-way power-adjustable driver's seat add to the comfort.

Also Read : New Hyundai Venue 2025 Variants: Complete Powertrain Guide

3. Packed With Premium Features

Hyundai has loaded the Venue with top-tier gadgets. You get wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay. An 8-speaker Bose sound system is available for music lovers.

Front-seat ventilation is a blessing in our summers. It also has a wireless charger, a single-pane sunroof, and rear sunshades. A panoramic sunroof is a notable miss, especially since rivals like the Tata Nexon and Mahindra XUV 3XO offer one.

4. New Hyundai Venue Will Come With Advanced Safety Features

Safety gets a major boost. The new Venue comes with six standard airbags. It also features Level 2 ADAS, a first for the sub-4 metre SUV segment in India.

This advanced system includes adaptive cruise control and lane-keeping assist. A 360-degree camera, electronic stability control, and hill-hold assist are also part of the package. This makes it one of the safest options in its class.

5. Familiar Engines, One New Gearbox

What’s under the hood remains largely unchanged. The Venue continues with its trusted engine options: a 1.2-litre petrol, a 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, and a 1.5-litre diesel.

The only mechanical update is for diesel lovers. The diesel engine now gets a new 6-speed torque converter automatic transmission. The sporty N Line variant will only be offered with the 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine.

Read More About the New Hyundai Venue's Specifications and Engine Options

The Final Word

The 2025 Hyundai Venue is a comprehensive update. It brings a modern design, a tech-loaded cabin, and crucial safety features like ADAS. While a panoramic sunroof is absent and the engines are carry-overs, the overall package is much stronger.

The goal is to build next-generation engines exclusively for export.

A New Chapter for the Chennai Plant

Ford signed a new agreement with the Tamil Nadu government. This investment will retool its existing engine manufacturing facility in Chennai.

Production of these new engines is scheduled to begin in 2029.

The Export-Focused Plan

This facility will have a planned annual capacity of 2.35 lakh engine units. All of these engines will be shipped to Ford's global markets.

The investment is also expected to create over 600 new jobs in the region.

Clarifying Ford's India Presence

It is important to note what this news is not. This does not signal a return to selling Ford cars in the Indian domestic market. Ford exited local vehicle sales and production in 2022.

This initiative solidifies India's role as a strategic manufacturing and export hub for the company.

Also Read : Honda Will Launch 10 New Models, 7 SUVs by 2030 in India

The Bottom Line

Ford's massive investment proves it still sees high value in Indian manufacturing. By leveraging its Chennai plant for global engine production, Ford is writing a new, export-focused chapter for its operations in the country.

Most of these new vehicles will be SUVs.

A Shift in Honda’s Strategy

Honda currently has a limited lineup of just four models in India. This has caused its market share to dip. The new plan signals a major commitment to one of the world's largest car markets.

India is now considered a key market for Honda, alongside Japan and North America.

The SUV-Focused Lineup

Out of the 10 planned new models, seven will be sport utility vehicles. This decision directly targets the strong consumer preference for SUVs in India.

This expansion will help Honda compete more effectively in high-demand segments.

The Electric Future: The 0 Series

Honda's electric vehicle push will be led by its "0 Series". The company showcased two concepts, the 0 Alpha and the 0 SUV, at the Japan Mobility Show 2025.

Both are scheduled to debut in India by 2027. The India-made 0 Alpha is planned as a mass-market EV and will even be exported to Japan.

Also Read : Nissan Showcases Elgrand, Ariya, SUV at Japan Mobility Show 2025

More Hybrids and a Small Car Return

Honda will also expand its hybrid offerings beyond the current City e:HEV. It confirmed it will re-enter the popular sub-4 meter car segment.

This segment offers tax benefits and continues to see high demand.

What's Not Coming

For performance car fans, there is disappointing news. Honda has clarified that the much-speculated Civic Type R is not expected to come to India anytime soon.

The focus remains squarely on mainstream SUVs and electrification.

The Bottom Line

This aggressive 10-model plan is Honda's blueprint for a major comeback in India. With a clear focus on SUVs and a new electric offensive, the company is aiming to regain its lost market share and relevance.

This historic figure cements its dominance in the Indian market.

A Record-Breaking October Month of Maruti Suzuki

The company's total sales reached 2,20,894 units. This is an all-time high. Domestic sales led the charge with an unprecedented 1,80,675 units.

Exports were also strong at 31,304 vehicles. Maruti also supplied 8,915 units to other car manufacturers.

The Cars That Drove Success in October for Maruti Suzuki

Maruti's strength lies in its wide portfolio. Its compact car lineup was the foundation. Models like the Swift, Baleno, and WagonR sold a combined 76,143 units.

But its utility vehicles were the real powerhouse. SUVs like the Brezza, Fronx, and Grand Vitara contributed a massive 77,571 units. The recently launched Victoris MPV is also being well-received.

Beyond Passenger Cars

The sales surge wasn't limited to cars alone. The trusted Eeco van sold 13,537 units. The Super Carry light commercial vehicle added another 4,357 units.

This shows the brand's powerful reach across different vehicle segments.

Also Read : Toyota Sales 40,000 Units in Oct 2025

A Global and Electric Future

Maruti is thinking globally. It is ramping up exports of the Fronx and Jimny to international markets. This global push is a key part of its strategy.

The future is also electric. The company is preparing to launch its first electric SUV, the e-Vitara, soon. It promises a range of over 500 kilometers.

Also Read : Hyundai Sells Nearly 70K Units in October 2025

The Bottom Line

Maruti Suzuki's record-breaking performance is a story of complete dominance. From small cars to SUVs and exports, the company fired on all cylinders during the festive period, putting it in a commanding position for the rest of the year.

The growth is the real story here. Sales shot up by 39% compared to October 2024. They also grew 38% from the previous month, September 2025.

What Fueled Toyota's Growth?

Two key elements drove this performance. The festive season demand was a major boost. The reduction in GST rates under the new reforms also played a critical role.

This created a favorable economic environment. It led to increased customer confidence and more showroom inquiries.

New Models and Special Editions

Toyota bolstered its lineup with special editions. It introduced the Urban Cruiser Hyryder Aero Edition. The company also launched the 2025 Fortuner Leader Edition.

These limited models offered exclusive styling. They were designed to attract buyers looking for something unique during the festive period.

Also Read : Hyundai Sells Nearly 70K Units in October 2025

What’s Next for Toyota in India?

Toyota has ambitious plans. The brand aims to launch 15 new models in India by 2030. This will include new SUVs and an affordable pick-up truck.

It also confirmed the Land Cruiser FJ for the Indian market by 2028. Massive investments in new manufacturing plants will support this future expansion.

The Bottom Line

Toyota's October sales report is a clear sign of its strong momentum. Leveraging festive demand and new product offerings, the company has positioned itself for continued growth in the competitive Indian market.

The sales are split two ways.

Domestic sales in India accounted for 53,792 units. Another 16,102 vehicles were shipped overseas. Exports actually grew by 11 percent compared to last year. This shows strong global demand.

The Stars of the Show: Creta and Venue

Two models were the undisputed heroes. The Hyundai Creta and Venue together sold 30,119 units. This was their second-best monthly sales performance ever.

These two SUVs dominate the competitive compact SUV market. Their consistent popularity is a key reason for Hyundai's strong position.

Why Did Sales Boom in October for Hyundai?

Two major factors created a perfect sales environment. The festive season, including Dussehra and Diwali, always boosts car buying. This year, positive economic sentiment from new GST reforms also helped.

People were simply more confident to make big purchases. Hyundai had the right products at the right time.

What’s Next? The New Hyundai Venue

Hyundai isn't slowing down. The company is launching the all-new Hyundai Venue. Bookings are already open.

The new Venue gets a fresh, more upright design. Its interior is more premium. It also packs in new tech like a Level 2 ADAS safety suite and dual screens. This timely update should keep the sales momentum strong.

Read Here for More Details About The New Hyundai Venue

The Bottom Line

Hyundai's October performance was impressive. It was powered by its trusted SUV duo and perfect market timing. With an updated Venue arriving now, the company is poised to finish the year on a high note.

This is a big deal. The Century is no longer just a single, ultra-exclusive sedan. It's now a full-fledged marque. Toyota is positioning it above Lexus to compete directly with the likes of Rolls-Royce and Bentley.

The Century has always been Toyota's ultimate status symbol in Japan. It's the car for emperors and prime ministers. By making it its own brand, Toyota is declaring its ambition on the global stage.

This isn't just another car line. It's a statement. Chairman Akio Toyoda called it a "personal mission" to shape the next hundred years from Japan. The goal is to create vehicles that are "One of One," utterly unique and full of Japanese spirit. They want to build rolling works of art, not just luxury transports.

Meet the Century Coupe Concept

The star of the show was the Century Coupe Concept. It gives us a huge clue about the brand's future direction.

This isn't a traditional coupe. It's a dramatic coupe-SUV fusion. It's based on the existing Century SUV but with a radically different profile.

A Radical Three-Door Design of Toyota Century

The most jaw-dropping feature is its doors. The concept uses a unique three-door setup.

The driver's side has a single, forward-sliding door. The passenger side is where the magic happens. It has a full-size front-sliding door and a smaller rear-sliding half-door. This creates a massive, seamless opening for rear passengers.

It completely rethinks how passengers enter and exit a vehicle. The focus is entirely on the comfort and ceremony for the person in the back.

A Cabin Built for One Very Important Passenger

Inside, the concept reinforces its chauffeur-driven purpose. There is no front passenger seat.

That space is freed up to give the rear seat passenger incredible legroom. The driver is separated by a vertical partition. The rear seat even rotates outward for easy entry and exit.

Luxury touches are everywhere. You'll find a built-in coat hanger in the roof spine and an umbrella tucked into the rear bulkhead. It’s obsessive, detail-oriented luxury.

Also Read : Kia PV5 Brand's Entry into Japan Mobility Show 2025

A Glimpse at the Future Lineup

Toyota also showed other Century variants. This hints at a broader family of vehicles coming our way.

A Century GRMN model was present. It featured a sportier, blacked-out look. This suggests a performance-oriented version is possible. A "Tailor Made" SUV also appeared, likely previewing a deep personalization program for buyers.

The Final Word

Toyota isn't just launching a new brand. It's launching a new ambition. The Century Coupe Concept is a bold declaration that Japanese luxury can be the most innovative and passenger-centric in the world. We can't wait to see what comes next.

Kia has never sold cars new in Japan before. This is a major first.
The brand is partnering with the Sojitz Group to form a new company, Kia PBV Japan.

They have an aggressive plan. The goal is to open eight dealerships and 100 service centers in the first year alone. This shows Kia is serious about building a real presence, not just testing the waters.

What Exactly is the KIA PV5?

The PV5 is not a normal car. It is what Kia calls a Platform Beyond Vehicle (PBV). Think of it as a flexible electric van designed for a specific job.

It will be built on a dedicated electric vehicle platform called E-GMP.S. This architecture is made specifically for commercial and service vehicles.

It is coming in three main versions. You will be able to get a cargo van, a passenger van, and a wheelchair-accessible model. This covers a lot of needs right from the start.

Key Specs of KIA PV5

Let's talk numbers. For business owners, range is everything.

The Cargo model promises up to 528 km of range on a full charge. This is based on the WLTC test cycle. It uses a 71.2 kWh battery.

Maneuverability in tight city streets is crucial. The PV5 boasts a very tight 5.5-meter turning radius. This should make it surprisingly agile.

The Passenger variant gets up to 521 km of range. It also focuses on easy access. It features a low 399 mm step-in height and wide doors.

The Flexible Body System

This is the PV5's party trick. Kia calls it a "flexible body system."

It can support up to 16 different configurations. The idea is that the vehicle can be tailored for different uses. A delivery driver, a taxi service, and a mobile workshop could all use the same base vehicle in different ways.

Kia says it's "not just a vehicle, but a mobility platform." This sounds like marketing talk. But the underlying idea is practical. It is about creating a vehicle that can adapt to your specific business needs.

Sales of the PV5 are expected to begin in the first half of 2026. A larger model, the PV7, will follow in 2027.

Also Read : Nissan Showcases Elgrand, Ariya, SUV at Japan Mobility Show 2025

New Elgrand in Japan Mobility Show 2025

This is a complete redesign. The new Elgrand is not just another minivan. It's a tech flagship for families.

It gets Nissan's third-generation e-POWER system. This means better fuel efficiency and smoother electric-driven power. It also features the latest e-4ORCE all-wheel drive. This system promises sharper handling and superior stability on any road.

The biggest comfort upgrade is the new ProPilot. It now allows for hands-off driving under 50 km/h. Imagine a relaxing, less stressful commute in heavy traffic. The cabin is also designed as a quiet, comfortable space for every journey.

Look for it to arrive in summer 2026.

The Refreshed Ariya EV 

The Ariya is getting a timely update. The most welcome change is the new infotainment system. It is now powered by built-in Google. This means you get seamless Google Maps, Assistant, and the Play Store right on your dashboard. No more clumsy phone mirroring.

It also adds Vehicle-to-Load (V2L) functionality. You can now use your Ariya's battery to power gadgets. Think of camping trips, tailgating, or even emergency power for your home.

This update directly addresses a key weakness of the original model. It makes the Ariya a much smarter and more useful electric vehicle.

The updated model is scheduled to arrive later this fiscal year.

The Patrol's SUV Grand Return

The iconic Patrol SUV is officially coming back to Japan. This is huge news for SUV enthusiasts. Nissan left the large SUV segment in the country years ago.

The Patrol will serve as the new flagship. It promises a classic blend of brutal capability and premium luxury. It is for buyers who want a powerful, go-anywhere vehicle without sacrificing comfort.

Its return signals Nissan's commitment to its heritage. It shows they haven't forgotten their roots of building tough, adventurous vehicles.

You will have to wait a bit, though. The Patrol lands in Japan in the first half of fiscal 2027.

Even better, India will be one of its global production hubs.

What Exactly is the Land Cruiser FJ?

Think of it as the new entry point to the legendary Land Cruiser family. It’s a proper, tough SUV built for rough roads and off-road fun. It shares its strong underlying bones with the trusted Toyota Fortuner.

This means you get a robust ladder-frame chassis. That's the same kind of strong foundation that makes the Fortuner so capable.

Land Cruiser FJ, But Without Diesel

Here is the most surprising detail. The India-spec Land Cruiser FJ will not have a diesel engine.

This is a major shift for a tough SUV in our market. Toyota is focusing on cleaner options to meet future emission rules.

So what will power it? You can expect a 2.7-litre petrol engine. There will also be a strong hybrid and a plug-in hybrid (PHEV) version. The hybrid and PHEV options will offer better fuel efficiency and lower running costs.

The model shown in Japan had a 6-speed automatic gearbox and a part-time four-wheel-drive system.

Tough Looks and a Functional Interior

The FJ’s design is unapologetically boxy. It has a chunky, retro-modern look with short overhangs and a spare wheel mounted on the back. It screams adventure.

Inside, the theme is rugged and functional. You will find plenty of physical buttons for easy use. It also gets a modern 12.5-inch touchscreen and digital dials.

Do not expect a luxury cabin. The focus is on hardy, durable materials that can handle abuse.

Space and Practicality

The FJ is a five-seater only. It is actually shorter than the current Fortuner. This should make it easier to maneuver in city traffic.

Space in the rear is decent, but not class-leading. Getting in requires a bit of a step up. The display model lacked a sunroof and rear AC vents, which might be a miss for some Indian buyers.

Expected Price and Rivals

This is where it gets exciting. Due to heavy local manufacturing, the Land Cruiser FJ could have a starting price of around Rs 30 lakh (ex-showroom).

That would make it a compelling proposition. The PHEV versions will definitely cost more.

When it arrives, it will sit in a unique spot. It will compete with rugged SUVs like the Mahindra Scorpio N while offering the coveted Land Cruiser badge.

The Bottom Line

The Land Cruiser FJ’s Indian arrival is a big deal. It brings iconic, go-anywhere style with modern, efficient powertrains. The local production and aggressive expected pricing could make it a huge hit.

The lack of a diesel engine is a gamble. But Toyota seems to be betting on India’s readiness for hybrid and petrol-powered adventure.

Old Hyundai Venue as an Affordable SUV Option

The old Hyundai Venue will be sold in four simple variants. They are all called 'Kappa' trims: S, S+, S(O), and S(O)+. The big thing to note is the powertrain. It comes only with a 1.2-litre petrol engine and a 5-speed manual gearbox. This engine produces 83PS of power.

This strategy makes the Venue nameplate more accessible. The starting price is expected to be around Rs. 8.5 lakh (ex-showroom). This positions the older model as a very affordable entry into the compact SUV segment.

Which One to Choose? Old or New Hyundai Venue

This move is all about choice. If you want the latest design, new diesel-automatic, and high-tech features like the curved screen, the new Hyundai Venue is your pick.
But if your priority is a trusted, no-fuss SUV at a lower price, the older model is a fantastic deal. It will continue to compete with rivals like the Maruti Brezza and Tata Nexon.

Your Next Steps

Now that you know both models are available, your decision gets more interesting.
To help you choose, we have a full comparison guide detailing every difference between the old and new Venue.
If you are leaning towards the new model, don't miss our deep dives on its variant-wise powertrains and the available color options of the new Hyundai Venue.

Engine Options of the New Hyundai Venue

The new Venue continues with three trusted engines. But the big news is the new gearbox option.

The 1.2-litre normal petrol engine makes 83PS and 114Nm. It comes only with a 5-speed manual gearbox. This is your efficient, budget-friendly choice.

The 1.0-litre turbo-petrol is the sporty pick. It delivers a healthy 120PS and 172Nm. You can pair it with a 6-speed manual or a 7-speed DCT automatic. This engine is for those who love a bit of power.

The 1.5-litre diesel engine is the torque champion. It produces 116PS and a strong 250Nm. It was previously manual-only. Now, you can get it with a 6-speed torque converter automatic. This is a game-changer for diesel fans.

Beyond Horsepower: New Tech for Better Control

The upgrades go beyond just engines. The new Hyundai Venue now features multiple Traction Control Modes.
You can select between Sand, Mud, and Snow modes. This gives you more confidence on tricky roads. It is a significant step up from the outgoing model.

Both automatic versions also come with paddle shifters. This lets you take control of gear changes without taking your hands off the wheel. It adds a more engaging driving experience.

A More Premium Promise of New Hyundai Venue

Hyundai's executive, Tarun Garg, stated the new Venue is designed to "set new benchmarks." With its bold new design, premium curved screen interior, and these enhanced powertrains, it certainly has the specs to back that claim.

The new 'HX' variant naming structure aims to simplify your choice. But it also highlights the focus on an improved overall 'Hyundai Experience'.

Tarun Garg is Hyundai India’s first CEO. Read more about it here.

Your Next Steps

The official launch is on November 4. Now that the detailed specifications are out, the picture is much clearer.
If you're weighing this with the old Hyundai Venue, our comparison will be very helpful.
And if the new diesel-automatic has caught your eye, we have a dedicated article exploring its pros and cons. Read Here

This is a big deal for the popular little SUV. It proves that style doesn't have to come at the expense of safety.

Breaking Down the 5-Star Score of Suzuki Fronx

Let's look at what that 5-star rating really means. The Fronx scored an impressive 77.70 points overall. It did particularly well in protecting the people inside the car.

Strong Adult Protection

In Adult Occupant Protection, the Fronx scored 29.37 out of 32. The passenger cabin stayed stable in a frontal crash. It offered good protection for the chests of both the driver and passenger. The side-impact test results were also strong.

This means the vehicle's structure is designed to absorb and manage crash energy effectively.

Solid Safety Tech

The Safety Assist category is all about the tech that helps prevent crashes. The Fronx earned 16.50 out of 21 points here.

Crucially, all export-spec models get six airbags as standard. You also get Electronic Stability Control (ESC) and Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). Seatbelt reminders for all seats and ISOFIX child seat mounts are included too.

The Big Catch: Where's the ADAS in Suzuki Fronx?

Here’s where we have to be a little critical. The tested model had the option for Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS). This includes life-saving tech like Automatic Emergency Braking and Blind Spot Detection.

But there's a catch. This ADAS package is only for Fronx models sold in Southeast Asia. It is not available on the version sold in India, where the car is actually built. This is a significant omission for a car otherwise scoring so highly on safety.

What's Under the Hood?

The model tested was the export-spec version. It uses a 1.5-litre petrol engine. This model is destined for markets like Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Philippines.

The End Note

The Maruti Suzuki Fronx has firmly established itself as a safe and capable compact crossover. Its 5-star rating brings tremendous peace of mind. The robust safety score, with its standard six airbags, is highly commendable.

Potential buyers should just be aware of the missing advanced safety tech. This depends entirely on which market they are in.

A Tough, Patrol-Inspired Look of Nissan Tekton

Forget bland styling. The Tekton takes its design cues from the legendary Nissan Patrol. You get an upright, muscular stance. The front features a sculpted bonnet and sharp C-shaped LED lights. The sides have a unique 'Double-C' motif on the doors. At the back, a full-width LED light bar makes it look modern and wide. This SUV wants to stand out in a crowded parking lot.

A Modern, Feature-Packed Cabin

Step inside, and Nissan is focusing on a premium feel. While the final cabin is under wraps, expect a tech-heavy dashboard. A large touchscreen infotainment system and a fully digital driver's display are almost certain. Look for practical luxuries like ventilated seats, a panoramic sunroof, and wireless phone charging. Your safety is covered too, with six airbags and advanced driver aids expected to be standard on top variants.

Built on a Proven, Local Platform

The Tekton shares its core CMF-B platform with the next-generation Renault Duster. This is good news for you. Shared parts often mean lower long-term maintenance costs. The platform has been heavily localized for India. This helps keep the price competitive. It also meets global safety standards. This smart sharing strategy is the foundation of Nissan's comeback plan.

Powertrains: Petrol First, Hybrid Later

At launch, the Tekton will likely offer modern turbo-petrol engines. You will have a choice between manual and automatic transmissions. The big news is a planned strong-hybrid variant. This will come later, offering much better fuel efficiency for city drivers. There is also a possibility of an all-wheel-drive version for those who venture off the beaten path, though this is not yet confirmed.

Positioned as a Direct Creta Rival

Nissan is not being subtle. The Tekton will squarely target the heart of the midsize SUV segment. Its rivals include the Hyundai Creta, Kia Seltos, Maruti Grand Vitara, and Tata Harrier. This is a brutally competitive space. To succeed, the Tekton must offer a compelling mix of style, features, and pricing. It has the potential, but it needs to get everything exactly right.

Read More About Nissan Tekton Here

The Verdict: One to Watch

The Nissan Tekton looks promising on paper. It has a bold design, a modern feature list, and a smart platform strategy. The promised hybrid option is a welcome future addition. If Nissan can price it aggressively and ensure a great driving experience, the Creta and its friends should be worried. Keep an eye out for its early 2026 debut.

1. Maruti Suzuki e Vitara: The Electric Pioneer

Maruti is finally going electric. The Maruti Suzuki e Vitara launches in December 2025. It will be the brand's first all-electric SUV for India. You will have two battery choices. The larger 61 kWh pack aims for a solid 500 km range. This is a huge moment for mainstream EV adoption in the country.

2. Tata Sierra: The Modern Legend Returns

The iconic Tata Sierra is back. Tata will launch it on November 25. The big news is that it will come in both petrol/diesel and a full electric version. Spy shots reveal a futuristic triple-screen setup inside. It might also debut a powerful new 1.5-litre turbo-petrol engine.

3. Renault Duster: The OG Makes a Comeback

January 26, 2026. The beloved Duster returns. It's built on a new platform and gets a potent 1.3-litre turbo petrol engine with 154 bhp. Renault is even considering a hybrid version for better fuel efficiency. Its tough, boxy design stays true to its adventurous roots. 

Read More about Renault Duster

4. Nissan Tekton: The Duster's Sibling

Sharing is caring. The Nissan Tekton is essentially the Duster in a Nissan suit. It uses the same platform and the same powerful 1.3-litre turbo engine. Nissan says its design is inspired by its rugged Patrol SUV. Expect it in early 2026, offering another solid choice in the segment.

5. Mahindra XEV 7e: The Electric Family Hauler

Need a big electric SUV? Mahindra has you covered. The XEV 7e is an all-electric, 7-seater version of the popular XUV700. It promises a massive range of over 600 kilometres. The cabin will feature a high-tech triple-screen layout. This could be the first electric 7-seater for the mass market.

6. New-Gen Kia Seltos: The Popular Kid Gets an Upgrade

The best-selling Seltos is getting a full redesign. The new model will debut globally in late 2025 and arrive in India in 2026. It will sport a fresh new look and updated interiors. The biggest news is a planned strong-hybrid powertrain coming around 2027, alongside its usual engine options.

End Note

The next two years are going to be incredibly exciting for car buyers. Whether you want an efficient EV, a rugged petrol SUV, or a hybrid, there's something on the horizon for you. 

What Exactly Is The Victoris CBG?

Think of it as a super-powered CNG car. Instead of compressed natural gas, it runs on Compressed Biogas (CBG). This fuel is made from organic waste, like agricultural residue and, yes, dairy farm waste.

It is a key part of Suzuki's plan to explore alternative fuels beyond petrol and diesel.

How the Victoris CBG Can Be a Game-Changer?

This is the core of the story. Biogas is a circular energy source. It does not just reduce emissions from the car. It also helps manage farm waste.

Suzuki's project, started in 2022, focuses on converting dairy waste into usable fuel. This supports the rural economy by creating a new energy stream. It then uses that renewable energy to power cars like the Victoris.

It is a clever two-for-one solution for the environment and rural communities.

What's The Big Practical Benefit For Buyers?

The biggest news is where they put the tank. The Victoris CBG features an underfloor gas tank placement. This is a game-changer.

In most bi-fuel cars, a large tank eats into your trunk space. Not here. By stashing the tank underneath the car, Maruti Suzuki frees up the entire luggage area. You get the same practicality as the regular CNG version, which is a huge win for families and long trips.

Is Maruti Suzuki Victoris CBG Coming To India?

Maruti Suzuki is clearly testing the waters. The company has massive success with its S-CNG range in India. Exploring CBG is a logical next step. 

The flex-fuel Fronx was also shown at the same event. This signals a serious commitment to bringing these alternative fuel technologies to key markets. India, with its vast agricultural base, is a perfect candidate for a biogas revolution.

The End Note

The Victoris CBG is more than just a concept car. It is a practical vision for a cleaner, more self-reliant future. It tackles pollution and waste management simultaneously.

The smart underfloor tank design proves this is not just an engineering exercise. It is a thoughtfully packaged vehicle ready for real life.

What's So Special About the Headlights of the Audi Q3?

Think of them as high-definition projectors for the road. Instead of a simple beam, these headlights use a tiny chip packed with 25,600 individual micro-LEDs. Each one is smaller than a human hair. This army of tiny lights can be controlled with incredible precision. They don't just shine. They communicate.

How Do Headlights of the Audi Q3 Elevate Your Driving?

The real magic is in the adaptive projection. The headlights cast useful information directly onto the road in front of you.

Have you ever struggled to stay centered in your lane at night? The Q3's orientation light projects guiding lines onto the pavement. It works like a virtual rail to keep you perfectly positioned.

On a dark highway, the lane light function will dynamically illuminate the entire lane. It effectively widens your field of vision, reducing eye strain and increasing confidence.

A Major Leap for Safety

These smart headlights are also incredibly courteous and safe. Their anti-glare function automatically detects other vehicles. It then selectively dims the specific LEDs that would blind other drivers. You get full beam performance without ever having to flick the switch.

They can even warn you of potential hazards. If the temperature drops below 4 degrees Celsius, the headlights can project a large snowflake symbol on the road. It's a clear, immediate alert for possible icy conditions.

The Quick Guide to the New Hyundai Venue Powertrains

The new Venue offers three engines: the 1.2L petrol, the 1.0L turbo-petrol, and the 1.5L diesel. Your choice of variant directly controls which of these engines and gearboxes you can have.

Variant-Wise Breakdown: Find Your Match

For Budget-Conscious Buyers: HX 2

This base variant is surprisingly flexible. You can get it with the 1.2L petrol, the punchy 1.0L turbo-petrol (manual), or the 1.5L diesel (manual). It is a great starting point.

The Style-Focused Mid Variants: HX 4, HX 6, HX 6T

This is where things get specific. The HX 4 is offered only with the 1.2L petrol manual. The HX 6 drops the manual turbo-petrol but adds the 1.0L turbo with the 7-speed DCT automatic. The HX 6T is a 1.2L petrol-only variant.

The Powertrain King: HX 5

This is the most versatile variant. The HX 5 is the only one you can get with every single powertrain option. That includes the new diesel-automatic. If you want maximum choice, look here.

The Performance & Luxury Picks: HX 7, HX 8, HX 10

The HX 7 is a diesel-only variant (manual). The HX 8 is all about the turbo-petrol, offering both manual and DCT automatic. The top-tier HX 10 is for automatic lovers, offering only the 1.0L turbo DCT and the new 1.5L diesel-automatic.

Your Next Steps

Now that you know which new Hyundai Vanue's variant fits your engine needs, your research isn't over. The perfect Venue also needs the perfect color. Be sure to read our detailed guide on all 8 Color Options of the New Hyundai Venue 2025.

And if you're still deciding, our comparison with the old Venue and deep dive on the diesel-automatic can help you make the final call.

What Exactly is the New Option?

The new Venue will use a proven combination. It pairs the familiar 1.5-litre turbo-diesel engine with a 6-speed torque converter automatic transmission. This is the same smooth-shifting gearbox used in its cousin, the Kia Sonet. This move makes the Venue a much more compelling option for a specific group of buyers.

Why Does a Diesel-Automatic Matter in New Hyundai Venue?

This is all about perfect timing. Recent GST cuts have made diesel cars significantly more affordable. The price gap between petrol and diesel variants has shrunk. This means you don't need to drive as many kilometres to justify the initial cost of a diesel engine. It makes financial sense for more people.

A Word of Caution

This is a fantastic option, but it is not perfect for everyone. The torque converter automatic is super smooth and reliable. However, it can be less efficient in heavy, stop-and-go city traffic. This is the same kind of traffic that makes you want an automatic in the first place. So, expect great highway mileage, but be prepared for lower efficiency in bumper-to-bumper conditions. Also, this will be one of the more expensive powertrains to buy.

How Does It Stack Up Against Rivals?

The Venue now properly fights rivals like the Tata Nexon and Mahindra XUV 3XO. These SUVs also offer a diesel-automatic. But there is a key difference. The Nexon and XUV 3XO use an AMT automatic. The Venue's torque converter will offer much smoother and more refined gear shifts. This gives it a clear comfort advantage.

Also Read : All the 8 Color Options of New Hyundai Venue 2025

How Can You Secure Your New Hyundai Venue Booking?

You can book the completely redesigned new Hyundai Venue with a token amount of Rs. 25,000 from Hyundai’s official website. Secures your spot ahead of the November 4 launch.

What's the New Hyundai Venue Bringing to the Table?

Almost everything. Hyundai has given the Venue a head-to-toe makeover. The goal was clear. Make it bigger, make it smarter, and make it feel more premium. And from the looks of it, they have delivered.

A Bigger Presence on the Road

The new Venue has grown. It is now 30mm wider and a significant 48mm taller. Its wheelbase is also 20mm longer. 

This directly translates to more cabin space. You will enjoy better legroom and headroom. It also gives the SUV a more commanding road presence.

A Design That Means Business

Gone is the playful, quirky look. The new Venue adopts a mature, tech-focused design. Think of it as a mini-Tucson or Creta. Key highlights include sharp quad-beam LED headlamps, sleek LED DRLs, and modern full-width LED tail lamps. It looks more sophisticated and expensive.

The Cabin is a Huge Leap Forward

This is the most impressive upgrade. Step inside, and a massive curved panoramic display greets you. It combines a 12.3-inch infotainment screen with a 12.3-inch digital driver's cluster. The interior feels a generation ahead of the old model.

You also get premium touches like ambient lighting, a 4-way power adjustable driver's seat, and rear sunshades. Hyundai promises a more comfortable ride thanks to the longer wheelbase and redesigned seats.

What About the Engines?

Hyundai has played it safe here. The new Venue continues with the same trusted engine options. You can choose between the 1.2-litre petrol, the feisty 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, and the 1.5-litre diesel. The transmission options also remain unchanged. This is a practical move, but some may have hoped for a new hybrid or petrol-automatic combo in the base variant.

How Many Variants and Colors will the New Hyundai Venue Come With?

Hyundai has introduced a new 'HX' naming structure for variants. It ranges from HX2 to the top-end HX10.
For colors, you have 8 solid options. Two are brand new: Hazel Blue and Mystic Sapphire, and two are dual tone. You can also pick Atlas White, Titan Grey, Dragon Red, or Abyss Black. For a sportier look, Hazel Blue and Atlas White can be paired with a black roof. 

Read Here for a more Detailed Color Guide of the New Hyundai Venue

Your Next Steps

If you are curious about how the new model compares to the old one, check out our detailed comparison guide.

Ready to be one of the first to own it? Head to your nearest Hyundai dealership or their website with Rs. 25,000 to book your all-new Venue today. 

It’s an aggressive, street-ready vision for the hybrid model. The key news? Toyota is proving that hybrid efficiency and head-turning style can live in the same garage.

What Makes This Camry GT-S So Special?

This concept was built by Toyota’s own CALTY design team. Their goal was simple. Add pure performance attitude to the practical 2025 Camry.

The heart of the car is still the efficient 2.5-litre hybrid powertrain. It makes 232 horsepower. But everything wrapped around that engine is built for drama.

A Look That Screams Performance

The first thing you will notice is the paint. It's a custom color called "Inferno Flare". This fiery orange finish ensures you won't blend into traffic.

The car also sits 1.5 inches lower than a standard Camry. This gives it a powerful, planted stance. It rides on sharp 20-inch performance wheels.

Upgraded brakes hint at its serious capabilities. Massive eight-piston calipers grip the front rotors. This is a car designed to stop as well as it goes.

Will Toyota Sell the Camry GT-S?

This is the big question. For now, the Toyota Camry GT-S is strictly a concept car. Toyota has not announced any production plans.

Its purpose is to gauge public reaction. It shows what's possible straight from the factory. If fans and buyers get excited, that could change everything.

Think of it as a thrilling preview. Toyota is exploring how to inject more excitement into its most popular cars.

What’s the Launch Date of Renault Duster?

The next-generation Renault Duster will launch on January 26. This is not just another car launch. It is the revival of a name that changed the Indian SUV landscape.

First launched in 2012, the Duster was a revolution. It offered rugged looks and car-like driving at an unbeatable price. It sold over 200,000 units here. It built a cult following. Globally, its success was even more massive. This comeback is a major part of Renault's new strategy for India.

What Can We Expect from the New Duster?

The new Duster will be completely modern. It will blend the go-anywhere DNA of the original with the latest technology. Think of it as the tough, adventurous Duster you loved. But now it's smarter and more sophisticated.

Expect a bold and muscular design. The international model has those classic squared-off wheel arches. It has a high ground clearance for our roads. The interior will be a huge step up. It should feature a large touchscreen and a modern dashboard layout.

What is the Exciting Part of The Comeback of Duster?

The original Duster proved you could have a tough SUV without a huge price tag. It created the affordable, capable SUV segment. Its return promises to bring back that same value-packed spirit. It will shake up the compact SUV market dominated by the likes of the Hyundai Creta and Kia Seltos.

For Renault, this is a crucial move. The Duster is the hero they need to regain momentum. For you, it means more choice. It means the return of a proven, beloved nameplate with a fresh new look.

Any Word on Price and Variants?

Official prices will be revealed closer to the 2026 launch. However, expect it to be competitively positioned. Renault knows the Duster's success was built on value. It will likely target the heart of the compact SUV segment.

We anticipate multiple variants to suit different needs. There could be a focus on rugged-looking trims to highlight its adventurous side. Keep an eye out for details on color options as we get closer to the launch. Vibrant and dual-tone colours could be on the table.

How Can You Get One First?

Renault has already started a waiting program for the new Duster. This is for the true enthusiasts who want to be among the very first to own it. You can likely register your interest on Renault's India website. It is a smart way to secure early access.

The Final Word

The Duster’s return is fantastic news for the Indian car buyer. It brings back a trusted name with a modern twist. It promises capability, style, and value. The wait until 2026 will feel long for many fans. But if Renault gets the pricing and features right, the Duster is poised to reclaim its throne.

Hyundai has loaded its popular subcompact SUV with features usually found in more expensive cars. The goal is clear: to set a new benchmark in the segment.

Impressive Tech Features Inside the New Hyundai Venue

Step into the new Venue, and you’re greeted by a massive curved screen. It combines a 12.3-inch infotainment display and a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster into one sleek panel.

This system is powered by an NVIDIA processor. That means lightning-fast responses and sharp graphics. It supports over 400 voice commands in languages like Hindi, English, and Hinglish.

You also get a premium 8-speaker Bose sound system. A wireless charger and voice-controlled sunroof add to the convenience. The car even updates its own software over-the-air. You may never need to visit the dealership for a map update again.

How Safe is the New Hyundai Venue?

This is the real headline. The new Venue gets Level 2 Advanced Driver-Assistance Systems (ADAS). This is a first for the segment.

What does Level 2 ADAS mean for you? The car can help with steering, acceleration, and braking on the highway. It includes features like Smart Cruise Control that works in stop-and-go traffic. It can also help avoid collisions with cars, pedestrians, and cyclists.

The body itself is built stronger. Hyundai uses 71% high-grade steel for better crash protection. The company promises over 65 safety features in total.

Thirty-three of those are standard across all variants. This likely includes six airbags and electronic stability control. That is a very welcome move.

The only potential drawback of the new Hyundai Venue is that it hasn’t been tested in any NCPA test yet. So we hope Hyundai also passes this benchmark soon, as they do with their other cars, with a 5 star rating. 

What About Colors and Performance of New Venue?

The Venue is offering 8 different color options to suit different tastes. 

Here is the detailed color guide of the new Hyundai Venue 2025.

Under the hood, the Venue continues with efficient petrol engines. You can switch between Eco, Normal, and Sport driving modes. Paddle shifters are available for a more engaging drive.

It also gets traction control modes for Sand, Mud, and Snow. This adds a bit of extra confidence on tricky roads.

Is There Any Catch?

All these flashy tech and safety features will almost certainly be reserved for the top trim levels. The base variants will likely make do with much less.

This is a missed opportunity to make advanced safety more accessible. We hope Hyundai surprises us by offering features like ADAS on more variants soon.

The Final Note

The new Hyundai Venue is making a powerful statement. It is no longer just a stylish city SUV. It is a tech-loaded and safety-focused vehicle.

The pricing of the new Hyundai Venue is competitive; rivals like the Tata Nexon and Maruti Suzuki Brezza have a serious new challenger. 

Here is a complete look at all 8 color options you can choose from. Two of them are brand new. And two are dual tone.

What Are The 2 New Color Options of New Hyundai Venue?

The new Hyundai Venue is introducing two new color options 1. Hazel Blue, and 2. Mystic Sapphire.

The Hazel Blue is a sophisticated, muted blue that stands out from typical bright blues. It also gets a stylish dual-tone option with an Abyss Black roof.

The second new shade, Mystic Sapphire, is a deep, rich blue that looks almost luxurious. It should be a real head-turner on the road.

4 Mono Color Options to Choose in New Hyundai Venue

The new Hyundai Venue's 4 mono color lineup is both fresh and familiar. Returning favorites give you plenty of choice.

1. Atlas White

You can still get the classic Atlas White. It remains a clean and popular choice. This color also gets a dual-tone version with a black roof.

2. Titan Grey

Titan Grey offers a modern, understated look. It’s great for hiding dust and maintaining a sleek appearance.

3. Dragon Red

Dragon Red provides a bold, sporty statement for those who want to stand out.

4. Abyss Black

For a timeless, classic feel, Abyss Black is always available.

What are the Remaining 2 Dual-Tone Colors Options?

The two dual-tone options are : 

1. Hazel Blue with black roof and,

2. Atlas White with black roof. 

Both are typically reserved for the higher-end trims. If you have your heart set on a two-tone Venue. You will likely be looking at the SX or SX(O) variants.

This is where your choice gets specific. Not every color is available on every variant.

The more standard solid colors like Titan Grey and Abyss Black will be available across all variants. The table below contains more color details : 

Time to Make Your Choice

The new Hyundai Venue launches on November 4, is shaping up to be exciting. With 8 distinct colors, including two stylish new blues and two dual color options, there's a hue for every personality.

Also Read : Our comparison guide of the New Hyundai Venue vs the Old Hyundai Venue

New Upgrades in Design?

The prototype is still wrapped, but key details are emerging. The most obvious change is at the front and rear, where the lighting signatures are completely new. The headlights and tail lights appear slimmer and more graphic, pulling clear inspiration from the visionary Neue Klasse design language. This gives the SUV a more modern and sophisticated stance. While the look is new, it’s expected to ride on an evolution of the current CLAR platform. This smart move should ensure the X5 retains its superb driving dynamics while benefiting from new tech.

What Powertrains Will Be Available?

This is where the next X5 gets really interesting. BMW is planning to offer a powertrain for every kind of buyer. You can expect familiar petrol and diesel options, more powerful and efficient plug-in hybrid (PHEV) variants, and even a fully electric (BEV) model. The current 3.0-liter inline-six engine will likely carry over for the gasoline versions. But the biggest story is the confirmed arrival of a hydrogen fuel-cell (FCEV) variant. BMW is already piloting its HyMOS (Hydrogen Mobility at Scale) project in Europe, and the X5 will be a key model to bring this technology to market.

When Will the BMW X5 be Available?

Based on BMW's development cycle, the next-generation BMW X5 is expected to make its global debut sometime in 2028. Following that, it should arrive in dealerships as a 2029 model. While pricing is still a long way off, expect it to be competitive with rivals like the Mercedes-Benz GLA and Audi Q7.

The next X5 is shaping up to be the most versatile and technologically advanced model in its history. It aims to be the one SUV that can do it all, whether you're loyal to internal combustion, ready to go fully electric, or looking ahead to a hydrogen future. Stay tuned for more spy shots and details as its 2028 launch date approaches.

What’s New on This Sierra Spy Shot?

This isn't just another camouflaged car driving around. These new pictures give us our clearest look yet at the final design details that will make it to showrooms.

The most exciting reveal is the set of production-spec taillamps. They appear slimmer and more angular than the concept version we fell in love with. This is a clear sign that Tata is refining the design for the real world. The overall rear profile also looks chunkier and more sculpted, giving the Sierra a substantial, powerful stance on the road.

We also get a clear look at the modern flush-type door handles, which are expected to feature a small integrated light. And yes, that heavily wrapped rear quarter glass is almost certainly hiding the Sierra's legendary 'Alpine' windows, a classic design cue making a welcome return.

What Can You Expect Inside?

Tata is pulling out all the stops to make the Sierra a true flagship. The cabin is expected to be dominated by a massive, triple-screen setup that flows across the dashboard. This would include the infotainment screen, a digital driver's display, and a dedicated screen for the front passenger.

You can also expect a panoramic sunroof, ventilated front seats, a premium JBL sound system, and dual-zone automatic climate control. For safety, it should be packed with multiple airbags, a 360-degree camera, and a Level-2 ADAS suite for assisted driving on highways.

What Will Power the New Sierra?

The Sierra will return with traditional internal combustion engine (ICE) options first. It is expected to use Tata's proven 1.5-litre turbo-petrol engine, good for a healthy 170 PS of power, and a 1.5-litre diesel engine producing 118 PS.

Both engines will likely be offered with a choice of a 6-speed manual or a modern 7-speed DCT automatic transmission, promising a blend of performance and efficiency.

The Final Word: A Modern Legend Ready for Battle

The Tata Sierra is not just another SUV. It's a piece of Indian automotive history being reborn with cutting-edge tech and bold design. The expected starting price of the Tata Sierra is Rs. 10.50 lakh (ex-showroom). It's poised to shake up the compact SUV space and take on rivals like the Hyundai Creta, Kia Seltos, and Maruti Grand Vitara.

Image Source - CarDekho

A recent Instagram post clearly shows the SUV with an "On Army Duty" placard, confirming its new role. This isn't just a paint job; it's a full-blown military-grade machine built for communication and tough terrain.

What's New on This Army-Spec Fortuner?

Forget the chrome and bling. This Fortuner means business. The most obvious change is its matte olive green paint, perfect for blending into the landscape. It gets functional black door handles and gunmetal grey alloy wheels, completing its rugged, no-nonsense look.

The biggest giveaway? A satellite communication dish mounted on the roof. This isn't just for road trips. It's for securing battlefield communications.

Why Did the Indian Army Choose the Fortuner?

The Indian Army needs vehicles that are both capable and reliable. The Fortuner's proven ruggedness and powerful diesel engine make it a perfect base. Reports suggest the army has chosen the Sigma 4 variant, which comes with a full-time 4x4 system as standard.

This is essential for navigating the challenging off-road conditions often found in operational areas. It’s a platform the army can trust right out of the box.

What's Under the Hood? Any Performance Tweaks?

It’s likely the powertrain remains the trusted workhorse we know. The Fortuner Sigma 4 uses a 2.8-litre turbo-diesel engine that produces 204 PS of power.

The key here is massive torque, which is crucial for hauling heavy communication gear and climbing steep inclines. It generates a strong 420 Nm (manual) or 500 Nm (automatic) of torque.

There is speculation that to ensure ultimate reliability in harsh conditions, the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) might have been removed. This prevents potential clogging issues, a smart move for a vehicle that can't afford to fail.

What About the Interior?

While we haven't seen inside this specific vehicle, expect a complete transformation. The plush seats and entertainment system are out. In their place, you'll find advanced communication consoles, secure radios, battery packs, and equipment racks for the army's Corps of Signals.

This Fortuner is a mobile command and communication hub, first and foremost.

The Bottom Line: More Than Just a Pretty (Green) Face

This military-spec Toyota Fortuner is a brilliant example of adapting a proven civilian vehicle for serious duty. It combines the Fortuner's legendary off-road capability with specialized communication equipment, all wrapped in a durable, tactical package.

It proves that the bones of the Fortuner are tough enough for even the most demanding customer: the Indian Army.

Source*

What Exactly is the Kia Carens CNG?

This isn't a new factory-built model you'll see on Kia's main website. Instead, it's a dealer-fitted CNG kit. This means when you buy a specific Carens model, an authorised Kia dealer will professionally install the CNG system for you. 

The big plus? It's a government-approved kit from a renowned brand called Lovato, so you get peace of mind regarding safety and reliability.

How Much Does Kia Carens CNG Cost?

The CNG conversion kit itself is priced at Rs 77,900. This is an additional cost on top of the car's ex-showroom price. It’s a significant upfront investment, but one that promises serious long-term savings on every journey.

Which Carens Variant Can Get CNG?

Kia is offering this CNG kit only on the Premium (O) trim with the 1.5-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine and a manual gearbox. There are no other trim or automatic transmission options for the CNG version at this time.

What About Boot Space and Warranty?

Let's be honest, this is the big question with any CNG car. The CNG tank will be fitted in the boot. With all three rows of seats up, your luggage space will take a hit. This is a common trade-off in three-row vehicles like the Maruti Ertiga that offer CNG.

On the warranty front, it's covered by the equipment provider, Lovato. They offer a solid third-party warranty of 3 years or 1,00,000 km, which should cover any major concerns with the CNG system itself.

The End Note : Is it a Good Deal?

Consider this: a Carens Petrol Premium (O) with the dealer CNG kit will cost you around Rs 11.77 lakh (ex-showroom). The Carens Diesel version, in comparison, is priced at Rs 12.77 lakh (ex-showroom). The CNG option gives you a compelling cost advantage over the diesel while offering even lower per-kilometer running expenses.

When Can You Place Your Order?

30 January 2026. That's the day bookings officially recommence. This date is exactly one year after the model's initial booking frenzy began. The reopening follows a brief shipment suspension earlier this year, which has since been resolved, allowing cars to steadily flow into the Japanese market once more.

Why Was the Wait So Long?

Simple math. When the Jimny Nomade launched, it racked up over 50,000 orders in just four days. With an initial production of only 1,200 units per month, the waiting period ballooned to a staggering four years. Facing this massive backlog, Suzuki had no choice but to temporarily close the order books to manage expectations.

Is the Waiting Period Shrinking?

There is a real effort to speed things up. Suzuki has been working to ramp up production. As of July 2025, monthly output for the 5 door Jimny has been increased to approximately 3,300 units. This is a significant jump from the initial numbers.

Shipment data from Japan shows this push in action. After a dip during the temporary halt, imports surged to 3,999 units in September 2025 alone. While the queue is still long, this increased production is the key to slowly chipping away at that four-year wait.

Where is the Jimny Nomade Made?

Here's an interesting fact for Indian readers. The 5-door Jimny that Japan loves is built exclusively at Maruti Suzuki's plant in Gurugram, Haryana. From here, it is exported around the world, including to Japan, Australia, and South Africa. The global demand for this Indian-made SUV is a testament to its appeal.

End Note

Get ready for January 30, 2026, to secure your spot if you're in Japan and have been dreaming of a practical, go-anywhere 5-door Jimny.

What Makes This Five-Star Score So Good?

Simply getting five stars is a great achievement. How the Mazda 6e earned them is what truly matters. It didn't just scrape by; it excelled in the most critical areas.

The car scored a phenomenal 93% for Adult Occupant protection and an identical 93% for Child Occupant safety. This means whether you're driving to work or taking the kids to school, everyone inside is in one of the safest cabins on the road.

How Does It Protect Adults and Children?

For the driver and front passenger, the Mazda 6e achieved a perfect score in the demanding side barrier crash test. It also features a clever far-side airbag. This technology is designed to prevent the driver and passenger from colliding with each other in a side impact, significantly reducing the risk of injury.

When it comes to your most precious cargo, the Mazda 6e was just as stellar. It secured maximum points in frontal and side impact tests for child safety. The system makes it easy to correctly install child seats, a crucial factor for real-world safety. Plus, an Occupancy Monitoring System will alert you if a child or pet is accidentally left in the car after you leave.

What About Pedestrians and Safety Tech?

A modern safe car also looks out for people outside the vehicle. In the Vulnerable Road Users category (which includes pedestrians and cyclists), the Mazda 6e scored a solid 74%.

Its Safety Assist systems, the electronic guardian angels that help prevent accidents, scored a high 77%. This score reflects the car's advanced technology designed to keep you out of harm's way in the first place.

Source* 

This limited-run package is all about boosting the Hyryder's street presence, offering a dose of exclusivity for buyers who want their SUV to stand out from the crowd.

What are the New Features in the Aero Edition?

The Aero Edition is a styling package that adds three key pieces of body kit.

A new front spoiler gives the SUV a sharper and more aggressive face. Sculpted side skirts run along the lower body, creating a sleek, grounded profile. At the back, a redesigned rear spoiler completes the sporty look.

Together, these additions aim for a more dynamic and aerodynamic stance. It’s a simple but effective way to make your Hyryder look like it’s ready for action.

How Much Does It Cost and When Can You Get One?

The Aero Edition package comes at a premium of ₹31,999 over the standard variant prices. This package is available across all Hyryder variants, so you can add this flair whether you opt for a strong hybrid or a mild hybrid model.

The package is available now at Toyota dealerships across the country. Toyota has not announced an end date, positioning it as a limited-time offer to create urgency.

4 Colour Options to Choose From

You can spec your Aero Edition in four classic and bold colour options: White, Silver, Black, and Red. These colours help highlight the new body kit, ensuring your SUV makes a distinct visual statement on the road.

Why This Matters for Hyryder Fans

The Urban Cruiser Hyryder has been a massive hit in India, with sales crossing 1.68 lakh units since its launch. It successfully blended Toyota’s reliability with advanced hybrid tech.

This new Aero Edition doesn’t change the capable mechanics underneath. Instead, it answers the call for more personalization. If you love the Hyryder’s proven package but want to inject more personality and a sportier vibe into your daily drive, then this is your best chance.

A Front End That Demands Attention

The first thing you’ll notice is the face. The new Venue gets a sleek, futuristic look with full-width LED DRLs that blend seamlessly into C-shaped headlights. It’s a massive shift from the older model’s separate DRLs and rounded grille.

This new design, inspired by the larger Alcazar, gives the Venue a more confident and rugged SUV stance, complete with a bold skid plate. It’s a design that promises more presence on the road.

A Side Profile with Sharper Style

From the side, the new Venue looks more sculpted and athletic. Hyundai has traded the softer curves for sharper creases and more squared-off wheel arches. The new 5-spoke alloy wheels aren't just for show—they’re aerodynamically designed.

Taller roof rails and a slick silver finish on the C-pillar further enhance its modern, tough-guy look.

A Rear That Looks More Premium

The rear of the new Venue is arguably the biggest upgrade. While both models have connected tail lights, the new versions are sleeker and integrated into a black panel that proudly embosses the ‘VENUE’ name.

Paired with a chunkier bumper and a prominent silver skid plate, the overall effect is more premium and substantial. It no longer looks like a small SUV from the back.

Step Inside a Completely New Cabin

This is where the old and new Venue feel generations apart. Forget the rounded, conservative dashboard of the current model. The new cabin is a masterpiece of modern design.

The star of the show is the stunning curved screen setup, combining a 12.3-inch digital driver’s display and a 12.3-inch infotainment system. It’s a feature you’d expect in cars costing much more. The centre console is redesigned, the AC vents are new, and moonstone white ambient lighting adds a cool, sophisticated glow.

You also get a chunkier, three-spoke steering wheel (with a cool Morse code 'H' instead of a logo) and a fresh blue and grey interior theme that feels airy and upmarket.

Your Comfort is a Priority

Hyundai didn’t just upgrade the tech. They focused on making every journey more comfortable. The big news is the addition of ventilated front seats, a blessing in our summers.

For rear passengers, the seats now have a 2-step recline and sunshades have been added. It’s these thoughtful touches that make daily drives and long trips so much better.

The Tech and Safety Leap

The new Venue is packed with segment-leading features. You’re getting a Bose sound system for a concert-like experience, a 360-degree camera for stress-free parking, and an upgraded suite of Level-2 ADAS for an extra pair of eyes on the road.

Safety is top-notch with 6 airbags, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), and a Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) expected to be standard.

What About the Engines?

Hyundai is sticking with the proven formula under the hood. You can still choose from the 1.2-litre petrol, the peppy 1.0-litre turbo-petrol, and the 1.5-litre diesel engine.

The only significant update is for diesel lovers—it will now be available with a smooth 6-speed torque converter automatic, making it a more relaxed city driver.

What’s the Price Difference?

The new Hyundai Venue will come with a slightly higher price tag, and for good reason. With a complete design overhaul, a massive tech upgrade including the curved screens and Bose audio, and the addition of features like ventilated seats and 360-degree camera, you are getting a significantly better vehicle.

While the current Venue N Line ranges from Rs 7.26 lakh to Rs 12.46 lakh (ex-showroom), we expect the new model to start from around Rs 8 lakh and go up to Rs 14 lakh. When you see the sheer volume of improvements, the increase in price feels completely justified for the value you receive.

END Note

The new Hyundai Venue isn’t just a facelift; it’s a statement. It has leapfrogged its rivals in design, technology, and premium feel. If you’ve been considering a compact SUV, the 2025 Venue has just made your decision a whole lot more interesting.

Let's break down what's changed and how it affects your potential car-buying decision.

Which Victoris Variants Are More Expensive?

The price hike is specific and targeted. It applies only to the top two variants: the Victoris  ZXi+(O) MT and the ZXi+(O) 6AT.

Both these trims are now approximately Rs. 15,000 more expensive than before. This new pricing is effective immediately, so any car registered from now on will carry the revised price tag.

What Else Has Changed Inside the Car?

Here’s another significant shift. Maruti Suzuki has also made a change to the features list on the lower ZXi and ZXi (O) variants.

The leatherette seats have been removed from these models. You now have to step up to the range-topping ZXi Plus and ZXi Plus (O) variants to get that premium upholstery. This move clearly differentiates the top trims and encourages buyers to upgrade./

Why Does This Price Revision Matter?

For anyone considering a Victoris, this is a clear signal. Maruti Suzuki is fine-tuning its strategy post-launch. The increase helps the brand manage costs while keeping Victoris competitive in the hotly contested midsize SUV segment.

The good news? The entry-level price remains unchanged, starting at Rs. 10.50 lakh (ex-showroom). The core appeal of the Victoris is still very much intact. You still get a choice of a frugal 1.5-litre mild-hybrid petrol, an efficient strong-hybrid, or a practical CNG version. Transmission options, including the 5-speed manual, 6-speed automatic, and eCVT for the hybrid, also remain available.

End Note

This price adjustment is a common industry practice. It reflects the ongoing balancing act between offering value and managing production costs. If you were planning to buy a top-end Victoris, the Rs. 15,000 increase is a small but notable bump.

Bookings are officially open, with the grand launch set for November 4, 2025. So, what’s the big deal? Let’s dive in.

What’s New on the Outside?

The new Venue commands attention with a completely redesigned front end. It now features sleek C-shaped LED Daytime Running Lamps and a striking quad-headlamp setup. The pièce de résistance is a full-width connected LED light bar that gives it a modern, almost futuristic look after dark. This isn’t just for show; it means better visibility for you on night drives.

What’s the Cabin Like Now?

The first thing you’ll notice is the massive curved screen. Imagine two 12.3-inch displays flowing together—one as your digital driver’s instrument cluster and the other as your touchscreen infotainment system. It’s the same wow factor found in bigger, more expensive cars. This setup makes everything from navigation to music feel larger, clearer, and more integrated.

To match that brilliant screen, Hyundai has teamed up with Bose for a premium sound system. Your daily commute or road trip playlist will sound richer and more immersive. It turns traffic jams into private concerts.

What About Comfort and Practicality?

Hyundai has loaded the Venue with features that make daily driving a breeze. You now get ventilated front seats to keep you cool on hot days, a powered driver’s seat for effortless adjustment, and an electronic parking brake with auto hold for less fatigue in stop-and-go traffic. Plus, the 360-degree camera and front parking sensors make squeezing into tight spots remarkably stress-free.

A Big Leap in Safety

This is a major step forward. The new Venue will come with a Level 2 ADAS (Advanced Driver Assistance System). Think of it as an intelligent co-pilot. It includes features like adaptive cruise control, which maintains a set distance from the car ahead, and lane-keeping assist. While you always need to be in control, these systems provide an invaluable extra layer of safety for you and your family.

For ultimate peace of mind, it also comes with six airbags as standard across all variants.

What Are My Choices?

Hyundai is offering the new Venue with multiple engine and transmission options to suit different driving preferences. You’ll also have a range of vibrant colour schemes and trims to choose from, allowing you to personalize your SUV.

If you’re looking for a feature-packed, stylish, and safe urban SUV that thinks big, the new Venue should be at the very top of your list.

What Models Are Available and What's Under the Hood?

Vinfast is kicking things off with two distinct models to suit different needs and budgets.

1. Vinfast VF6:

This is your compact, city-friendly electric SUV. It's perfect for navigating urban streets and comes in two variants: Earth and Wind.

2. Vinfast VF7

A step up in size and presence, the VF7 offers a more powerful punch and is designed for those who want a premium feel.

How Far Can You Go on a Single Charge? 

The numbers are impressive. The VF6 uses a 59.6 kWh battery pack. You can expect an ARAI-certified range of up to 468 km. That's more than enough for a week of city commutes. The VF7 offers more flexibility. You can choose a 59.6 kWh pack or a larger 70.8 kWh battery for even more driving confidence. The top-tier VF7 Sky variants even come with an all-wheel-drive system for extra power and control.

What Kind of Tech and Comfort Can You Expect?

Vinfast has packed these SUVs with features you’ll love. Both models come loaded with modern essentials.

The VF6 gets all-LED lighting, a sleek glass roof, and keyless entry. Inside, you're covered by a 360-degree surround view camera for easy parking and connected car tech to keep you in control.

The VF7 takes it up a notch. It adds premium touches like a colored Head-Up Display that projects speed and directions right onto your windshield, and heated ORVMs. You even get a super-fast 90W C-type USB port to charge your laptop or tablet on the go.

How Safe Are the Vinfast VF6 and VF7?

Safety is a clear priority. Both SUVs are equipped with a robust suite of safety features to give you peace of mind. This includes:

• 7 Airbags

• ABS, EBD, and Traction Control

• Hill Start Assist

• Disc brakes on all wheels

• Multiple drive and regenerative braking modes

How Much Does Vinfast Cost?

Vinfast has positioned these EVs very competitively in the Indian market. Here are the starting prices (ex-showroom):

• Vinfast VF6: Starts at ₹16.49 Lakh

• Vinfast VF7: Starts at ₹20.89 Lakh

With these prices, the VF6 competes directly with other compact electric SUVs, while the VF7 presents a compelling package in the mid-size premium segment.

The first deliveries have already begun in cities like Kochi and Jaipur, with happy new owners sharing their excitement online. It's an exciting new chapter for India's EV market.

What Exactly Is the Trophy Edition?

Think of this as the Defender, but with a serious dose of expedition-ready character. It’s a limited edition that builds on the popular X-Dynamic HSE variant, but it carves its own niche with unique looks and a premium feel.

Priced at Rs. 1.39 crore (ex-showroom), it commands a premium of about Rs. 4 lakh over the standard model. For that, you get a vehicle that’s instantly recognizable and packed with exclusive styling cues.

What are the Interior Features of this New Edition?

This Trophy Edition makes its statement with two exclusive, adventure-inspired colours: vibrant Sandglow Yellow and deep Keswick Green. You won’t miss it in a parking lot.

It also gets a full suite of blacked-out elements for a tougher stance. This includes a gloss-black grille, dark grey 20-inch alloy wheels, and darkened body cladding. The final touch? "Trophy Edition" decals that proudly announce its limited-run status.

What are the Interior Features of the 110 Trophy Edition?

Step inside and the exclusivity continues. Land Rover has upgraded the cabin with premium materials and thematic finishes that reflect the model's adventurous spirit. You’ll find embossed branding and thoughtful details that remind you this isn’t just any Defender. It’s a more personalized and upscale space.

Engine Power of the Trophy Edition?

Under the hood, it’s the proven powerhouse you know and trust. The Trophy Edition is exclusively available with a 3.0-litre diesel engine, complete with mild-hybrid assist for a bit of extra efficiency and response.

It churns out a robust 345bhp and a massive 700Nm of torque. This power is sent to all four wheels through an eight-speed automatic transmission, launching this rugged machine from 0-100 kmph in a brisk 6.4 seconds. It’s every bit the capable off-roader the Defender is famous for.

What Exactly is the Nexon Red Dark Edition?

Think of it as the Nexon dressed to impress for a night out. This new edition is all about turning heads with a bold and exclusive look.

It’s based on the top-spec Fearless Plus S variant and gets a complete blackout. The body is finished in a sleek Atlas Black paint and it rides on darkened alloy wheels with blacked-out badges. The only hint of colour is a subtle 'Red Dark' badge on the front fender.

Inside, the theme continues with a sporty red and black cabin. The seats get a vibrant red upholstery that contrasts sharply with the black dashboard. Even the digital screens get special themed graphics to match the vibe. This edition is available with all engine options, including petrol, diesel and CNG.

How Much More Does This Style Cost?

For this head-turning makeover, you'll pay a premium of up to Rs 28,000. The Red Dark Edition starts at an ex-showroom price of Rs 12.44 lakh for the turbo-petrol manual, going up to Rs 14.15 lakh for the diesel AMT.

What Else is New in the 2025 Nexon?

The other big addition, which first appeared on the Nexon EV, is rear sunshades. This is a fantastic feature for Indian summers and adds a touch of premium comfort for rear seat passengers.

Otherwise, the Nexon remains the feature-packed SUV we know. It still boasts a large 10.25-inch touchscreen, a 10.25-inch digital driver's display, a panoramic sunroof, ventilated front seats and a 9-speaker JBL sound system. Safety is top-notch with six airbags standard across all variants.

End Note

If you've been considering a Nexon and love a sporty, exclusive look, the Red Dark Edition is a compelling choice. And if your priority is cutting edge safety, the new ADAS variant is a welcome and valuable addition to the lineup.

This move is a big deal for both new shoppers and existing Kia owners, promising long-term peace of mind for your investment.

What’s New in the Kia Warranty?

Kia India has officially stretched its extended warranty from a maximum of 5 years up to 7 years. This blanket coverage starts from your car's original date of delivery.

The best part? This isn't just for showroom-fresh purchases. If you already drive a Kia, you can also get in on this new security plan.

Which Kia Cars Are Covered in the New Warranty Period?

The expanded 7 year warranty is available across Kia's popular lineup in India. This includes the Seltos, the Sonet, the Carens, and the Carnival. Essentially, no matter which Kia model you own or are planning to buy, you're eligible for this longer protection.

How Does the 7 Year Warranty Plan Work?

Kia is offering two clear paths to get the 7-year coverage.

For new customers walking into a showroom, you can purchase a single, seamless 7 year extended warranty package. This is priced from Rs. 47,249 (plus taxes).

For existing customers who already have a five-year extended warranty, Kia has a clever "5+2" plan. This allows you to top up your current coverage with an additional two years. The upgrade starts at an affordable Rs. 32,170 (plus taxes).

How to Get Your Extended Warranty

Getting this coverage is straightforward. You simply need to visit any authorised Kia dealership across the country. Their team will guide you through the simple process, whether you're buying a new car or upgrading your current one.

Kia's executives have stated that this initiative reflects their deep confidence in the quality and durability of their vehicles. It’s a powerful statement that they stand behind their products for the long haul.

The End Note

Kia's eight-year/unlimited km warranty shook up the industry when it launched. Now, this 7-year extended warranty is another masterstroke in customer care. It’s a tangible benefit that offers real financial protection and strengthens the trust between the brand and its owners.

If you're a Kia owner or have your eye on one, this is the perfect time to secure unparalleled peace of mind for the next 7 years.

A Design That Screams Electric

The M12Electro makes a visual statement with its assertive metallic red, gloss white and carbon black livery. This isn't just for show; the design reflects a team with renewed confidence. The livery features 12 distinct stripes, a proud nod to each year Mahindra has competed in the Formula E World Championship since its inception.

Adding to the sense of national pride is an Indian flag motif, reminding fans that this is the only Indian team competing at the world championship level in motorsport. It’s a car designed to look as fast and purposeful as it performs on track.

More Than Just a Pretty Face

So, what's actually new on the car that matters for performance? After the major hardware overhaul for the previous season, the team is focusing on evolution and refinement. The M12Electro benefits from significant software updates and subtle tweaks to the GEN3 Evo package that the team spent the summer refining.

Team Principal Frederic Bertrand calls it a continuation of the progress that saw them secure five podium finishes last season. The goal is to convert those strong finishes into race wins. As driver Nyck de Vries notes, with everyone clustering closer in performance in the final year of this car generation, mastering the small details is what will provide a competitive edge.

The Drivers Behind the Wheel

Mahindra is sticking with its proven lineup for a third consecutive season. The team will once again be piloted by the experienced duo of Nyck de Vries and Edoardo Mortara. Between them, they bring a wealth of knowledge with 181 race starts, 10 wins, and 22 podiums.

They will be supported by Kush Maini, who continues as Reserve Driver. Maini, one of India's brightest single-seater talents, will take on an increased role at races and participate in rookie tests and practice sessions.

From Track to Street

The technology developed for the M12Electro isn't just for winning races; it's a high-speed laboratory for Mahindra's road-going electric vehicles. The team is strengthening its "Race to Road" program, and the M12Electro now proudly carries the company's Born EV logo, also seen on consumer models like the BE 6 and XEV 9e.

This technical connection is further amplified by a new partnership with Valvoline Global Operations. The collaboration will focus on developing advanced e-fluids and gearbox technologies designed to boost performance, efficiency and durability. Lessons that will benefit electric mobility far beyond the racetrack.

The Road Ahead

Mahindra's ambition for the season is clear: challenge for a top-three position in the teams' championship. This confidence follows a stellar Season 11 where the team rocketed up the standings, finishing fourth overall and tripling its points tally from the year before. The team secured five podium finishes in iconic cities like Monaco, Jakarta and London, proving its return to form was no fluke.

The M12Electro will have its first track test at the official Formula E pre-season test in Valencia from October 27-31. The season then kicks off in earnest with the São Paulo E-Prix on December 6, where the world will see if Mahindra's electric roar can be translated into championship glory.

This is big news for anyone shopping in the premium segment. It promises a new level of luxury, with a key advantage that could change the game.

A New Luxury Player Entering the India Market

Genesis is Hyundai's standalone luxury division, much like Lexus is to Toyota. Globally, it has a strong lineup of seven models. These include sleek sedans like the G80 and G90 and modern SUVs like the GV70 and GV80.

The brand is renowned for its bold design, serene cabins and a focus on customer experience that rivals the best in the world.

The Big News: Local Assembly for Better Prices

The most important detail for Indian buyers is how these cars will be built. Genesis models will be locally assembled in India.

This "Made-in-India" strategy is a game-changer. Local assembly avoids heavy import taxes, which means Genesis cars can be priced much more competitively. You can expect a significant price advantage over rivals like Mercedes-Benz, BMW, and Audi who rely heavily on fully imported models.

This direct approach to pricing makes the upcoming Genesis launch one of the most anticipated luxury car events in years.

What to Expect at the Genesis Launch

While the full model lineup is still under wraps, industry trends give us a strong clue. Genesis will likely kick off its Indian journey with one of its luxury SUVs, such as the GV70 or GV80. SUVs are what Indian luxury buyers want, and Genesis is ready to deliver.

Hyundai is also expected to treat Genesis as a true standalone brand. This means exclusive, dedicated Genesis showrooms. You will not find these cars at your local Hyundai dealership.

The company is planning a complete premium ownership experience tailored for high-end customers, from the first visit to the showroom to after-sales service.

Hyundai is set to invest ₹45,000 crore in India for such launches: Read here for more info.

This bold move follows the company's landmark IPO and is built on 29 years of trust with Indian customers. The goal is clear: to make Hyundai Motor India the second-largest region for the global brand and a cornerstone of its future.

26 New Cars are Set to be Launched by 2030

Get ready for a flood of new options. Hyundai has confirmed a staggering 26 new launches by FY2030. This includes seven completely new nameplates, marking its entry into two hotly contested segments: the family-friendly MPV space and the rugged off-road SUV market.

The Electric Centerpiece: A "Made in India" EV

The headline grabber is the promise of India’s first locally manufactured dedicated electric SUV by 2027.

Why does this matter? Local production is the key to competitive pricing. This SUV isn't just another imported model. It's being built here for India, signaling a serious commitment to making electric mobility more accessible and affordable.

A Powertrain for Every Preference

Hyundai is covering all bases. The company plans to become one of the very few mass-market brands to offer a full suite of powertrains: petrol, CNG, Hybrid and Electric.

By the end of the decade, they aim for over 50% of their sales to come from these cleaner technologies. You won't have to choose between going green and your practical needs.

Reaching Every Corner of India

Hyundai's ambition isn't limited to metros. The company plans to expand its sales and service network to cover 85% of India's districts. It expects 30% of its total sales to come from rural markets, ensuring that customers across "Bharat" have access to its products and support.

A Touch of Luxury: Genesis is Coming

For those with a taste for the premium, Hyundai is officially bringing its global luxury brand, Genesis, to India by 2027. This will introduce a new layer of sophisticated competition to the German-dominated luxury car market, offering you more high-end choices.

Why Is India So Strategic?

This investment cements India's role as a global hub for Hyundai. The company isn't just making cars for Indians; it's making cars in India for the world. It aims for exports to contribute up to 30% of its production by 2030.

Mr. José Muñoz, President & CEO of Hyundai Motor Company, directly linked this growth to the "Honorable Prime Minister Shri. Narendra Modi's vision of 'Make in India'."

The Bottom Line: Growth and Shareholder Value

Financially, the targets are as ambitious as the product plans. Hyundai Motor India is targeting a 1.5X jump in revenue, aiming to cross the ₹1 Lakh Crore milestone by FY2030.

Source*

As a strategic part of Hyundai, they have announced a new CEO for Hyundai India. Read here for more info.

Spied Exterior Features of Toyota Hilux

The front end has been completely reworked. Forget the current look. This new Hilux sports a bold, upright grille with a modern mesh pattern. The bumper is more prominent and the headlights are sharper, giving it a tougher, more commanding presence on the road.

From the side, the familiar, rugged silhouette remains, but it now rolls on a fresh set of alloy wheels. Move to the back, and you’ll spot redesigned tail lights. It’s a comprehensive refresh designed to make sure the Hilux looks the part as a modern, premium workhorse.

Spied Features of the Interior

This is where the real upgrade happens. Leaked design patents have shown a cabin that leaps into the modern age. Imagine a large, freestanding touchscreen infotainment system, much like you’d find in a high-end SUV, paired with a fully digital driver’s display.

For the first time, the Hilux could offer features like ventilated seats, powered front seats and even electrically operated rear windows. An electronic parking brake and a head-up display are also on the cards. This means you get the same rugged capability but with the comfort and tech of a modern family car.

Powertrain Change of Toyota Hilux

For those who rely on the Hilux's legendary performance, the heart remains the same. The trusted 2.8-litre diesel engine is expected to carry over. That means you still get a mighty 204 PS and a massive 500 Nm of torque with the automatic transmission.

All the serious off-road hardware is staying too. The 4WD system with high and low range, the electronic differential lock and downhill assist control are all part of the package. 

When Can I Buy the Toyota Hilux?

Mark your calendars for a global debut later this year, likely at the Thailand Motor Expo. Sales in international markets like Australia and Europe should begin in early 2026.

While an India launch is still a bit farther out, possibly in 2027, it will be worth the wait. When it arrives, it will continue its rivalry with the Isuzu V-Cross and the Mahindra Scorpio N-based pickup.
Image Source*

This is a landmark move, as Garg will be the first Indian national to hold the top position in the company's nearly three-decade history in the country.

Who is Tarun Garg?

If the name sounds familiar, it should. Tarun Garg isn't a new face to Hyundai. He has been a key driver behind the company's recent success.

He first joined Hyundai India as the head of sales, service, and marketing. His sharp understanding of what Indian car buyers want led to a rapid promotion. In 2023, he became the company's Chief Operating Officer (COO).

Why Was He Chosen for the Top Job?

Simply put, his track record speaks for itself. Under his leadership as COO, Hyundai India hit the fast lane. The company achieved record sales for three years in a row. It also posted record-breaking profits and completed India's largest IPO in 2024.

The global headquarters specifically cited his "progressive vision" and "deep understanding of the Indian market." They needed a leader who knows the Indian roads, both literally and figuratively, and Garg has proven he does.

When Does Tarun Garg Take Charge as the CEO?

Tarun Garg will officially begin his new role on January 1, 2026. He will be taking over from the outgoing MD and CEO, Unsoo Kim, who will be moving to a strategic role at Hyundai's parent company in South Korea.

A First Look at the Future Corolla

Toyota will pull the covers off this exciting Corolla concept at the 2025 Japan Mobility Show. This isn't just a flight of fancy; it’s a clear preview of the 13th-generation Corolla. The design is sharp, edgy and packed with cues that point directly to the production car coming to a showroom near you.

So, what’s actually new? Let’s discover!

Toyota Corolla Gets Bold and Sporty Features

Gone is the familiar front end. In its place is a modern "hammerhead shark" inspired design. A sleek, full-width LED light bar defines the nose, with angular daytime running lights sitting above the main headlamps. The large grille is history, replaced by a cleaner lower air intake.

This gives the car a wider, more planted look that screams sophistication. For you, this means a Corolla that finally looks as advanced and efficient as it drives.

From the side, you will notice sculpted body panels and a sleek, downward-sloping window line. This isn’t just for show. It contributes to a more aerodynamic profile, which can help with fuel efficiency and a quieter cabin on the highway.

What’s Powering the Next Corolla?

Toyota is playing its cards close to the chest on the official powertrain. However, the concept’s design strongly hints at an electrified future. We are likely looking at a new plug-in hybrid system that offers even more electric-only range, or possibly a full-electric version.

This is great news for your wallet. A plug-in hybrid means you could do most of your daily commuting on cheap electricity alone, only using gas for longer road trips.

When Can You Buy the Toyota Corolla and What's the Cost?

This is the big question. While Toyota has only confirmed the concept, we can make some educated guesses. Typically, after a concept is shown, the production version follows within 6 to 12 months.

This timeline points to a potential global launch in late 2026. The first next-gen Corolla models could be arriving at dealerships by early 2027.

As for pricing, expect Toyota to remain competitive. The current Corolla's strong value proposition is a key to its success. We anticipate a modest increase over the current model due to the new technology and design, likely in the range of 3-5%. This would keep it firmly in the heart of the compact car segment, offering that legendary Toyota reliability with a cutting-edge new look.

After an eight-month pause, deliveries have officially begun, meaning your ultimate mobile sanctuary is ready for its new home.

How Does Lexum LM 350h Being E20 Compliance Actually Useful?

In simple terms, the LM 350h's engine is now certified to run smoothly on E20 petrol. This is a fuel blend that contains 20% ethanol mixed with regular petrol.

For you, this translates to two key benefits : 

1. Firstly, it future-proofs your vehicle as India moves towards more sustainable fuel options. 

2. Second and more practically, it gives you flexibility at the fuel station. You can fill up with either regular petrol or E20 without a second thought, making long drives even more hassle free.

Cabin Changes Inside the Car

Lexus hasn't just tweaked the engine. They've listened to early feedback and added some thoughtful touches. A new, convenient switch has been placed on the rear console, giving passengers direct control over the powered doors.

The driver also gets an upgrade with the addition of an auto-dimming function for the Outside Rear View Mirrors (ORVM). This reduces glare from headlights of vehicles behind you, making night drives more comfortable and safer.

The Lavish LM Experience Remains Untouched

The core of what makes the LM a rolling five-star hotel remains gloriously intact. You step into a cabin swathed in either elegant Black or serene Solis White upholstery.

The highlight for rear-seat passengers is still the massive 48-inch panoramic display, perfect for presentations or movie marathons on the go. It’s complemented by a 23-speaker Mark Levinson audio system, fold-out tables, heated armrests, and a built-in refrigerator. It’s not just a vehicle; it’s a mobile executive suite.

Ready to Take Delivery?

With deliveries now underway, the wait is over. The Lexus LM 350h is available in two configurations. The 7-seater version starts at Rs 2.15 crore (ex-showroom), while the ultra-exclusive 4-seater version is priced at Rs 2.69 crore (ex-showroom).

If your booking was in the queue, your local Lexus dealer should be reaching out soon. For new admirers, now is the perfect time to experience this pinnacle of luxury and technology firsthand.

Read Also : Maruti Suzuki Fronx Flex-Fuel E85 

What’s New in the 2026 Kwid E-Tech?

The 2026 version of the Kwid E-Tech is more than just a facelift. It is a full redesign. Almost every body panel, except the roof, has been reworked to give it a neater and more confident stance. The front now features a glossy piano-black grille and sleek full-LED lighting at both ends, giving the small hatchback a fresh, premium appeal.

Step inside, and the upgrades continue. A new infotainment system brings a more connected driving experience, while safety takes a big leap with 11 advanced driver assistance features, including lane keep assist and automatic emergency braking — perfect for busy urban traffic.

How Far Can You Go on a Single Charge?

Range worries won’t be a problem here. The Kwid E-Tech delivers up to 180 km on a single charge, making it ideal for daily commutes or weekend errands around town. Compact dimensions and a tight turning radius make it easy to slip through traffic or find parking in crowded city spaces.

Price of Renault Kwid E-Tech

Renault has priced the new Kwid E-Tech at $ 99,990 in Brazil, which translates to roughly ₹16.6 lakh. That makes it an affordable electric hatchback in the segment without cutting corners on design, comfort or technology.

When Will India See the Kwid Electric?

With its official debut in Brazil, excitement is building for its arrival in India. Renault has already hinted that the electric Kwid will make its way to Indian shores soon, likely carrying the same stylish design, modern tech, and urban-friendly range.

If you’re eager to know about the India-specific variants, features, pricing and launch timeline, don’t miss our detailed coverage of the Renault Kwid Electric India launch.  It has everything you need before this EV hits the roads.

What’s New the Countryman JCW Bringing?

For starters, this is the first petrol-powered version of the new, larger Countryman to hit Indian roads. Until now, we only had the all-electric Countryman E. The JCW variant swaps the silent electric motor for a roaring, traditional heart and it’s a masterpiece.

A 2.0-litre, four-cylinder turbo-petrol engine that churns out a massive 296 bhp and 400 Nm of torque. Power is sent to all four wheels through a slick 7-speed dual-clutch automatic gearbox. 

The result? This Mini can sprint from 0 to 100 kmph in a blistering 5.4 seconds. It’s not just about city charm anymore; this is serious performance.

What Sets Mini Countryman JCW Apart?

You’ll know this is the top dog at a glance. The Mini Countryman JCW builds on the standard car's design but adds a serious dose of aggression. Look for the sportier front and rear bumpers, the menacing quad exhaust tips and signature red highlights that scream John Cooper Works. It rides on unique alloy wheels that complete the racy stance.

Mini is offering it in three classic yet bold colour schemes: 

1. Midnight Black with a Red roof and racing stripes, 

2. Legend Grey with a Red roof and stripes, 

3. The timeless British Racing Green with a Black roof.

Interior Features of Countryman JCW

Slide inside and the sporty theme continues. You’re greeted by a bespoke JCW steering wheel, heavily bolstered sports seats, and red accents throughout the cabin. The metal-finished pedals remind you of its racing pedigree and the digital screens feature special JCW graphics. For when you really need to overtake or enjoy a winding road, there’s even a dedicated ‘Boost Mode’ button to unleash the engine’s full power instantly.

The News About Mercedes-Benz G 450d Launch

This is more than just another launch. The G 450d marks the return of the diesel engine to the G-Class lineup — something Indian SUV enthusiasts have been eagerly waiting for. Mercedes clearly knows its customers; diesel power still rules the hearts (and highways) of luxury SUV buyers.

Engine, Power & Performance

Under the hood sits a 3.0-litre inline-six turbo-diesel engine, producing 367 bhp and a mighty 750 Nm of torque. Pair that with a 48V mild-hybrid system offering an additional 15 kW boost, and you’ve got serious pulling power.

The G 450d uses Mercedes’ 9-speed automatic gearbox with 4MATIC all-wheel drive, capable of rock-solid off-roading and smooth city cruising alike. It sprints from 0–100 km/h in just 5.8 seconds, which is quick for something this big and boxy.

Off-Road Stats That Impress

The G 450d continues the G-Class legacy of being a true go-anywhere machine. With a ground clearance of 241 mm, a water-wading capacity of 700 mm, and approach, breakover, and departure angles of 31°, 26°, and 30°, respectively — this SUV is built to tackle almost anything nature throws at it. Whether it’s rocks, rivers, or rugged terrain, the G 450d doesn’t just survive off-road adventures; it dominates them.

Design & Exterior Updates

The G 450d gets a new grille with horizontal slats, redesigned bumpers, and 20-inch AMG alloy wheels that add a touch of aggression. The classic boxy silhouette remains untouched — because why fix perfection?

Interiors: Familiar but Fabulous

Step inside and the G 450d feels instantly luxurious and commanding. The cabin features dual 12.3-inch displays running the latest MBUX NTG7 system, along with AR-based navigation and a transparent bonnet view that helps you see obstacles while off-roading. 

The premium feel continues with a 760W Burmester sound system, 360° camera, Level-2 ADAS, Nappa leather upholstery, and stunning ambient lighting. It’s a cabin that balances ruggedness with first-class comfort.

Safety Features of Mercedes-Benz G 450d

Mercedes didn’t cut corners here. The G 450d packs advanced driver-assistance systems, multiple airbags, 360° visibility, and robust build quality. It’s one of those SUVs that feels safe even before you start the engine.

Pricing and Availability

At ₹2.9 crore (ex-showroom), the G 450d undercuts its electric and AMG siblings, making it the most accessible G-Class in India. 

We’ve just gotten our hands on the first clear spy shots of the production ready Tata Sierra interior and below are the biggest headlines.

A First Look Inside the Futuristic Cabin

The moment you step into the new Sierra, your eyes will be drawn to the dashboard. Tata has thrown out the old rulebook and created a driver-focused, tech-heavy environment that rivals cars costing twice as much.

1. The Triple Screen Wonder in Tata Sierra

This is the Tata Sierra's party piece and it’s a serious game-changer.

• A Digital Driver's Display: Right in front of the steering wheel, this screen will give you all your essential driving info speed, battery level, and range in crisp, clear detail.

• A Large Central Touchscreen: This is your command center for infotainment, navigation, and connectivity. It’s sleekly integrated and should offer a super responsive experience.

• A Passenger-Side Screen: This is the coolest part! A third screen on the dashboard is dedicated solely to the front passenger. They can control music, navigate, or even watch videos without distracting the driver. It’s a premium feature that’s all about comfort for everyone.

2. Premium Touches You'll Love

Beyond the screens, the cabin is filled with thoughtful details that elevate the entire feel.

• A Two-Spoke Steering Wheel: It’s a modern, chic design that gives an airy, open feel and offers a great view of the driver's display.

• Ambient Lighting: Subtle lighting accents around the cabin (especially on the dashboard and doors) will allow you to set the perfect mood for any drive, day or night.

• Premium Materials: From the looks of it, Tata has used a mix of soft-touch materials, fabric inserts, and sleek gloss black finishes to make the cabin feel upmarket and inviting.

• Spacious & Airy Vibes: Thanks to its massive glass area and likely flat floor (it's an EV!), the cabin feels incredibly open and roomy for all passengers.

Ready to See More?

The Tata Sierra is shaping up to be the most exciting Indian car launch of the year. 

You can read the whole news about the Tata Sierra here.

Image Source*

What’s the Latest with Ford's Chennai Plant?

Ford’s factory in Chennai has been sitting quiet since 2022. But last year, things started looking up. The company submitted a plan to the Tamil Nadu government to fire up the plant again, not for the Indian market, but primarily for exporting vehicles.

What’s new? 

The recent tariffs announced by the Trump administration have forced Ford to hit the pause button. They're now having a major strategic rethink. A high level meeting is expected soon to decide the plant's fate.

The Bottom Line for You?

While you won't be buying a new Ford Endeavour or EcoSport made in India anytime soon, this decision impacts the local economy and the future of a major manufacturing hub.

So, What Are Ford’s Options Now?

It’s a high-stakes situation. According to sources, Ford is essentially left with two choices:

• Option A: Start Operations. They can push ahead with the original plan, hoping the export numbers still make financial sense despite the new tariffs.

• Option B: Write Off the Investment. This is the more drastic option, to completely walk away from the Chennai plant from a manufacturing standpoint.

The key thing to remember is that profits keep the lights on. With these new tariffs, the math on making the Chennai plant profitable may have just gotten a lot harder.

Where is Ford's Focus Really Going?

If you’re wondering where Ford is putting its money, look towards Europe. The company is making massive bets there, especially on electric vehicles (EVs).

• Big EV Push: Ford has invested heavily in a major EV initiative in Cologne, Germany.

• New Models Coming: A lineup of new electric models is planned for the European market.

• Major Investments: With a new UK component hub and billions allocated for Germany, it’s clear that Europe is Ford's top priority now.

Image Source*

The Big Changes in Bharat NCAP 2.0?

The current Bharat NCAP tests are a great start, but the new version is levelling up in a big way. The focus is on simulating more real-world accident scenarios.

1. The Full-Width Frontal Impact Test

• What it is - Instead of just an offset crash where only one side of the front hits a barrier, this test slams the entire front of the car into a solid wall.

• Why it matters - This is a brutal test of the car's overall passenger safety cage. It checks if the entire structure, from the engine bay to the footwells, can absorb a massive, direct impact without collapsing into the cabin. It ensures the safety cell around you remains intact.

2. The Rear Impact Crash Test (Whiplash Test)

• What it is - This test simulates what happens when your parked car is slammed into from behind by another vehicle.

• Why it matters - Its primary goal is to evaluate whiplash protection. Good seats and head restraints are crucial here to prevent neck and spine injuries in a rear ender, one of the most common types of city accidents. It also tests the integrity of the fuel system to prevent leaks and fires.

3. Introducing the Mobile Progressive Deformable Barrier (MPDB) Test

• What it is - This is a futuristic test where the car hits a barrier that itself deforms, mimicking the front of another car.

• Why it matters - Real crashes are often car vs car. The MPDB test doesn't just check how safe your car is for you, but also how its design affects the other car in a collision. It promotes "collision compatibility," making everyone on the road safer.

The Road Ahead is Safer

Bharat NCAP 2.0 is a massive leap forward for automotive safety in India. It empowers you with more reliable information and pushes carmakers to build vehicles that are genuinely prepared for the realities of Indian driving conditions. We are getting Safer!

What Makes the BE6 Rall-E So Special?

Think of it as the adventurous cousin of the upcoming XUV.e8 and XUV.e9. While those are sleek and stylish, the BE6 Rall-E is all about rugged capability. It’s built on Mahindra’s brand new INGLO platform, the same foundation for all their future EVs, meaning you get cutting-edge tech wrapped in a tough shell.

Here’s What We Got to Know with Mahindra BE6 Rall-E Spy Shots:

Why Should You Care? The Benefits for You :

This isn't just about a new model. It's about a new kind of EV for the Indian market.

• Adventure-Ready, Emissions-Free: Imagine tackling rough roads or planning a weekend getaway without a whisper of engine noise or a drop of fuel. It’s all the fun of an SUV with the low running costs of an EV.

• Tough Looks, Modern Tech: You get the rugged, blocky styling that shouts "capability," combined with the latest infotainment and driver aids from Mahindra's new electric family.

• A More Accessible EV? As a compact SUV, the BE6 Rall-E could be positioned to be more affordable than its larger siblings, making a tough electric SUV a reality for more people.

What We Spied: The Tell-Tale Signs

The recent sightings in Chennai confirm that this is no ordinary prototype. The test mule was heavily camouflaged, but our sharp-eyed spies noticed key details:

• A high-ground clearance setup.

• Distinct roof rails are perfect for mounting your gear.

• The characteristic boxy shape offers more cabin and boot space.

• It was riding on Mahindra's new INGLO platform, confirmed by its proportions and chassis.

Mahindra is clearly not just building electric cars; they're building electric personalities. The BE6 Rall-E is shaping up to be the perfect vehicle for the urban adventurer – someone who needs a practical daily driver but whose heart longs for the weekend trails.

Image Source*

What’s the Big Deal?

Think of this as the incredibly capable Scorpio N SUV, but reimagined with a massive, open bed at the back. Mahindra is essentially building the ultimate tool for entrepreneurs and adventurers. These spy shots from the gruelling roads of Leh are our best look yet at a vehicle that aims to dominate both the worksite and the weekend getaway.

The Key Details: What We Know So Far

Based on the latest spy shots and expert analysis, here’s a breakdown of what you can expect.

It’s All About the Tough New Look

The prototype spotted in Leh might be covered in camouflage, but the shape is unmistakable.

• Front-End Muscle: It shares the bold, upright grille and headlights with the Scorpio N SUV, giving it a powerful and modern face.

• Single-Cab Body: The spied model is a single-cab, meaning a two-seater cabin with a primary focus on maximising cargo space in the rear.

• Focus on Utility: The design is all business at the back, with a long, flat load bed ready to carry everything from construction material to camping gear.

Expected Powertrain: Borrowing Proven Muscle

While Mahindra is staying quiet on official specs, the educated guess is that it will use the same proven engines from its stablemates.

• The Mhawk Diesel: Expect the workhorse 2.2-litre mHawk diesel engine. It’s known for its strong pulling power and reliability—exactly what a pickup needs.

• The Petrol Power: A 2.0-litre turbo-petrol engine from the Scorpio N is also a strong possibility, offering a peppier driving experience for those who want it.

• 4x4 is a Given: Given that it's being tested in Leh, one of the toughest terrains in India, a robust 4x4 system will almost certainly be on offer. This isn't just for off-roading; it means unmatched confidence on slippery worksites or monsoon-soaked rural roads.

The Bottom Line: What Makes It Exciting

Mahindra is playing to its strengths. By building a pickup on the fantastic Scorpio N foundation, they are creating a vehicle that promises a level of comfort, refinement, and off-road capability that’s rare in the pickup segment. You won’t have to choose between a jittery work truck and a comfortable family car; this aims to be both.

Image Source - Reddit

So, What's the Big Deal?

For years, if people wanted a small, dependable city car in India, they likely thought of a Suzuki. But the electric space has been missing that same trusted, affordable nameplate. The Vision e-Sky Concept changes that. It’s not just a flashy show car; it’s a concrete promise from Maruti Suzuki that a mass-market EV is on its way to your driveway.

Key Details: Your Quick Guide to the Vision e-Sky

• What is it? A concept car that gives us a clear look at Suzuki's first compact electric hatchback for the mass market. Think of it as a near-production preview, not a far-fetched fantasy.

• What will it be called? While it's a concept now, it's heavily based on the beloved WagonR platform. The final production model is expected to be the electric successor to the WagonR we know and love.

• What’s under the hood? This is where it gets exciting. The concept boasts a 270 km range (likely as per the MIDC testing cycle). For your daily commute, school runs, and errands around town, that’s more than enough to conquer "range anxiety."

Why This Electric Suzuki Matters to YOU

This isn't just another EV for the wealthy. This is being built from the ground up to be your first electric car. Here’s how it benefits you:

• Low Running Costs: Imagine "refuelling" your car for a fraction of the cost of petrol. Electric charging is significantly cheaper, making your monthly budget breathe a sigh of relief.

• Trusted Brand, New Tech: You get Suzuki’s legendary reputation for reliability and low maintenance, now wrapped in a modern, zero-emissions package. It’s the best of both worlds.

• Perfect for City Life: Its compact dimensions, honed over years of WagonR success, make it a champion for squeezing into tight parking spots and navigating busy streets with ease.

• A Peek at the Design: The concept shows a fun, futuristic take on the tall-boy design. Expect a spacious, airy cabin with a minimalist dashboard dominated by a large touchscreen – a welcome step into the modern era.

What We Know So Far (The Spec Sheet)

Honda is celebrating this massive milestone with special tributes and a look to the future. For us, it’s a perfect time to appreciate why the CR-V remains a top contender and to see the exciting tech, like the plug-in fuel cell model, that's shaping its next chapter.

A Quick Trip Down Memory Lane: How the CR-V Evolved

The CR-V's story started in 1995 with a simple, brilliant idea: create a "Comfortable Runabout Vehicle." It was designed to be an "urban SUV" that was easy to drive but incredibly useful. Let's look at the highlights that built this legacy:

• First Generation (1995): The one that started it all. It introduced the now-legendary built-in folding picnic table in the trunk. It was practical, friendly, and carved out a whole new genre.

• Second Generation (2001): Got bigger and more refined, expanding sales to China and solidifying its global status.

• Third Generation (2006): Ditched the boxy look for a sleek, sophisticated style that we’d recognize today.

• Fourth Generation (2011): Smoother aerodynamics, even better fuel economy, and more space. This is when it hit 5 million global sales.

• Fifth Generation (2016): A huge leap! This generation introduced the first-ever CR-V Hybrid and made the Honda SENSING safety suite standard in many markets. Sales soared past 10 million.

• Sixth Generation (2022): The current model. It features a more premium interior, a sharper design, and the excellent e:HEV two-motor hybrid system that's become a customer favorite.

The Future is Now: Hybrids, Fuel Cells, and What's Next

The CR-V isn't living in the past. Honda is using this anniversary to highlight how the model is charging into the future.

• The Main Attraction: The CR-V e:HEV: The current hybrid model, with its smooth and efficient two-motor system, is a hit globally. It’s proof that you don’t have to sacrifice performance for efficiency.

• The Groundbreaker: The CR-V e:FCEV: Launched in 2024, this is a world-first from a Japanese automaker: a fuel cell vehicle you can also plug in. It combines hydrogen power with battery-electric capability, offering zero-emissions driving with the flexibility SUV owners need.

• See It Soon in Japan: The popular e:HEV hybrid variant is coming in Japan soon, with a prototype appearing at the Japan Mobility Show at the end of October 2025.

So, What's the Special 30th Anniversary Model?

While we celebrate the Honda CR-V 30th Anniversary, it heavily implies that the current lineup is the celebration. The special features we highlighted in the first article—like the advanced hybrid system, the comprehensive Honda SENSING safety tech, and the incredibly practical cabin—are the real-world tributes to 30 years of innovation.

The real "anniversary edition" is the CR-V's own proven recipe: unmatched reliability, clever packaging (remember the Magic Seats!), and a constant drive to improve.

Image Source*

Forget the old ways of importing a luxury car. This move brings the full, unfiltered Bentley experience right to your doorstep. It means more than just a place to see cars; it's about peace of mind, direct access, and a buying journey worthy of the badge on the hood.

What's Actually New in Bentley Showrooms?

This isn't just another car dealership. Bentley is rolling out the red carpet with a completely new retail model designed specifically for its Indian clients.

• Official Partnerships: Bentley has teamed up with two expert partners: Infinity Cars in Mumbai and Kun Exclusive in Bengaluru. These aren't just showrooms; they are your direct gateway to the Bentley factory.

• The "Boutique" Feel: Located in Mumbai’s premium Nariman Point and Bengaluru’s upscale Cunningham Road, these spaces are designed to feel like a luxury lounge, not a sterile sales floor. It’s an experience.

• End-to-End Ownership: From your first curious enquiry to customising your car and after-sales service, everything is now under one official roof. No more intermediaries.

Your Direct Benefits: More Than Just a Fancy Showroom

So, what does this mean for you? A whole lot of good things.

• Direct Pricing & Transparency: You now deal directly with Bentley's official partner. This means clear, standardized pricing without the hidden mark-ups that can come with parallel imports.

• Factory-Backed Warranty & Service: This is the biggest win. Your multi-crore investment is now protected by a full, manufacturer-backed warranty and a service network trained by Bentley’s own experts. Your car’s value and health are secured.

• Bespoke Personalisation: Want a specific hue for your Bentayga or a unique leather trim for your Flying Spur? The official "Bentley Bespoke" programme is now accessible, allowing you to create a car that is truly one-of-a-kind.

• Faster Deliveries & Immediate Access: With an official stock and ordering system, the wait time for your dream car is significantly reduced. You can even book a test drive to experience the magic firsthand.

The Cars You Can Experience

Walk into either showroom, and you'll be greeted by the full current lineup, ready for exploration:

• The Bentayga: The definitive luxury SUV, combining supreme comfort with surprising performance.

• The Flying Spur: A sublime luxury saloon that redefines what a grand tourer can be.

• The Continental GT: The quintessential luxury coupe, perfect for those who love the journey as much as the destination.
  Image Source*

What's the Big News about Mahindra XUV700 EV?

Spy shots and reports confirm that the XUV700 EV is in its final stages of testing. It’s been seen charging publicly and navigating Indian roads, which is a clear signal from Mahindra: the launch is imminent. This isn't just another EV; it's the beloved XUV700 going fully electric, combining the practicality we love with a silent, powerful, and eco-friendly drive.

What We Know So Far: The XUV700 EV Lowdown

Here’s a quick breakdown of everything we’ve gathered about this exciting new electric SUV.

Design & Exterior Highlights

Mahindra is giving the EV its own unique identity while keeping the iconic XUV700 silhouette.

• A Fresh Face: It features a new, blanked-off grille (since EVs don't need massive cooling) with cool vertical elements and that signature Mahindra logo.

• Aerodynamic Tweaks: Look for redesigned bumpers and alloy wheels to help it slip through the air more efficiently, which is key for maximizing range.

• Charging Port: Cleverly integrated into the front-left fender, making public charging a breeze.

Powertrain & Performance (The Fun Part!)

While Mahindra is keeping the official specs under wraps, the buzz in the automotive world is electric—pun intended.

• Powerful Heritage: It's expected to use an advanced electric powertrain derived from Mahindra's new INGLO platform. Think strong acceleration and a seriously quiet cabin.

• Range that Eases Anxiety: Early estimates point to a real-world range of around 400-450 km on a single charge. That’s more than enough for your daily commute and weekend getaways.

• Fast Charging Capability: It's been spotted using a DC fast charger, meaning you'll likely be able to top up the battery from 10% to 80% in under 30 minutes.

Interior & Tech Goodies

Expect the XUV700 EV to carry forward the tech-loaded cabin that made its petrol/diesel sibling a star.

• The Twin-Screen Setup: The beloved twin 10.25-inch screens for the infotainment and driver's display are almost a certainty.

• AdrenoX Connect: All the connected car tech, voice commands, and over-the-air updates you could want.

• Spacious & Practical: It will retain the 7-seater option, making it a fantastic choice for large families looking to go electric.

Safety First, Always

The standard XUV700 is a 5-star safety champion (Global NCAP), and the EV version is expected to be no different.

• Top-Tier Build Quality: A strong, rigid body structure.

• Comprehensive Airbag System: Multiple airbags will be standard.

• Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS): Features like adaptive cruise control and lane-keep assist are highly likely, offering a semi-autonomous driving experience.

XUV700 EV: Estimated Price & Savings

Now, let's talk numbers. Since it's not officially launched, these are educated guesses based on the current market. The electric powertrain will command a premium over the standard model.

The Real Savings? Think beyond the sticker price. You'll save a fortune on fuel and maintenance. No more expensive diesel or petrol, no engine oil changes—just pure, cheap electricity.

Ready to Make the Electric Switch?

The Mahindra XUV700 EV is shaping up to be the complete package—style, space, cutting-edge tech, and zero emissions. It’s the electric family SUV we’ve all been waiting for.

Stay ahead of the curve! Keep this page bookmarked and be the first to know when official prices, variants, and booking dates are announced. Your next big adventure is electric.

Think of it as your dependable adventure partner that just got a stylish new wardrobe and a tech upgrade.

So, What’s Actually New in Mahindra Bolero Neo 2025?

Mahindra hasn’t messed with the Bolero Neo’s tough-as-nails formula. Instead, they’ve focused on giving it a fresh look and adding more value. Here’s the lowdown.

Variants Made Simple

Gone are the confusing old names. The 2025 model is now available in three straightforward variants:

• N4

• N8

• N10

It’s a simple line-up that makes choosing the right one for your budget much easier.

Fresh Looks & Key Features

The biggest changes are on the outside and inside. Here’s what you get:

• Bolder Grille: A new, more upright chrome grille gives it a commanding presence on the road.

• New Alloy Wheels: The N8 and N10 variants get snazzy new diamond-cut alloy wheels that really elevate its style.

• Updated Interiors: The cabin feels more premium, especially in the higher variants.

• Cruise Control: A fantastic addition for highway drives, now available in the top-end N10 variant.

Performance & Capability: Born to Explore

This is where the Bolero Neo has always shined, and nothing has changed.

• Engine: It’s powered by the same trusted 1.5-litre mHawk100 diesel engine.

• Power & Torque: It produces 100 bhp and a healthy 260 Nm of torque – perfect for hauling loads and tackling rough patches.

• Fuel Efficiency: It continues to deliver an impressive 17.3 km/l (ARAI), so you can go further for less.

• 4x4 Capability: The famous Micro-Hybrid 4WD system with a mechanical locking differential is still available. In simple terms, this means it’s an absolute beast off-road without you needing to be an expert driver.

Click here to read a detailed comparison of Mahindra Bolero & Bolero Neo

Your Money’s Worth: Pricing & A Sweet Deal

Here’s the best part. Despite the new features, Mahindra has launched the 2025 Bolero Neo at an aggressive starting price, and there’s a special introductory offer to sweeten the deal.

That’s a flat ₹ 30,000 saved on every variant! This is a limited-period offer, so it makes the deal even more attractive.

Safety First: Built to Protect

The Bolero Neo has always been built like a tank, and safety is a key part of that.

• Dual Front Airbags

• ABS with EBD

• Cornering Brake Control

• ISOFIX Child Seat Anchors

• Reinforced Body Structure

The Final Note: Should You Go For It?

The new Mahindra Bolero Neo 2025 is a clever update. It keeps all the rugged, reliable, and capable DNA that people love, but wraps it in a more contemporary and feature-rich package. And with that ₹30,000 introductory discount, it’s presenting a fantastic value proposition right now.

If you need a tough, practical, and now more stylish SUV for both city commutes and weekend adventures, the new Bolero Neo deserves a spot at the very top of your list.

But don't hit the back button just yet. This sell-out story is more than just hype; it's a masterclass in what happens when a carmaker gets a special edition perfectly right. Here’s the full breakdown of what happened, why it matters, and what your next move should be.

The Headline: Gone in Less Than a Day (Literally)

Skoda offered a limited run of just 100 units of this special "Octavia RS" edition for India. The entire batch was sold out in less than a day. Let that sink in.

This wasn't just a sale; it was a stampede. It proves that even in an SUV-crazy market, a well-priced, properly specced performance car still has a massive and passionate audience.

Key Details: The Octavia RS Lowdown

What Made This RS So Special?

This wasn't just another variant. Skoda created a compelling package that offered more bang for your buck. Here’s what had enthusiasts reaching for their wallets:

• Potent Performance: Under the hood sits a familiar but glorious 2.0-litre TSI turbo-petrol engine, pumping out 242 bhp and 370 Nm of torque. It's paired with a quick-shifting 7-speed DSG automatic, sending power to the front wheels. Think 0-100 km/h in about 6.6 seconds.

• Aggressive Pricing: The car was offered at an introductory, all-ex-showroom price of ₹39.99 lakh. In today's market, that's a seriously tempting price for a European performance sedan with this much pedigree.

• The "100" Exclusive Touches: To mark the limited run, Skoda added unique badges, blacked-out elements, and a stunning Velvet Red paint option that looked absolutely killer. It felt special, and buyers knew it.

Read More About the Skoda Octavia RS Super Selling Car Here.

Why Skoda Octavia RS Sold Out Before Launch?

This is the real story. Skoda used a clever strategy that created immense urgency.

• Limited Numbers, High Demand: By announcing only 100 units, they created instant scarcity. Everyone knew if they hesitated, they'd lose out.

• A "Can't-Miss" Deal: The combination of proven performance, a premium brand, and an aggressive price point was simply too good to ignore for petrolheads.

• Simple, Online-First Booking: With a relatively accessible booking amount, the process was streamlined, allowing quick decisions.

I Missed It! What Do I Do Now?

This is the million-dollar question. While the initial 100 are gone, all hope is not lost.

1. Get on a Waiting List: Contact us now for more info. In cases like these, some customers might back out for whatever reason. Being first on the waiting list could snag you a cancelled allocation.

2. Keep an Eye on the Official Launch: The car is still scheduled for an official launch on 17th October. Skoda might be gauging this incredible response to see if they can bring in another, larger batch. Your continued interest shows them there's more demand.

The Takeaway: A Win for Car Enthusiasts

The Octavia RS sold out is more than just a win for Skoda. It's a clear message from Indian car buyers: "We want exciting, performance-focused cars that offer real value." It proves that the passion for driver's cars is alive and well.

This isn't just another EV; it's a Ferrari through and through, promising earth-shattering speed with zero emissions. Let's see what makes this car so special.

The Big Reveal: What We Know So Far

Ferrari is taking its time to perfect the Elettrica, with a debut expected in late 2025 and first deliveries likely in 2026. They’re not just building a car; they’re building a legend.

Performance & Powertrain: Shocking Power

Forget everything you thought you knew about electric cars being sterile. The Elettrica is here to deliver a visceral thrill.

• Astounding Power: Industry whispers and reports point to a power output of over 1,000 horsepower. Let that sink in.

• Instant Torque: Like all EVs, it will deliver its power instantly. The 0-60 mph time will be… well, let's just say "blink-and-you'll-miss-it" fast.

• Bespoke Battery Tech: Ferrari is developing its own battery cells and a unique "e-motors" architecture to keep weight down and performance sky-high. They’re even focusing on sound engineering to give the Elettrica an emotional, signature roar.

Design & Features: A New Kind of Supercar

The Elettrica breaks from tradition in the best way possible.

• A Practical Ferrari? In a surprising move, the Elettrica is expected to be a four-seater coupe. Yes, you read that right. It combines mind-bending performance with a hint of everyday usability.

• Iconic, Yet Innovative: Early teasers suggest it will retain Ferrari's iconic proportions but with a completely new design language tailored for electric efficiency.

• Luxury Interior: Expect the cabin to be a tech-filled sanctuary, blending Ferrari's legendary craftsmanship with the latest digital screens and comfort features.

Pricing & Availability: The Exclusive EV

This is a Ferrari, so it comes with Ferrari-level exclusivity.

Quick Tip: With a car this exclusive, getting an early allocation is key. If you're serious, be in touch with us.

The End Note: Why This Car is a Game-Changer

The Ferrari Elettrica launch is more than a new model; it's a statement. It proves that the soul of a supercar isn't just in its engine note, but in the sheer, undiluted passion for driving. It combines hypercar performance with a dash of practicality, all while leading the charge into a new era.

The electric revolution is coming, and it’s wearing a prancing horse badge.

This isn't just a nostalgia trip; it's a seriously smart, feature-packed, and safe modern SUV designed for you. Let’s dive into what makes the new Sierra a potential game-changer for your garage.

What’s the Big News? The Key Details

Tata Motors is pulling out all the stops, offering the Sierra with not one, not two, but three different powertrain options. This means there’s likely a perfect version for your driving style and needs.

Powertrain & Performance: Pick Your Preference

• Spirited Petrol: Perfect for city cruising and weekend getaways. Expect a punchy turbo-petrol engine that’s both fun and efficient.

• Torquey Diesel: Need that raw power for highway miles or towing? The diesel variant will be your best friend, offering great mileage and pulling power.

• Silent Electric (EV): Jump into the future. The Sierra EV promises a quiet, smooth, and powerful drive with zero tailpipe emissions. It’s the green and clean choice without compromising on performance.

Design & Feature Highlights: Old-School Cool, New-School Tech

Tata has masterfully kept the Sierra's DNA intact while making it thoroughly modern.

• Iconic Design: The signature three-door design with that vertical rear glass is back, but now with sleek LED lighting and a more muscular stance.

• Tech-First Cabin: Get ready for a massive touchscreen infotainment system, a fully digital driver’s display, and connected car tech. It’s a lounge on wheels.

• Comfort is Key: Expect premium materials, spacious seating, and a quiet, refined cabin that makes every journey a pleasure.

Built Like a Tank, Safe as Houses

As you’d expect from Tata, safety is a top priority. The new Sierra is built on a robust platform and is expected to be loaded with features like:

• Multiple Airbags

• Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

• Hill Hold Assist

• Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) on higher variants

Pricing & Launch Timeline: When Can You Get One?

Mark your calendars! The petrol and diesel versions are expected to hit showrooms around November 2025. The electric Sierra EV will follow a little later.

While final prices will be announced at launch, we expect it to be competitively positioned. Think of it as a premium offering, but with the fantastic value Tata is known for.

Ready for a Truly Unique SUV?

The Tata Sierra is more than just a new car launch; it’s the return of an icon. It promises head-turning style, cutting-edge features, and the peace of mind that comes with Tata's build quality and safety.

Don't just follow the herd—drive something with soul and substance.

What’s The Big Deal With The Fronx Flex-Fuel?

In simple terms, this new Fronx is designed to be a fuel-flexible champion. While the standard car you see today runs on petrol, this new prototype can run on anything from regular E20 petrol all the way up to E85—a fuel blend containing up to 85% ethanol.

Why should you care?

• You're less dependent on petrol: With ethanol often being cheaper and more locally produced, you have a buffer against rising petrol prices.

• It's a greener choice: Ethanol is a biofuel, meaning it can help reduce your car's overall carbon footprint. It's a win for your wallet and the environment.

Key Details: What We Know So Far

This is a debut, not a launch. The car will be shown as a concept or prototype at the upcoming Japan Mobility Show 2025. But it tells us exactly where Maruti Suzuki is headed.

Engine & Performance

• Fuel Compatibility: The star of the show. It's engineered to handle ethanol blends from E20 (20% ethanol) to E85 (85% ethanol) seamlessly.

• The Engine Itself: It's expected to be based on the trusted and efficient 1.2-litre K-Series petrol engine, but heavily modified with corrosion-resistant parts and a sophisticated engine computer to handle different fuel types.

• The Benefit for You: You can fill up with whatever fuel is most affordable or available at the pump without worrying about damaging your engine.

Design & Features

• Looks: It will likely share the same sharp, coupe-like SUV styling that has made the Fronx a head-turner. Don't be surprised if it gets some special badging or minor tweaks to distinguish it as the flex-fuel variant.

• Interior & Tech: We expect it to carry over the well-loved features of the current Fronx, including the sleek 9-inch touchscreen, Arkamys sound system, and connected car tech.

Safety

While official details for the prototype are scarce, it will certainly build upon the Fronx's solid safety foundation, which typically includes:

• Dual front airbags

• ABS with EBD

• Rear parking sensors

• ISOFIX child seat anchors

The Bottom Line: Why This Matters for You

The Maruti Suzuki Fronx Flex-Fuel E85 is more than just a concept car; it's a promise of greater choice and independence at the fuel pump. It combines the stylish design and features you already love with a forward-thinking powertrain that prepares you for an eco-conscious future.

Want to be the first to know when this game-changer hits the market?

Keep a close watch on the news after the Japan Mobility Show 2025. And for the latest updates, expert reviews, and easy online booking for all Maruti Suzuki models, a great place to stay informed is CarzOnWheel.

The future of driving is flexible, and it looks incredibly stylish.

Image Source*

What's the Big News?

Aston Martin has officially unveiled the DB12 S. This new range-topping variant takes their already-brilliant coupe and injects it with more power, sharper handling, and a serious dose of track-ready aggression. For you, this means supercar performance wrapped in the timeless elegance only an Aston Martin can provide.

The Nitty-Gritty: What Makes the DB12 S Special?

This isn't just a new badge. Aston’s engineers have been busy tweaking, tuning, and transforming the DB12 into its most potent form yet.

Heart-Pounding Performance

• Engine: The same hand-built 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 you know and love, but now breathing even more freely.

• Power: A massive 690 brake horsepower—that's a solid 40 hp jump over the standard DB12.

• Torque: A neck-snapping 800 Nm, available from 2,750 rpm. Translation? Brutal acceleration, anytime you ask for it.

• Exhaust: A new titanium system from Akrapovič saves weight and delivers an even more spine-tingling roar.

Sharper Dynamics & Design

• Chassis & Suspension: Retuned adaptive dampers and stiffer suspension bushings mean this GT car now feels razor-sharp and incredibly planted, especially when you push it hard.

• Cooling: A new secondary radiator keeps everything cool when the going gets hot, whether you're on a mountain pass or a track day.

• Brakes: Beefier cooling ducts for the carbon ceramic brakes ensure you can stop as powerfully as you can go.

• Visual Tweaks: Look for the new 'S' badging, a stunning new 20-spoke diamond-turned wheel design, and a unique satin chrome grille surround. It’s subtle but significant.

Luxurious, Driver-Focused Cabin

Step inside, and the DB12 S continues to impress. You get all the tech and luxury of the standard car, but with exclusive 'S' branding on the sill plaques and the option for even more personalized materials. It’s a cosseting, comfortable cabin that just happens to be capable of warp speeds.

What About the Price?

While official Indian pricing isn't out yet, expect a premium over the standard DB12, which starts at around ₹4.59 Crore (ex-showroom). For the extra performance and exclusivity, it's a compelling package for the serious enthusiast.

The Verdict: Why You Should Care

The Aston Martin DB12 was already a masterpiece—a car that could devour continents in sublime comfort. The DB12 S takes that brilliant foundation and adds a layer of raw, supercar-baiting intensity. It’s for the driver who wants it all: timeless GT elegance, a hand-finished interior, and the kind of performance that makes your pulse race.

Quick Tip: If you're considering one, don't just spec it for looks. The performance upgrades like the titanium exhaust and carbon ceramics are worth every penny for the complete driving experience.

Ready to Make the Ultimate Aston M2artin Yours?

The DB12 S is the new pinnacle of the Aston Martin range. It’s a statement of intent, a grand tourer that’s not afraid to get its hands dirty on a race track.

Feeling the urge to experience this new level of British performance? Connect with us to explore your options and get ahead of the crowd for the Indian launch. This is one machine you’ll want to secure early.

The Big News: Race Blue is Back!

Skoda has just added the legendary Race Blue metallic shade to the Octavia RS colour palette. This isn't just any colour; it's the iconic, vibrant blue that has become synonymous with Skoda’s vRS performance models over the years. It’s a bold, confident statement on wheels.

Why this matters for you:

• More Personality: You’re not just buying a fast car; you’re buying a car with character. Race Blue ensures you’ll be spotted and admired.

• Heritage: You get to own a piece of Skoda’s motorsport-inspired legacy, painted in its most famous colour.

The Complete 2025 Skoda Octavia RS Colour Line-Up

So, what are your options now? You can choose from five stunning finishes, but there's a small catch you should know about.

Here’s the full list of available colours:

1. Race Blue (Metallic): The new (and iconic) addition. Energetic and sporty.

2. Velvet Red (Metallic): Deep, luxurious, and packed with passion.

3. Crystal Black (Metallic): Stealthy, sophisticated, and menacing.

4. Pearlescent White: A crisp, clean, and modern look.

5. Silicone Grey (Metallic): Understated, sleek, and very European.

A Quick Tip for YOU

While there are five colours in total, the Pearlescent White variant is not available for immediate booking yet. It will be part of a later production batch. So, if you're looking to get your hands on the car sooner, focus on the four metallic shades, including the new Race Blue!

What Else Makes the Octavia RS So Special?

Let's not forget that this is more than just a pretty face. The Octavia RS is a proper performance machine.

• Powertrain: It’s powered by a robust 2.0-litre TSI turbo-petrol engine that produces a hearty 190 PS and 320 Nm of torque.

• Performance: All that power is sent to the front wheels through a smooth 7-speed DSG automatic gearbox. It’s quick, responsive, and an absolute joy to drive.

• The RS Treatment: You get a more aggressive body kit, 18-inch ‘Vega’ alloy wheels, sporty red stitching inside, and heavily bolstered front seats to hold you in place when the roads get twisty.

How Much Does Your Dream Colour Cost?

Here’s the best part. Adding a more expressive colour to your RS doesn’t come with a shocking premium. The pricing is straightforward and transparent.

Colour Pricing:

• Pearlescent White: Included in the base price.

• Race Blue, Velvet Red, Crystal Black, Silicone Grey (Metallic): All cost an additional ₹ 18,000.

Think of it this way: for less than the cost of a high-end smartphone, you can upgrade your car from "great" to "unforgettable." That’s a pretty sweet deal for a dose of daily excitement.

Ready to Make a Statement?

The Skoda Octavia RS was already one of the most compelling sporty sedans you could buy. Now, with the return of the iconic Race Blue, it’s also one of the most expressive.

So, what are you waiting for? Will you go for the classic, head-turning Race Blue, or the sleek, stealthy Crystal Black?

Your dream spec is just a booking away. Visit Skoda’s official website to configure your Octavia RS in its new colour or you can contact us for a personalised guide.

This isn't just another facelift; it's the key to unlocking the Harrier's bold, SUV-style appeal for a whole new group of buyers who prefer petrol. 

What’s The Big Deal?

For years, the only thing holding the fantastic Harrier back was the lack of a petrol engine option. This latest sighting confirms that Tata is in the final stages of testing, meaning a launch is just around the corner.

• More Choice: You get the Harrier's commanding road presence and premium interior without compromising on your fuel preference.

• Refined Performance: Expect a smoother, quieter, and more responsive driving character perfect for city commutes.

• Wider Appeal: This move will directly challenge petrol-only rivals like the Hyundai Creta and Kia Seltos, giving you a more rugged and spacious alternative.

What To Expect From The Tata Harrier Petrol

While Tata Motors is keeping the official specs under wraps for now, we can make some very educated guesses based on this spy shot and Tata's current engine lineup.

The Heart of the Matter: Engine & Gearbox

• The Likely Powerhouse: The new Harrier is almost certain to get the same 1.5-liter, turbo-petrol engine that does duty in the Nexon and the new Curvv.

• Power Punch: Expect a healthy power output, likely in the ballpark of 165 bhp and over 280 Nm of torque. That’s more than enough for spirited highway drives and confident overtakes.

• Transmission Options: You should have a choice between a smooth 6-speed manual and a modern 6-speed dual-clutch automatic (DCA) transmission.

Design & Features: What’s New, What’s Familiar

The test mule spotted in Mumbai was heavily camouflaged, but we can still see a few things.

• Same Bold Stance: The iconic SUV silhouette and that imposing presence remain untouched. Why change a winning design?

• Connected LED Taillights: The spy shots hint at a new, full-width LED light bar at the rear, bringing it in line with the latest Tata design language seen on the Curvv.

• Premium Interior Unchanged: Inside, you’ll likely find the same spacious, well-appointed cabin with its large 10.25-inch touchscreen, premium audio system by JBL, and airy panoramic sunroof.

Safety First: A Proven Fortress

The Harrier has always scored top marks on safety, and the petrol version will be no different. You can sleep easy knowing it will come packed with:

• Standard Electronic Stability Program (ESP)

• Up to 6 Airbags

• Robust Build with a 5-Star Global NCAP Rating DNA

The Bottom Line: Should You Wait For It?

Absolutely. The spotted test mule is the clearest sign yet that the Tata Harrier Petrol is almost ready for prime time. It promises to combine the best of the Harrier—stunning looks, a premium cabin, and top-tier safety—with the peppy and refined performance of a modern turbo-petrol engine.

Image Source*

If you’ve been sitting on the fence about going electric, this special model might be the final push you need. Let's break down what makes it so special.

What’s New in the Windsor EV Inspire?

This isn't just a simple new paint job. The Windsor EV Inspire is a thoughtfully upgraded package that focuses on giving you more for your money. Think of it as the ZS EV's cooler, more sophisticated sibling.

Here are the key highlights you’ll love:

• A Stand-Out Design: It gets exclusive 'Dual-Tone' Mountain Blue and Starry Black colour options that are sure to turn heads.

• Premium Interior Touches: Step inside to find stylish 'Ebony' themed interiors, making the cabin feel more luxurious and cohesive.

• Loaded with Tech & Comfort: It comes with a fantastic, factory-fitted accessory package. We’re talking stylish scuff plates, plush floor mats, and a sleek rear skid plate—items you’d often pay extra for.

• The Same Reliable Powertrain: Underneath the new looks, you get the trusted ZS EV mechanicals. That means a capable 50.3 kWh battery pack and a practical range of up to 461 km (MIDC), which is perfect for both city commutes and weekend getaways.

Your Wallet is Going to Smile: Pricing & Savings

This is the best part. JSW MG Motor is launching the Windsor EV Inspire as a limited-edition model with a massive price benefit. You're essentially getting premium features without the premium price tag.

While the final, on-road price will vary by city, here’s a clear look at the massive ex-showroom savings:

That’s a solid ₹1 Lakh saved right off the bat! This aggressive pricing is a strategic move by the new JSW MG partnership to boost EV adoption and make a strong entry into the market.

Built with Your Safety in Mind

You can drive with confidence knowing that the Windsor EV Inspire hasn’t compromised on safety. It retains the MG ZS EV’s robust safety kit, which includes:

• Twin Front, Side, and Curtain Airbags

• A 360-degree Around View Camera for stress-free parking

• Electronic Stability Program (ESP) and Traction Control

• Hill Descent Control and Hill Start Assist

The Final Note

The JSW MG Windsor EV Inspire Limited Edition hits a sweet spot. It combines the proven capabilities of the ZS EV with exclusive styling and, most importantly, a killer price cut. For anyone looking to enter the EV market, this offer is simply too good to ignore.

Say Hello to the New HTX(O) and 6-Seater Trims

Kia has listened to what buyers want and has introduced two key additions to the upcoming Carens Clavis lineup. This isn't just a minor update—it's a strategic move that makes this rugged, lifestyle-focused vehicle more accessible than ever.

Here’s a Quick Breakdown of What’s New:

• New HTX(O) Variant: This new mid-to-high spec model sits perfectly between the existing HTX and HTX+ trims. Think of it as a "sweet spot" variant, packing in more premium features without the top-tier price tag.

• New 6-Seater Option: Previously, the 6-seater layout was only available on the top-end variants. Now, Kia is extending this popular configuration to the more affordable HTX and the new HTX(O) trims.

Why This Update is a Game-Changer 

Let's cut to the chase. What does this actually mean for you, the buyer?

• More Choice, Better Value: You're no longer forced to go for the most expensive model to get the seating or features you really want. The new HTX(O) offers a fantastic blend of comfort and tech.

• The 6-Seater Advantage: The 6-seater layout with its captain chairs in the middle row is a dream for families. It’s more comfortable and luxurious than the bench-style 7-seater, and easier for passengers to get in and out of the third row. Now, you can get this premium seating setup at a much lower entry point.

• Future-Proof Buying: While the exact feature list for the Clavis is still under wraps, expect the HTX(O) to include must-haves like a larger touchscreen, premium audio, sunroof, and advanced connectivity features, bridging the gap between the standard and luxury models perfectly.